Document

2017 Tax Act — Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.

ABS — Asset-backed securities.

ACH — Automated clearing house.

AFS — Available for sale.

AIP — Annual Incentive Plan.

ALCO — Asset/Liability Committee.

ALM — Asset/Liability Management.

ALLL — Allowance for loan and lease losses.

AML — Anti-money laundering.

AOCI — Accumulated other comprehensive income.

APIC — Additional paid-in capital.

ASC — Accounting Standards Codification.

ASU — Accounting Standards Update.

ATE — Additional termination event.

ATM — Automated teller machine.

Bank — SunTrust Bank.

Basel III — the Third Basel Accord, a comprehensive set of reform measures developed by the BCBS.

BCBS — Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

BHC — Bank holding company.

BHC Act — Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.

Board — the Company’s Board of Directors.

bps — Basis points.

BRC — Board Risk Committee.

CC — Capital Committee.

CCAR — Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.

CCB — Capital conservation buffer.

CD — Certificate of deposit.

CDR — Conditional default rate.

CDS — Credit default swaps.

CECL — Current expected credit loss.

CET1 — Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.

CEO — Chief Executive Officer.

CFO — Chief Financial Officer.

CFPB — Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

CFTC — Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

CIB — Corporate and investment banking.

C&I — Commercial and industrial.

Class A shares — Visa Inc. Class A common stock.

Class B shares — Visa Inc. Class B common stock.

CLO — Collateralized loan obligation.

CME — Chicago Mercantile Exchange.

Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc.

CP — Commercial paper.

CPP — Capital Purchase Program established by the U.S. Treasury.

CPR — Conditional prepayment rate.

CRA — Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

CRE — Commercial real estate.

CRO — Chief Risk Officer.

CSA — Credit support annex.

DDA — Demand deposit account.

DIF — Deposit Insurance Fund.

Dodd-Frank Act — Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

DOJ — Department of Justice.

DTA — Deferred tax asset.

DTL — Deferred tax liability.

DVA — Debit valuation adjustment.

EBPC — Enterprise Business Practices Committee.

EORO — Enterprise Operational Risk Officer.

EPS — Earnings per share.

ER — Enterprise Risk.

ERC — Enterprise Risk Committee.

ERISA — Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Exchange Act — Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Fannie Mae — Federal National Mortgage Association.

FASB — Financial Accounting Standards Board.

Form 8-K and tax reform-related items — items announced in the Company's Form 8-K filed with SEC on December 4, 2017 and items related to the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act during the fourth quarter of 2017.

Freddie Mac — Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

FDIC — Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Federal Reserve — Federal Reserve System.

Fed Funds — Federal funds.

FFIEC — Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council.

FHA — Federal Housing Administration.

FHLB — Federal Home Loan Bank.

FICA — Federal Insurance Contributions Act.

FICO — Fair Isaac Corporation.

FINRA — Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Fitch — Fitch Ratings Ltd.

FRB — Federal Reserve Board.

FTE — Fully taxable-equivalent.

FVO — Fair value option.

GFO — GFO Advisory Services, LLC.

Ginnie Mae — Government National Mortgage Association.

GLBA — Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

GSE — Government-sponsored enterprise.

HAMP — Home Affordable Modification Program.

HRA — Health Reimbursement Account.

HUD — U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

IPO — Initial public offering.

IRLC — Interest rate lock commitment.

IRS — Internal Revenue Service.

ISDA — International Swaps and Derivatives Association.

LCH — LCH.Clearnet Limited.

LCR — Liquidity coverage ratio.

LGD — Loss given default.

LHFI — Loans held for investment.

LHFS — Loans held for sale.

LIBOR — London InterBank Offered Rate.

LOCOM — Lower of cost or market.

LTI — Long-term incentive.

LTV— Loan to value.

MasterCard — MasterCard International.

MBS — Mortgage-backed securities.

MD&A — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.

MI — Mortgage insurance.

Moody’s — Moody’s Investors Service.

MRA — Master Repurchase Agreement.

MRM — Market Risk Management.

MRMG — Model Risk Management Group.

MSR — Mortgage servicing right.

MVE — Market value of equity.

NCF — National Commerce Financial Corporation.

NOL — Net operating loss.

NOW — Negotiable order of withdrawal account.

NPA — Nonperforming asset.

NPL — Nonperforming loan.

NPR — Notice of proposed rulemaking.

NSFR — Net stable funding ratio.

NYSE — New York Stock Exchange.

OCC — Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

OCI — Other comprehensive income.

OFAC — Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OREO — Other real estate owned.

OTC — Over-the-counter.

OTTI — Other-than-temporary impairment.

PAC — Premium Assignment Corporation.

Parent Company — SunTrust Banks, Inc. (the parent Company of SunTrust Bank and other subsidiaries).

Patriot Act — The USA Patriot Act of 2001.

PD — Probability of default.

Pillar — substantially all of the assets of the operating subsidiaries of Pillar Financial, LLC.

PMC — Portfolio Management Committee.

PPA — Personal Pension Account.

PPNR — Pre-provision net revenue.

PWM — Private Wealth Management.

REIT — Real estate investment trust.

ROA — Return on average total assets.

ROE — Return on average common shareholders’ equity.

ROTCE — Return on average tangible common shareholders' equity.

RSU — Restricted stock unit.

RWA — Risk-weighted assets.

S&P — Standard and Poor’s.

SBA — Small Business Administration.

SBFC — SunTrust Benefits Finance Committee.

SEC — U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

SERP — Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

STAS — SunTrust Advisory Services, Inc.

STCC — SunTrust Community Capital, LLC.

STIS — SunTrust Investment Services, Inc.

STM — SunTrust Mortgage, Inc.

STRH — SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

SunTrust — SunTrust Banks, Inc.

TDR — Troubled debt restructuring.

TRS — Total return swaps.

U.S. — United States.

U.S. GAAP — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S.

U.S. Treasury — the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

UPB — Unpaid principal balance.

UTB — Unrecognized tax benefit.

VA —Veterans Administration.

VAR —Value at risk.

VEBA — Voluntary Employees' Beneficiary Association.

VI — Variable interest.

VIE — Variable interest entity.

Visa — the Visa, U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates, collectively.

Visa Counterparty — a financial institution that purchased the Company's Visa Class B shares.

VOE — Voting interest entity.

General

SunTrust Banks, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “SunTrust,” or “the Company”) is a leading provider of financial services, with our headquarters located in Atlanta, Georgia. Our principal subsidiary is SunTrust Bank (“the Bank”). The Company was incorporated in the State of Georgia in 1984 and offers a full line of financial services for consumers, businesses, corporations, institutions, and not-for-profit entities, both through its branches (located primarily in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, South Carolina, and the District of Columbia) and through other national delivery channels. The Bank offers deposit, credit, and trust and investment services to its clients through a selection of full-, self-, and assisted-service channels, including branch, call center, Teller Connect™ machines, ATMs, online, mobile, and tablet. Other subsidiaries provide capital markets, mortgage banking, securities brokerage, investment banking, and wealth management services. At December 31, 2017, the Company had total assets of $206 billion and total deposits of $161 billion.

We operate two business segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with our functional activities included in Corporate Other.

Additional information regarding our businesses and subsidiaries is included in the information set forth in Item 7, MD&A, as well as Note 20, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Regulation and Supervision

We are limited under the BHC Act to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the FRB has determined to be closely related to banking. The Company, a BHC, elected to become a financial holding company pursuant to the GLBA, allowing it to engage in a broader range of activities that are (i) financial in nature or incidental to financial activities or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system in general. These expanded services include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, merchant banking, and insurance company portfolio investment, and are subject to the Volcker Rule and other restrictions discussed below.

As a financial holding company, the Company and its banking subsidiary are required to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” while maintaining at least a “satisfactory” CRA rating. In the event of noncompliance, the Federal Reserve may, among other things, limit the Company’s ability to conduct these broader financial activities or, if the deficiencies persist, may require the Company to divest its banking subsidiary. Furthermore, if the Company does not have a satisfactory CRA rating, it may not commence any new financial activities, although the Company will still be allowed to engage in activities closely related to banking.

The Federal Reserve regulates BHCs under the BHC Act, with residual supervisory authority over “functionally regulated” subsidiaries such as the Company's broker-dealer and investment

adviser subsidiaries. Our non-banking subsidiaries are regulated by various other regulatory bodies with supervisory authority over the particular activities of those subsidiaries. For example, STRH and STIS are broker-dealers registered with the SEC and members of FINRA, and STAS is an investment advisor registered with the SEC. STIS is also an insurance agency registered with state insurance commissions.

The Bank is an FDIC-insured commercial bank chartered under the laws of the State of Georgia and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. In addition to regulation by the FRB, the Bank and the Company are regulated by the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance. The FDIC also has jurisdiction over certain activities of the Bank as an insured depository institution. As a Georgia-chartered commercial bank, the Bank's powers are limited to activities permitted by Georgia and federal banking laws. Generally, the Bank may engage in all usual banking activities such as taking deposits, lending money, issuing letters of credit, currency trading, and offering safe deposit box services.

As an umbrella supervisor under the GLBA's system of functional regulation, the FRB requires that financial holding companies operate in a safe and sound manner so that their financial condition does not threaten the viability of affiliated depository institutions.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, implemented changes that affected the oversight and supervision of financial institutions, provided for a new resolution procedure for large financial companies, created the CFPB, introduced more stringent regulatory capital requirements and significant changes in the regulation of OTC derivatives, reformed the regulation of credit rating agencies, increased controls and transparency in corporate governance and executive compensation practices, incorporated the Volcker Rule, required registration of advisers to certain private funds, and influenced significant changes in the securitization market. Dodd-Frank Act requirements typically apply to BHCs with greater than $10 billion of consolidated assets, and the requirements increase at certain asset size thresholds (most notably, $50 billion of consolidated assets and $250 billion of consolidated assets).

Enhanced Prudential Standards

BHCs with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more are subject to enhanced prudential standards and capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act directs the FRB to establish heightened prudential standards for (i) risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits, (ii) liquidity risk management requirements, (iii) overall risk management requirements, (iv) stress testing, (v) resolution planning, (vi) credit exposure and concentration limits, and (vii) early remediation actions that must be taken under certain conditions in the early stages of financial distress.

In February 2014, the FRB adopted a final rule implementing the enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements; it requires greater supervision and oversight of liquidity and general risk management by boards of directors and includes capital planning and stress testing requirements. In

addition, the rule requires publicly traded U.S. BHCs with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more to establish enterprise-wide risk committees. The liquidity risk management requirements are in addition to those imposed by the LCR rule.

Enhanced Capital Standards

In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rules substantially implementing the Basel III capital framework and various Dodd-Frank Act provisions (the “Capital Rules”). The Capital Rules increased regulatory capital requirements of U.S. banking organizations and revised the level at which the Bank becomes subject to corrective action as described in the “prompt corrective action” section below. The “Collins” amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act required federal banking regulators to impose a generally applicable leverage capital ratio regardless of institution size and to phase out certain “hybrid” capital elements from Tier 1 capital treatment. The Company became subject to the Capital Rules on January 1, 2015. For additional information regarding the Capital Rules, including recent updates and/or changes to the rules and related requirements, refer to the "Capital Resources" section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

Distributions

There are various legal and regulatory limits on the extent to which the Bank may pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to its Parent Company. Federal and state bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prevent the Bank from paying dividends or engaging in any other activity that, in the opinion of the agency, would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Restrictions on capital distributions, share repurchases and redemptions, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers are imposed on banks that are unable to sustain the capital conservation buffer above the minimum CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer is a buffer above the minimum levels designed to ensure that banks remain well-capitalized, even in adverse economic scenarios.

See additional discussion of Basel III in the "Capital Resources" section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

Mandatory Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”); Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”)

In September 2014, the FRB, OCC, and the FDIC approved rulemaking that established, for the first time, a quantitative minimum LCR for large, internationally active banking organizations, and a less stringent LCR (“modified LCR”) for BHCs with less than $250 billion in total assets, such as the Company. The LCR requires a banking entity to maintain sufficient liquidity to withstand an acute 30-day liquidity stress scenario. The LCR became effective for the Company on January 1, 2016, with a minimum requirement of 90% of high-quality, liquid assets to total net cash outflows; full compliance of 100% was required beginning January 1, 2017. The Company has met LCR requirements within the regulatory timelines and at December 31, 2017, its LCR was above the 100% regulatory requirement.

On December 19, 2016, the FRB published the final rule, promulgated as Regulation WW, which will require us to publicly disclose qualitative information, with certain

qualifications and permitted limitations related to information that is proprietary or confidential to the Company, about (i) certain components of our LCR calculation in a standardized tabular format (LCR disclosure template) and (ii) factors that have significant effect on the LCR, to facilitate an understanding of our calculations and results. The rule aims to promote market discipline by providing the public with comparable liquidity information about covered companies. The disclosures must be made on a covered company's public internet site or in a public financial or regulatory report. The disclosures must remain available to the public for at least five years from the time of initial disclosure. Covered companies subject to modified LCR, including the Company, will be required to comply with disclosure requirements beginning on October 1, 2018.

On May 3, 2016, the FRB, OCC, and the FDIC proposed a rule to implement the NSFR. The proposal would require large U.S. banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile over a one-year horizon. The FRB proposed a modified NSFR requirement for bank holding companies with greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in total on balance sheet foreign exposure. As proposed, the rule would require us to publicly disclose our NSFR and the components of the NSFR each calendar quarter. The agencies intend the NSFR to complement the LCR, liquidity risk management, and stress testing requirements under the FRB's Regulation YY (enhanced prudential standards for BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more). The proposed rule contains an implementation date of January 1, 2018; however, a final rule has not yet been issued.

See additional discussion of the LCR and NSFR in the "Liquidity Risk Management" section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

Capital Planning; Stress Testing

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, BHCs are required to conduct company-run stress tests and to perform supervisory stress tests directed by the FRB. BHCs with more than $10 billion in total consolidated assets must conduct an annual company-run stress test, and those with total consolidated assets exceeding $50 billion must conduct an additional mid-cycle stress test. For company-run stress tests, BHCs use the same planning horizon, capital action assumptions, and scenarios as those used in the supervisory stress tests. Stress testing is designed to assess whether the covered Company's capital is sufficient to absorb losses during stressful conditions, while meeting obligations to creditors and counterparties, and, to the extent applicable, continuing to serve as credit intermediaries.

The Company also is subject to supervisory stress testing requirements under the FRB's Capital Plan Rule, which the FRB implements as part of its CCAR process. CCAR is a broad supervisory program that includes stress testing and assesses a covered company’s practices for determining capital needs, including its risk measurement and management practices, capital planning and decision-making, and associated internal controls and governance. The Company is required to publish a summary of the results of its annual stress test, and the FRB publishes the results of the stress testing under adverse and severely adverse scenarios.

The Capital Plan Rule finalized in late 2011 requires a U.S. BHC with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to develop and maintain a capital plan that is reviewed and approved by its board of directors or a committee thereof. Capital plans are intended to allow the FRB to assess the BHC’s systems and processes of incorporating forward-looking projections of assets and liabilities, revenues and losses, and to monitor and maintain their internal capital adequacy. Under the Capital Plan Rule, each capital plan must address, among other capital actions, projected capital ratios under stress scenarios, planned dividends and other capital distributions, and share repurchases over a minimum nine quarter planning horizon. Prior to executing a capital plan, a non-objection notification must be received from the FRB. If the FRB objects to our capital plan, we may not make certain capital distributions until the FRB's non-objection to the distribution is received.

In January 2017, the FRB released a final rule that revises capital plan and stress test rules, whereby certain BHCs, including the Company, with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets will no longer be subject to the qualitative component of the FRB’s annual CCAR. The final rule also modifies certain regulatory reports to collect additional information on nonbank assets and to reduce reporting burdens for large and noncomplex firms.

For additional information regarding Capital Planning and Stress Testing, refer to the "Capital Resources" section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

Regulatory Regime for Swaps

The Dodd-Frank Act established a new comprehensive regulatory regime for the OTC swaps market, aimed at increasing transparency and reducing systemic risk in the derivatives markets, including requirements for central clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, reporting, and recordkeeping. The Dodd-Frank Act requires that certain swap dealers register with one or both of the SEC and CFTC, depending on the nature of the swaps business. The Bank provisionally registered with the CFTC as a swaps dealer, subjecting the Bank to new requirements under this regulatory regime including trade reporting and record keeping requirements, business conduct requirements (including daily valuations, disclosure of material risks associated with swaps and disclosure of material incentives and conflicts of interest), mandatory clearing and exchange trading requirements for certain standardized swaps designated by the CFTC, and increased capital requirements established by the FRB. Subject to the SEC's finalization of certain rules applicable to security-based swaps, the Bank expects to register with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer. Such registration will subject the Bank’s security-based swaps business to similar Dodd-Frank Act requirements, including trade reporting, business conduct standards, recordkeeping, and potentially mandatory clearing and exchange requirements. In 2020, our derivatives business involving uncleared swaps is expected to become subject to margin requirements established by the FRB, which may exceed current market practice.

Resolution Planning

BHCs with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more must submit resolution plans to the FRB and FDIC addressing the

company's strategy for rapid and orderly resolution in case of material financial distress or failure.

The FRB and FDIC have widely promoted resolution plans as core elements of reforms intended to mitigate risks to the U.S. financial system, and to end the “too big to fail” status of the largest financial institutions. Covered institutions are expected to file their resolution plans annually, or at the direction of regulators, regardless of the financial condition or nature of operations of the institution. Preparation and review of these resolution plans is a major undertaking for covered financial institutions. If a plan is not credible, the Company and the Bank may be restricted in expansionary activities, or be subjected to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements. The Company and the Bank submitted resolution plans to the FRB and FDIC in December 2015. During 2016, the FRB and FDIC waived the covered financial institutions' requirement to file their resolution plans. The FRB and FDIC provided feedback regarding the Company's and the Bank's 2015 resolution plans during 2017. The Company submitted its updated resolution plan to the FRB in December 2017. The Bank is developing its resolution plan to be responsive to feedback received and will submit its plan to the FDIC in 2018.

The FDIC issued a final rule in November 2016 requiring insured depository institutions with more than two million deposit accounts to create and maintain comprehensive and detailed deposit account records to facilitate the determination of FDIC insured deposits in the event of a bank failure. Under the rule, the FDIC must be able to use the failing bank's systems, data, and staff to calculate the insured and uninsured amounts for each depositor and place holds on portions of uninsured deposits. The Bank will be required to be in compliance with this rule by May 2020.

Deposit Insurance

The Bank’s depositors are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits, which is currently $250,000 per account ownership type. The FDIC provides deposit insurance through the DIF, which the FDIC maintains by assessing depository institutions, including the Bank, an insurance premium. The Dodd-Frank Act changed the statutory regime governing the DIF. By September 30, 2020, the FDIC must increase the amount in the deposit insurance fund to 1.35% of insured deposits, impose a premium on banks to reach this goal, and offset the effect of assessment increases for institutions with less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. In March 2016, the FDIC issued a final rule to address this surcharge on banks by collecting those premiums from banks with more than $10 billion in consolidated assets. This surcharge began in the third quarter of 2016.

Source of Strength

FRB policy requires BHCs to act as a source of financial strength to each subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support each subsidiary. This policy was codified in the Dodd-Frank Act, though no regulations have been proposed to define the scope of this financial support.

Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”), PATRIOT ACT; OFAC Sanctions

Anti-money laundering measures and economic sanctions have

long been a matter of regulatory focus in the U.S. The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, commonly referred to as the "Bank Secrecy Act" or "BSA," requires U.S. financial institutions to assist U.S. government agencies to detect and prevent money laundering by imposing various reporting and recordkeeping requirements on financial institutions. Passage of the Patriot Act renewed and expanded this focus, extending greatly the breadth and depth of anti-money laundering measures required under the BSA. The Patriot Act requires all financial institutions to establish certain anti-money laundering compliance and due diligence programs, including enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls for certain types of relationships deemed to pose heightened risks. In cooperation with federal banking regulatory agencies, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN") is responsible for implementing, administering, and enforcing BSA compliance.

Federal banking regulators and FinCEN continue to emphasize their expectation that financial institutions establish and implement robust BSA/AML compliance programs. Consistent with this supervisory emphasis, in August 2014, FinCEN issued an advisory stressing its expectations for financial institutions’ BSA/AML compliance programs, including specific governance, staffing and resource allocation, and testing and monitoring requirements. Furthermore, FinCEN proposed a rule that would require financial institutions to obtain beneficial ownership information from all legal entities with which they conduct business.

OFAC has primary responsibility for administering and enforcing economic and trade sanctions, which are broad-based measures, derived from U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives. These sanctions are imposed on designated foreign countries and persons, terrorists, international narcotics traffickers, and persons involved in activities relating to proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. While the sanctions laws are separate from the BSA and AML laws, these regimes overlap in purpose. All U.S. persons must comply with U.S. sanctions laws. The Company must ensure that its operations, including its provision of services to clients, are designed to ensure compliance with U.S. sanctions laws. Among other things, the Company must block accounts of, and transactions with, sanctioned persons and report blocked transactions after their occurrence.

Over the past several years, federal banking regulators, FinCEN, and OFAC have increased supervisory and enforcement attention on U.S. anti-money laundering and sanctions laws, as evidenced by a significant increase in enforcement activity, including several high profile enforcement actions. Several of these actions have addressed violations of AML laws, U.S. sanctions laws, or both, resulting in the imposition of substantial civil monetary penalties. In both the BSA/AML and sanctions areas, enforcement actions have increasingly focused on publicly identifying individuals and holding those individuals, including compliance officers, accountable for deficiencies in BSA/AML compliance programs. State attorneys general and the DOJ have also pursued enforcement actions against banking entities alleged to have willfully violated AML and U.S. sanctions laws.

Consumer Financial Protection

The CFPB, established by the Dodd-Frank Act, has broad rulemaking, supervisory, and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws. Furthermore, the CFPB is authorized to engage in consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data, and promote the availability of financial services to under-served consumers and communities. The CFPB has primary examination and enforcement authority over institutions with assets of $10 billion or more. We are subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Service Members Civil Relief Act, and these laws’ respective state-law counterparts. The Company also is subject to state laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices. Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can result in significant liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution, and attorneys’ fees. In addition, federal bank regulators, state attorneys general, and state and local consumer protection agencies may pursue remedies, such as imposition of regulatory sanctions and penalties, restrictions on expansionary activities, and requiring customer rescission rights.

Prompt Corrective Action

The federal banking agencies have broad powers with which to require companies to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The law establishes five capital categories for this purpose: (i) well-capitalized, (ii) adequately capitalized, (iii) undercapitalized, (iv) significantly undercapitalized, and (v) critically undercapitalized. The Capital Rules amended the thresholds in the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the higher capital ratios required in the Capital Rules. Under the Capital Rules, to be considered well-capitalized, an institution generally must have risk-based Total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios of at least 10% and 6%, respectively, and must not be subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. While the prompt corrective action rules apply to banks and not BHCs, the FRB is authorized to take actions at the holding company level. The banking regulatory agencies are required to take mandatory supervisory actions, and have the discretion to take other actions, as to insured depository institutions in the three undercapitalized categories, the severity of which depends on the assigned capital category. For example, an insured depository institution is generally prohibited from paying dividends or making capital distributions if it would be undercapitalized as a result. An undercapitalized institution must submit a capital restoration plan, which must be guaranteed up to certain amounts by its parent holding company. Significantly undercapitalized institutions may be subject to various requirements and restrictions, such as mandates to sell voting stock, reduce total assets, and limit or prohibit the receipt of correspondent bank deposits. Critically undercapitalized

institutions are subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

Volcker Rule

Through the “Volcker Rule,” the Dodd-Frank Act amends the BHC Act by generally prohibiting a banking entity from engaging in proprietary trading and investing in, sponsoring, or having certain other relationships with, a private equity, hedge fund, or certain other types of private funds. The term “banking entity” covers insured depository institutions, their holding companies, and certain other entities and their affiliates. There are limited exceptions to the prohibition on proprietary trading, such as trading in certain U.S. government or agency securities, engaging in certain underwriting or market-making activities, and certain hedging activities. There are also limited exceptions to the prohibitions on certain activities with covered private funds, such as for certain activities in connection with a banking entity's bona fide trust, fiduciary, or investment advisory business, as well as in connection with public welfare activities including low income housing finance. All permitted activities are subject to applicable federal or state laws, restrictions or limitations that may be imposed by the regulator, including capital and quantitative limitations as well as diversification requirements, and must not, among other things, pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the banking entity or the financial stability of the U.S. Further, the Volcker Rule's anti-evasion authority grant to the regulatory agencies requires them to impose extensive internal controls and recordkeeping requirements on banking organizations to ensure their compliance with the Volcker Rule.

Branching

The Dodd-Frank Act relaxed existing interstate branching restrictions by modifying the federal statute governing de novo interstate branching by state member banks. Consequently, a state member bank may open its initial branch in a state outside of the bank’s home state by way of an interstate bank branch, so long as a bank chartered under the laws of that state would be permitted to open a branch at that location.

Restrictions on Affiliate Transactions

There are limits and restrictions on transactions in which the Bank and its subsidiaries may engage with the Company and other Company subsidiaries. Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and FRB's Regulation W, among other things, govern terms and conditions and limit the amount of extensions of credit, and the amount of collateral required to secure extensions of credit, by the Bank and its subsidiaries to the Company and other Company subsidiaries, and limit purchases of assets by the Bank and its subsidiaries from the Company and other Company subsidiaries. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly enhanced and expanded the scope and coverage of the limitations imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, specifically, by including derivative transactions as credit extensions subject to Section 23A and 23B. Furthermore, the Dodd-Frank Act requires that conforming collateral be maintained for the duration of covered transactions, rather than only at the time of the transaction. The FRB has increased its scrutiny of Regulation W transactions, and has supported its supervision over

Regulation W compliance with information received through the resolution planning process. The FRB has yet to amend Regulation W or provide guidance in light of the Dodd-Frank Act's changes to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act.

Interchange Rules; “Durbin Amendment”

The Dodd-Frank Act, through a provision known as the “Durbin Amendment,” required the FRB to establish a cap on the interchange fees that merchants pay banks for electronic clearing of debit transactions. In 2011, the FRB issued final rules that significantly limit the amount of interchange fees a bank may charge for electronic debit transactions.

Incentive Compensation

In 2010, the FRB and other regulators jointly published final guidance for structuring incentive compensation arrangements at financial organizations. The guidance does not set forth any formulas or pay caps but contains certain principles that companies are required to follow with respect to employees and groups of employees that may expose the company to material amounts of risk. The three primary principles are (i) balanced risk-taking incentives, (ii) compatibility with effective controls and risk management, and (iii) strong corporate governance. The FRB monitors compliance with this guidance as part of its safety and soundness oversight.

In 2016, the FRB, SEC, and other regulators jointly published proposed rules on incentive compensation under Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The proposed rules would impose several substantive requirements on the form of our incentive compensation, including (i) requiring that incentive compensation payable to a “senior executive officer” or “significant-risk taker” be subject to a 7-year clawback requirement; (ii) requiring a substantial portion of incentive compensation payable to a “senior executive officer” or “significant-risk taker” to be deferred and subject to the risk of forfeiture; (iii) prohibiting the acceleration of incentive compensation that is required to be deferred, other than in the event of death or disability; (iv) limiting the amount of incentive compensation payable to “senior executive officers” and “significant risk-takers” for the attainment of performance measures in excess of target measures (to 125% and 150% of target for “senior executive officers” and “significant risk-takers,” respectively); and (v) requiring the implementation of an independent risk-monitoring framework. In July 2017, the SEC released its rulemaking agenda and did not include the rules under Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result, it is not certain when the final rules may be issued.

Privacy and Cyber-Security

We are subject to many U.S. federal, state, and international laws and regulations governing requirements for maintaining policies and procedures to protect non-public confidential information of our customers. The GLBA requires us to periodically disclose our privacy policies and practices relating to sharing such information and permits consumers to opt out of our ability to share information with unaffiliated third parties under certain circumstances. Other laws and regulations, at both the federal and state level, impact our ability to share certain information

with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The GLBA also requires banking institutions to implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information. These security and privacy policies and procedures, for the protection of personal and confidential information, are in effect across all businesses and geographic locations.

Acquisitions

Our ability to grow through acquisitions is limited by various regulatory approval requirements. The FRB's prior approval is required if we wish to (i) acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank, (ii) acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of any bank or thrift, or (iii) merge or consolidate with any other BHC.

Pursuant to the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies from any state may acquire banks located in any other state, subject to certain conditions, including concentration limits. Additionally, the BHC Act enumerates the factors the FRB must consider when reviewing the merger of BHCs, the acquisition of banks, or the acquisition of voting securities of a bank or BHC. These factors include the competitive effects of the proposal in the relevant geographic markets, the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the companies and banks involved in the transaction, the effect of the transaction on the financial stability of the U.S., the organizations’ compliance with anti-money laundering laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, and the records of performance, under the CRA, of the insured depository institutions involved in the transaction. In addition, in cases involving interstate bank acquisitions, the FRB must consider the concentration of deposits nationwide and in certain individual states. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, a BHC is generally prohibited from merging, consolidating with, or acquiring, another company if the resulting company’s liabilities upon consummation would exceed 10% of the aggregate liabilities of the U.S. financial sector, including the U.S. liabilities of foreign financial companies.

Competition

We face competition from domestic and foreign lending institutions and numerous other providers of financial services. The Company competes using a client-centered model that focuses on working together as OneTeam to deliver high quality service, while offering a broad range of products and services. We believe this approach better positions us to increase loyalty and deepen existing relationships, while also attracting new customers. Furthermore, the Company maintains a strong presence within high-growth Southeast and Mid-Atlantic states, thereby enhancing its competitive position. While we believe the Company is well positioned within the highly competitive financial services industry, the industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, economic, and technological changes, as well as continued consolidation. The ability of non-banking financial institutions to provide services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified

competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to many of the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, they can often operate with greater flexibility and with lower cost and capital structures. However, non-banking financial institutions may not have the same access to deposit funds or government programs and, as a result, those non-banking financial institutions may elect, as some have done, to become financial holding companies to gain such access. Securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions, which could further alter the competitive environment in which we conduct business.

Employees

At December 31, 2017, the Company had 23,785 full-time equivalent employees. None of the domestic employees within the Company are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Management considers its employee relations to be in good standing.

Additional Information

See also the following additional information, which is incorporated herein by reference: Business Segments (under the captions “Business Segments” and “Business Segment Results” in Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K, and Note 20, “Business Segment Reporting,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K); Net Interest Income (under the captions “Net Interest Income/Margin (FTE)” in the MD&A and “Selected Financial Data” in Item 6); Securities (under the caption “Securities Available for Sale” in the MD&A and Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements); Loans and Leases (under the captions “Loans”, “Allowance for Credit Losses”, and “Nonperforming Assets” in the MD&A and “Loans” and “Allowance for Credit Losses” in Notes 6 and 7, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements); Deposits (under the caption “Deposits” in the MD&A); Short-Term Borrowings (under the caption “Short-Term Borrowings” in the MD&A and Note 11, “Borrowings and Contractual Commitments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements); Trading Activities and Trading Assets and Liabilities (under the caption “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivatives” in the MD&A and “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivatives” and “Fair Value Election and Measurement” in Notes 4 and 18, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statements); Market Risk Management (under the caption “Market Risk Management” in the MD&A); Liquidity Risk Management (under the caption “Liquidity Risk Management” in the MD&A); Credit Risk Management (under the caption “Credit Risk Management” in the MD&A); and Operational Risk Management (under the caption “Operational Risk Management” in the MD&A).

The Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge on the Company's investor relations website at http://investors.suntrust.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. Furthermore, on the Company's investor relations

The risks described in this Form 10-K are not the only risks we face. Additional risks that are not presently known or that we deem to be immaterial also may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, business, and prospects.

Regulatory Risks

Current and future legislation and regulation could require us to change our business practices, reduce revenue, impose additional costs, or otherwise adversely affect business operations or competitiveness.

As a financial institution, we are subject to extensive state and federal regulation in the U.S. and in those jurisdictions outside of the U.S. where we conduct certain limited operations. This regulation, together with increased reporting and significant existing and proposed legislation and regulatory requirements, limit the manner in which we do business and may restrict our ability to compete in our current businesses; to engage in new or expanded business; to offer certain products and services; reduce or limit our revenue; subject us to increased and additional fees, assessments, or taxes; and otherwise adversely affect our business and operations. Our failure to comply with the laws, regulations, and rules governing our business may result in fines, sanctions (including restrictions on business activities), and damage to reputation. Further, regulators and bank supervisors continue to exercise qualitative supervision and regulation of our industry and specific business operations and related matters, such as resolution planning, AML and OFAC compliance programs, and incentive compensation. Any failure to satisfy regulators' substantive and qualitative expectations may adversely affect our business and operations. Violations of laws and regulations or deemed deficiencies in risk management or other qualitative practices also may be incorporated into the Company’s bank supervisory ratings. A downgrade in these ratings, or other regulatory actions and settlements, can limit the Company’s ability to pursue acquisitions or conduct other expansionary activities for a period of time and require new or additional regulatory approvals before engaging in certain other business activities.

Also, in general, the amounts paid by financial institutions in settlement of proceedings or investigations and the severity of other terms of regulatory settlements have been increasing dramatically. In some cases, governmental authorities have required criminal pleas, admissions of wrongdoing, imposed limitations on asset growth, managerial changes, or other extraordinary terms as part of such settlements, which could have significant consequences for a financial institution, including loss of customers, restrictions on the ability to access the capital markets, and the inability to operate certain businesses or offer certain products for a period of time. These enforcement trends also increase the exposure of financial institutions to civil litigation and reputational damage, leading to potential loss of customers.

As the primary focus of financial services regulation is the protection of depositors, FDIC funds, consumers, and the

banking system as a whole, and not protection of shareholders, this regulation may be adverse to our shareholders' interests.

Legislation or regulation also may impose unexpected or unintended consequences, the impact of which is difficult to predict. Other additional regulation that may be adopted could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, income, and competitive position, and other negative consequences.

For more detailed information regarding the regulatory framework to which we are subject, and a discussion of key aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act, see the “Regulation and Supervision” section within Item 1, “Business,” of this Form 10-K.

We are subject to stringent capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and our failure to meet these would adversely affect our financial condition.

We, together with our banking subsidiary and broker-dealer subsidiaries, must satisfy various and substantial capital and liquidity requirements, subject to qualitative and quantitative review and assessment by our regulators. Regulatory capital and liquidity requirements limit how we use our capital and manage our balance sheet, and can restrict our ability to pay dividends or to make stock repurchases.

Additionally, our regulatory requirements increase as our size increases. We become subject to enhanced capital and/or liquidity requirements after our consolidated assets exceed $250 billion or our on-balance sheet foreign exposure exceeds $10 billion, and our regulators may expect us to begin voluntarily complying with those requirements as we approach that size.

Market Risks

The monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. Its policies significantly impact the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. They can also materially affect the value of financial assets we hold, such as debt securities, hedging instruments such as swaps, and servicing rights. Federal Reserve policies can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans, or could adversely create asset bubbles which result from prolonged periods of accommodative policy, and which can in turn result in volatile markets and rapidly declining collateral values. Changes in Federal Reserve policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict; consequently, the impact of these changes on our activities and results of operations is also difficult to predict.

Additionally, certain aspects of recent U.S. federal income tax reform could have a negative impact on our business. The 2017 Tax Act limited or eliminated certain income tax deductions, such as the net business interest expense deduction, the home mortgage interest deduction, and the deduction of interest on home equity loans. The limitation or elimination of

these deductions, especially those that limit or eliminate the deductibility of interest paid on loans, could adversely affect demand for certain types of our products, such as home equity loans.

Our financial results have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by general economic conditions, and a deterioration of economic conditions or of the financial markets may materially adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and condition.

We generate revenue from the interest and fees we charge on the loans and other products and services we provide, and a substantial amount of our revenue and earnings come from the net interest income and fee income that we earn from our consumer and wholesale businesses. These businesses have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by the state of the U.S. economy. Although the U.S. economy has continued to gradually improve from the severely depressed levels experienced during the last economic recession, economic growth has been uneven. In addition, financial uncertainty stemming from changes in oil and commodity prices, a strong U.S. dollar, U.S. debt and budget matters, significant central bank stimulus, a changing interest rate environment in the U.S., geopolitical turmoil, uncertainty with regards to the U.S. political landscape and impacts of any changes in law, regulation, and policy, deceleration of economic activity in other large countries, as well as the uncertainty surrounding financial regulatory reform, have impacted and may continue to impact the continuing global economic recovery.

A prolonged period of slow growth in the U.S. economy or in any regional markets that we serve, any deterioration in economic conditions or the financial markets resulting from the above matters, or any other events or factors that may disrupt or dampen the economic recovery, could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition. Also, any further deterioration in global economic conditions could slow the recovery of the domestic economy, negatively impact the Company’s borrowers or other counterparties that have direct or indirect exposure to these regions, and/or contribute to a flat yield curve. Such global disruptions can undermine investor confidence, cause a contraction of available credit, or create market volatility, any of which could have significant adverse effects on the Company’s businesses, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, even if the Company’s direct exposure to the affected region is limited.

Further, if unemployment levels increase or if home prices decrease, we would expect to incur higher charge-offs and provision expense from increases in our allowance for credit losses. These conditions may adversely affect not only consumer loan performance but also C&I and CRE loans, especially for those businesses that rely on the health of industries or properties that may suffer from deteriorating economic conditions. The ability of these borrowers to repay their loans may be reduced, causing us to incur higher credit losses.

A deterioration in business and economic conditions may also erode consumer and investor confidence levels and/or result in a lower demand for loans by creditworthy customers, potentially reducing our interest income. It also could adversely affect financial results for our fee-based businesses, including

our wealth management, investment advisory, trading, and investment banking businesses. We earn fee income from managing assets for others and providing brokerage and other investment advisory and wealth management services. Because investment management fees are often based on the value of assets under management, a decrease in the market prices of those assets could reduce our fee income. Changes in stock or fixed income market prices or client preferences could affect the trading activity of investors, reducing commissions and other fees we earn from our brokerage business. Poor economic conditions and volatile or unstable financial markets would likely adversely affect our capital markets-related businesses.

Changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expenses, the value of assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital and liquidity.

Market risk refers to potential losses arising from changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, and other relevant market rates or prices. Interest rate risk, defined as the exposure of net interest income and MVE to adverse movements in interest rates, is our primary market risk, and mainly arises from the nature of the loans and interest-bearing liabilities on our balance sheet. We are also exposed to market risk in our trading instruments, AFS investment portfolio, residential MSRs, loan warehouse and pipeline, and debt and brokered deposits measured at fair value. Our ALCO meets regularly and is responsible for reviewing our open positions and establishing policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk. The policies established by ALCO are reviewed and approved by our Board. See additional discussion of changes in market interest rates in the "Market Risk Management” section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

Given our business mix, and the fact that most of our assets and liabilities are financial in nature, we tend to be sensitive to market interest rate movements and the performance of the financial markets. In addition to the impact of the general economy, changes in interest rates or in valuations in the debt or equity markets could directly impact us in one or more of the following ways:


•	The yield on earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities may change in disproportionate ways; or


•	The value of certain on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments that we hold could change adversely.

Our net interest income is the interest we earn on loans, debt securities, and other assets we hold less the interest we pay on our deposits, long-term and short-term debt, and other liabilities. Net interest income is a function of both our net interest margin (the difference between the yield we earn on our earning assets and the interest rate we pay for deposits and our other sources of funding) and the amount of earning assets we hold. Changes in either our net interest margin or the amount of earning assets we hold could affect our net interest income and our earnings.

Changes in interest rates can affect our net interest margin. Although the yield we earn on our assets and our funding costs tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, one can rise or fall faster than the other, causing our net interest margin to expand or contract. When interest rates

rise, our funding costs may rise faster than the yield we earn on our assets, causing our net interest margin to contract. Higher interest rates may also tend to result in lower mortgage production income and elevated charge-offs in certain segments of the loan portfolio, such as CRE, leveraged lending, credit card, and home equity.

The amount and type of earning assets we hold can affect our yield and net interest margin. We hold earning assets in the form of loans and investment securities, among other assets. As noted above, if economic conditions deteriorate, we may see lower demand for loans by creditworthy customers, reducing our interest income. In addition, we may invest in lower yielding investment securities for a variety of reasons.

Changes in the slope of the yield curve could also reduce our net interest margin. Normally, the yield curve is upward sloping, meaning short-term rates are lower than long-term rates. The interest we earn on our assets and our costs to fund those assets may be affected by changes in market interest rates, changes in the slope of the yield curve, and our cost of funding. This could lower our net interest margin and our net interest income. We discuss these topics in greater detail in the “Enterprise Risk Management” and “Net Interest Income/Margin” sections of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

We assess our interest rate risk by estimating the effect on our earnings under various scenarios that differ based on assumptions about the direction, magnitude, and speed of interest rate changes and the slope of the yield curve. We hedge some of that interest rate risk with interest rate derivatives. These hedges may not be effective and may cause volatility or losses in our net interest income.

Interest rates on our outstanding financial instruments might be subject to change based on regulatory developments, which could adversely affect our revenue, expenses, and the value of those financial instruments.

LIBOR and certain other “benchmarks” are the subject of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms may cause such benchmarks to perform differently than in the past or have other consequences which cannot be predicted. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, publicly announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. It is unclear whether, at that time, LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established. If LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from current methods for any reason, interest rates on our floating rate obligations, loans, deposits, derivatives, and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR rates, as well as the revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected. Further, any uncertainty regarding the continued use and reliability of LIBOR as a benchmark interest rate could adversely affect the value of our floating rate obligations, loans, deposits, derivatives, and other financial instruments tied to LIBOR rates.

Our earnings may be affected by volatility in mortgage production and servicing revenues, and by changes in

carrying values of our servicing assets and mortgages held for sale due to changes in interest rates.

We earn revenue from originating mortgage loans and from fees for servicing loans. When rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans usually tends to fall, reducing the revenue we receive from loan originations.

Changes in interest rates can affect prepayment assumptions, and thus, the fair value of our residential MSRs. A servicing right is the right to service a loan (collect principal, interest, and escrow amounts) for a fee. When interest rates fall, borrowers are usually more likely to prepay their loans by refinancing them at a lower rate. As the likelihood of prepayment increases, the fair value of our residential MSRs can decrease. We regularly evaluate the fair value of our residential MSRs and any related hedges, and any net decrease in the fair value reduces the fair value of the MSR asset, which in turn reduce earnings in the period in which the fair value reduction occurs.

Similarly, we measure at fair value mortgages held for sale for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist. Similar to other interest-bearing securities, the value of these mortgages held for sale may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. For example, if market interest rates increase relative to the yield on these mortgages held for sale and other interests, their fair value may fall. For additional information, see the “Enterprise Risk Management—Other Market Risk” and “Critical Accounting Policies” sections of Item 7, MD&A, and Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

We use financial instruments, including derivatives, to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale and the fair value of residential MSRs, exclusive of decay. These hedges may not be effective and may cause volatility, or losses, in our net interest income, mortgage production and mortgage servicing income. We generally do not hedge all of our risk, and we may not be successful in hedging any of the risk. Hedging is a complex process, requiring sophisticated models and constant monitoring and re-balancing. We may use hedging instruments tied to U.S. Treasury rates, LIBOR, or Eurodollars that may not perfectly correlate with the value or income being hedged. We could incur significant losses from our hedging activities. There may be periods where we elect not to use derivatives and other instruments to hedge interest rate risk. For additional information, see Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Disruptions in our ability to access global capital markets may adversely affect our capital resources and liquidity.

In managing our consolidated balance sheet, we depend on access to global capital markets to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, and to accommodate the transaction and cash management needs of our clients. Other sources of contingency funding available to us include inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements, FHLB capacity, and borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt investors, our depositors or counterparties

participating in the capital markets, or a downgrade of any of our debt ratings, may adversely affect our funding costs and our ability to raise funding and, in turn, our liquidity.

Credit Risks

We are subject to credit risk.

When we lend money, commit to lend money or enter into a letter of credit or other contract with a counterparty, we incur credit risk, which is the risk of losses if our borrowers do not repay their loans or if our counterparties fail to perform according to the terms of their contracts. A number of our products expose us to credit risk, including loans, leveraged loans, leases and lending commitments, derivatives, trading assets, insurance arrangements with respect to such products, and assets held for sale. The credit quality of our portfolio can have a significant impact on our earnings. We estimate and establish reserves for credit risks and credit losses inherent in our credit exposure (including unfunded credit commitments). This process, which is critical to our financial results and condition, requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including about how economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. As is the case with any such assessments, there is always the chance that we will fail to identify the proper factors or that we will fail to accurately estimate the impacts of factors that we do identify.

We might underestimate the credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio and have credit losses in excess of the amount reserved. We might increase the allowance because of changing economic conditions, including falling real estate or commodity prices and higher unemployment, or other factors such as changes in borrower behavior. As an example, borrowers may discontinue making payments on their real estate-secured loans if the value of the real estate is less than what they owe, even if they are still financially able to make the payments.

Also, to the extent we increase our consumer credit portfolio, we may be subject to greater risk than we have experienced in the past since such loans typically are unsecured and may be subject to greater fraud risk to the extent such loans are originated online.

While we believe that our allowance for credit losses was appropriate at December 31, 2017, there is no assurance that it will be sufficient to cover all incurred credit losses. In the event of significant deterioration in economic conditions, we may be required to increase reserves in future periods, which would reduce our earnings and potentially capital. For additional information, see the “Risk Management—Credit Risk Management” and “Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for Credit Losses” sections of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

We may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent that our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral.

Our credit risk and credit losses can increase if our loans are concentrated in borrowers engaged in the same or similar activities or in borrowers who as a group may be uniquely or disproportionately affected by economic or market conditions.

Deterioration in economic conditions, housing conditions, or real estate values in the markets in which we operate could result in materially higher credit losses. For additional information, see the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” “Risk Management—Credit Risk Management,” and “Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for Credit Losses” sections of Item 7, MD&A, and Notes 6 and 7, “Loans” and “Allowance for Credit Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Liquidity Risks

We rely on the mortgage secondary market and GSEs for some of our liquidity.

We sell most of the mortgage loans that we originate to reduce our credit risk and to provide funding for additional loans. We rely on GSEs to purchase loans that meet their conforming loan requirements. Investor demand for nonconforming loans has fallen sharply, resulting in decreased origination of non-conforming loans, which reduces our revenue. When we retain a loan, not only do we keep the credit risk of the loan, but we also do not receive any sale proceeds that could be used to generate new loans. A persistent lack of liquidity could limit our ability to fund and thus originate new mortgage loans, reducing the fees we earn from originating and servicing loans. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that GSEs will not materially limit their purchases of conforming loans due to capital constraints or change their criteria for conforming loans (e.g., maximum loan amount or borrower eligibility). Proposals have been presented to reform the housing finance market in the U.S., including the role of the GSEs in the housing finance market. The extent and timing of any such regulatory reform of the housing finance market and the GSEs, as well as any effect on our business and financial results, are uncertain.

Loss of customer deposits could increase our funding costs.

We rely heavily on bank deposits as a low cost and stable source of funding for the loans we make. We compete with banks and other financial services companies for deposits. If our competitors raise the rates they pay on deposits, our funding costs may increase, either because we raise our rates to avoid losing deposits or because we lose deposits and must rely on more expensive sources of funding. Also, clients could pursue alternatives to bank deposits if clients perceive alternative investments as providing superior expected returns. When clients move money out of bank deposits in favor of alternative investments, we can lose a relatively inexpensive source of funds, increasing our funding costs. Clients typically move money from bank deposits to alternatives during a rising interest rate environment, an environment that the U.S. is currently experiencing and one that is expected to continue over the medium-term. Higher funding costs reduce our net interest margin and net interest income.

Any reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from the capital markets.

The rating agencies regularly evaluate us, and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength as well as factors not entirely within our control, including

conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. Our failure to maintain those ratings could adversely affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain funding and increase our cost of capital. Credit ratings are one of numerous factors that influence our funding costs. A credit downgrade might also affect our ability to attract or retain deposits from commercial and corporate customers and our ability to conduct derivatives business with certain clients and counterparties and could trigger obligations by us to make cash payments to certain clients and counterparties. See the “Liquidity Risk Management” section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K.

Legal Risks

We are subject to litigation, and our expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect our results.

From time to time we are subject to litigation in the course of our business. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. Both the number of cases and our expenses related to those cases increased as a result of the Great Recession. The outcome of some of these cases is uncertain.

We establish reserves for legal claims when payments associated with the claims become probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. We may incur legal costs for a matter even if we have not established a reserve. In addition, the actual cost of resolving a legal claim may be substantially higher than any amounts reserved for that matter. The ultimate resolution of a pending legal proceeding, depending on the remedy sought and granted, could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects. We may be exposed to substantial uninsured liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For additional information, see Note 19, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations.

We maintain systems and procedures designed to ensure that we comply with applicable laws and regulations, but there can be no assurance that these will be effective. In addition to fines and penalties, we may suffer other negative consequences from regulatory violations including restrictions on certain activities, such as our mortgage business, which may affect our relationship with the GSEs and may also damage our reputation, and this in turn might materially affect our business and results of operations.

Further, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties for noncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there were in place at the time systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance. For example, we are subject to

regulations issued by OFAC that prohibit financial institutions from participating in the transfer of property belonging to the governments of certain foreign countries and designated nationals of those countries. OFAC may impose penalties for inadvertent or unintentional violations even if reasonable processes are in place to prevent the violations. Additionally, federal regulators have pursued financial institutions with emerging theories of recovery under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”). Courts may uphold significant additional penalties on financial institutions, even where the financial institution had already reimbursed the government or other counterparties for actual losses.

Other Business Risks

We are subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages. We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, or borrower fraud, and this could harm our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition.

We originate and often sell mortgage loans. When we sell mortgage loans, whether as whole loans or pursuant to a securitization, we are required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. An increase in the number of repurchase and indemnity demands from purchasers related to representations and warranties on loans sold could result in an increase in the amount of losses for loan repurchases.

Also, the Company bears a risk of loss of up to one-third of the incurred losses resulting from borrower defaults for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that the Company sells to Fannie Mae (and that Pillar sold to Fannie Mae prior to SunTrust’s acquisition of Pillar). See the discussion of “Commercial Mortgage Loan Loss Share Guarantee” in Note 16, “Guarantees,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information.

In addition to repurchase claims from the GSEs, we have received indemnification claims from, and in some cases, have been sued by, non-GSE purchasers of our loans. These claims allege that we sold loans that failed to conform to statements regarding the quality of the mortgage loans sold, the manner in which the loans were originated and underwritten, and the compliance of the loans with state and federal law. See additional discussion in Note 16, “Guarantees,” and Note 19, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

We face risks as a servicer of loans.

We act as servicer and/or master servicer for mortgage loans included in securitizations and for unsecuritized mortgage loans owned by investors. As a servicer or master servicer for those loans, we have certain contractual obligations to the securitization trusts, investors or other third parties, including, in our capacity as a servicer, foreclosing on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent consistent with the applicable securitization or other investor agreement, considering

alternatives to foreclosure such as loan modifications or short sales and, in our capacity as a master servicer, overseeing the servicing of mortgage loans by the servicer. Generally, our servicing obligations are set by contract, for which we receive a contractual fee. However, GSEs can amend their servicing guidelines, which can increase the scope or costs of the services we are required to perform without any corresponding increase in our servicing fee. Further, the CFPB has implemented national servicing standards which have increased the scope and costs of services which we are required to perform. In addition, there has been a significant increase in state laws that impose additional servicing requirements that increase the scope and cost of our servicing obligations. Also, as a servicer, we advance expenses on behalf of investors which we may be unable to collect.

If we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer or master servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is not cured within a specified period of time following notice, which can generally be given by the securitization trustee or a specified percentage of security holders, causing us to lose servicing income. In addition, we may be required to indemnify the securitization trustee against losses from any failure by us, as a servicer or master servicer, to perform our servicing obligations or any act or omission on our part that involves willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence. For certain investors and/or certain transactions, we may be contractually obligated to repurchase a mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for credit losses incurred on the loan as a remedy for servicing errors with respect to the loan. If we experience increased repurchase obligations because of claims that we did not satisfy our obligations as a servicer or master servicer, or increased loss severity on such repurchases, we may have to materially increase our repurchase reserve.

We also have received indemnification requests related to our servicing of loans owned or insured by other parties, primarily GSEs. Typically, such a claim seeks to impose a compensatory fee on us for departures from GSE service levels. In most cases, this is related to delays in the foreclosure process. Additionally, we have received indemnification requests where an investor or insurer has suffered a loss due to a breach of the servicing agreement. While the number of such claims has been small, these could increase in the future. See additional discussion in Note 16, “Guarantees,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Consumers and small businesses may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could affect net income.

Technology, “FinTech” start-ups, increased use of peer-to-peer and other technology-based lenders, and other changes now allow parties to complete financial transactions and obtain certain loan products without banks. For example, consumers and small businesses can pay bills, transfer funds, and borrow money without banks. This could result in the loss of fee income, the loss of client deposits, and consumer and small business loan balances and the income generated from those deposits and loans.

We have businesses other than banking which subject us to a variety of risks.

We are a diversified financial services company, which we consider a positive in that it may enhance our growth prospects and may reduce our overall volatility. However, this diversity subjects our earnings to a broader variety of risks and uncertainties than if we were a less diversified company. Other businesses in addition to banking that we operate include investment banking, securities underwriting and market making, loan syndications, investment management and advice, and retail and wholesale brokerage services offered through our subsidiaries. These businesses entail significant market, operational, credit, legal, and other risks that could materially adversely impact us and our results of operations.

Negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact business and revenues.

As a financial institution, our earnings and capital are subject to risks associated with negative public opinion. The reputation of the financial services industry, in general, has been damaged as a result of the most recent financial crisis and other matters affecting the financial services industry, including mortgage foreclosure issues and recent sales-practices scandals. Negative public opinion regarding us could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, a breach of client information, the failure of any product or service sold by us to meet our clients' expectations or applicable regulatory requirements, corporate governance and acquisitions, or from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to attract and/or retain clients and personnel and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Actual or alleged conduct by one of our businesses can result in negative public opinion about our other businesses. Actual or alleged conduct by another financial institution can result in negative public opinion about the financial services industry in general and, as a result, adversely affect us.

We may face more intense scrutiny of our sales, training, and incentive compensation practices.

We face increased scrutiny of our consumer sales practices, training practices, incentive compensation design and governance, and quality assurance and customer complaint resolution practices. Although we have invested significant resources enhancing these processes in recent years, there can be no assurance that our processes or their results will meet regulatory standards or expectations. Findings from self-identified or regulatory reviews may require responsive actions, including increased investments in compliance systems and personnel, or the payment of fines, penalties, increased regulatory assessments, or client redress, and may increase legal or reputational risk exposures.

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

Third parties provide key components of our business infrastructure, such as banking services, processing, and internet connections and network access. Any disruption in such services

provided by these third parties or any failure of these third parties to handle current or higher volumes of use could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to clients and otherwise to conduct business. Technological or financial difficulties of a third party service provider could adversely affect our business to the extent those difficulties result in the interruption or discontinuation of services provided by that party. Further, in some instances we may be responsible for failures of such third parties to comply with government regulations. We may not be insured against all types of losses as a result of third party failures, and our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from system failures or other disruptions. Failures in our business infrastructure could interrupt the operations or increase the costs of doing business.

Competition in the financial services industry is intense and we could lose business or suffer margin declines as a result.

We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of reform of the financial services industry resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislative, regulatory, and technological changes, and from continued consolidation. We face aggressive competition from other domestic and foreign lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services. The ability of nonbanking financial institutions to provide services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because nonbanking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures. Securities firms and insurance companies that have elected to become financial holding companies can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking, and may acquire banks and other financial institutions. These new competitors have significantly changed the competitive environment in which we conduct business. Some of our competitors have greater financial resources and/or face fewer regulatory constraints. As a result of these various sources of competition, we could lose business to competitors or be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, either of which would adversely affect our profitability.

We continually encounter technological change and must effectively develop and implement new technology.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. We have invested in technology and connectivity to automate functions previously performed manually, to facilitate the ability of customers to engage in financial transactions, and otherwise to enhance the customer experience with respect to our products and services. On the retail side, this has included developments such as more sophisticated ATMs and expanded access to banking transactions through the internet, smart phones, tablets and other remote devices. This has allowed us to better serve our clients and to reduce costs. Our continued success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using

technology to provide products and services that satisfy customer demands, including demands for faster and more secure payment services, to create efficiencies in our operations, and to integrate those offerings with legacy platforms or to update those legacy platforms. A failure to maintain or enhance our competitive position with respect to technology, whether because we fail to anticipate customer expectations or because our technological developments fail to perform as desired or are not rolled out in a timely manner, may cause us to lose market share or incur additional expense.

Maintaining or increasing market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to adapt products and services to evolving market and industry standards. The widespread adoption of new technologies has required, and likely will continue to require, us to make substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt existing products and services or develop new products and services. In addition, there is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices. This can reduce net interest income and noninterest income from fee-based products and services. We may not be successful in introducing new products and services in response to industry trends or developments in technology, or those new products may not achieve market acceptance. As a result, we could lose business, be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, or be subject to cost increases, any of which would adversely affect our profitability.

We have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which could affect costs and from which we may not be able to realize anticipated benefits.

We have historically pursued acquisitions, and may seek acquisitions in the future. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable candidates, negotiate appropriate acquisition terms, complete proposed acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired businesses into the existing operations, or expand into new markets. Once integrated, acquired operations may not achieve levels of revenues, profitability, or productivity comparable with those achieved by our existing operations, or otherwise perform as expected.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the integration of the operations, technologies, services, and products of the acquired companies, and the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns. We may not properly ascertain all such risks prior to an acquisition or prior to such a risk impacting us while integrating an acquired company. As a result, difficulties encountered with acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Furthermore, we must generally receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire a bank or BHC. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, future prospects, including current and projected capital levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management,

compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including the acquiring institution's record of compliance under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. Consequently, we might be required to sell portions of the acquired institution as a condition to receiving regulatory approval or we may not obtain regulatory approval for a proposed acquisition on acceptable terms or at all, in which case we would not be able to complete the acquisition despite the time and expenses invested in pursuing it.

We depend on the expertise of key personnel. If these individuals leave or change their roles without effective replacements, operations may suffer.

Our success depends, to a large degree, on the continued services of executive officers and other key personnel who have extensive experience in the industry. We generally do not carry key person life insurance on any of our executive officers or other key personnel. If we lose the services of any of these persons and fail to manage a smooth transition to new personnel, our business could be adversely impacted.

We may not be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel and recruiting and compensation costs may increase as a result of changes in the marketplace, both of which may increase costs and reduce profitability and may adversely impact our ability to implement our business strategies.

Our success depends upon the ability to attract and retain highly motivated, well-qualified personnel. We face significant competition in the recruitment of qualified employees. Our ability to execute our business strategy and provide high quality service may suffer if we are unable to recruit or retain a sufficient number of qualified employees or if the costs of employee compensation or benefits increase substantially. Further, in June 2010, the Federal Reserve and other federal banking regulators jointly issued comprehensive final guidance designed to ensure that incentive compensation policies do not undermine the safety and soundness of banking organizations by encouraging employees to take imprudent risks. This regulation significantly affects the amount, form, and context in which we pay incentive compensation. Additionally, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the SEC have jointly proposed rules which affect incentive compensation. These rules, if finalized, may adversely affect us by imposing costs and restrictions on certain of our businesses which are not imposed on non-bank competitors.

Other Risks

Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us.

Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk,

credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, reputational risk, and legal, model and compliance risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as risks may exist, or develop in the future, that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. The most recent financial crisis and resulting regulatory reform highlighted both the importance and some of the limitations of managing unanticipated risks. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected.

Our controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accurately accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met, due to certain inherent limitations. These limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, that alternative reasoned judgments can be drawn, or that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, which could result in a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting and/or the restatement of previously filed financial statements.

We are at risk of increased losses from fraud.

Criminals committing fraud increasingly are using more sophisticated techniques and in some cases are part of larger criminal rings, which allow them to be more effective.

Fraudulent activity has taken many forms and escalates as more tools for accessing financial services emerge, such as real-time payments. Fraud schemes are broad and continuously evolving and include such things as debit card/credit card fraud, check fraud, mechanical devices attached to ATM machines, social engineering and phishing attacks to obtain personal information, or impersonation of our clients through the use of falsified or stolen credentials. Additionally, an individual or business entity may properly identify themselves, yet seek to establish a business relationship for the purpose of perpetrating fraud. An emerging type of fraud even involves the creation of synthetic identification in which fraudsters “create” individuals for the purpose of perpetrating fraud. Further, in addition to fraud committed against us, we may suffer losses as a result of fraudulent activity committed against third parties. Increased deployment of technologies, such as chip card technology, defray and reduce aspects of fraud; however, criminals are turning to other sources to steal personally identifiable information, such as unaffiliated healthcare providers and

government entities, in order to impersonate the consumer to commit fraud. Many of these data compromises have been widely reported in the media. Further, as a result of the increased sophistication of fraud activity, we have increased our spending on systems and controls to detect and prevent fraud. This will result in continued ongoing investments in the future.

Our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity.

We depend on our ability to process, record, and monitor a large number of client transactions and to communicate with clients and other institutions on a continuous basis. As client, industry, public, and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and infrastructure continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns, whether as a result of events beyond our control or otherwise.

Our business, financial, accounting, data processing, or other operating systems and facilities may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control. For example, there could be sudden increases in client transaction volume; electrical or telecommunications outages; natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes, floods, and hurricanes; disease pandemics; events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; occurrences of employee error, fraud, or malfeasance; and, as described below, cyber-attacks.

Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations and communications may be adversely affected by significant and widespread disruption to our systems and infrastructure that support our businesses and clients. While we continue to evolve and modify our business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts. Our insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all resulting losses, and the cost to obtain adequate coverage may increase for us or the industry.

Security risks for financial institutions such as ours have dramatically increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication, resources and activities of hackers, terrorists, activists, organized crime, and other external parties, including nation state actors. In addition, to access our products and services, clients may use devices or software that are beyond our control environment, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks, and clients' devices and software may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, change, or destruction of our or our clients' confidential, proprietary and other information (including personal identifying information of individuals), or

otherwise disrupt our or our clients' or other third parties' business operations. Other U.S. financial institutions and financial service companies have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, including attempts to shut down access to their networks and systems in an attempt to extract compensation from them to regain control. Financial institutions, including SunTrust, have experienced distributed denial-of-service attacks, a sophisticated and targeted attack intended to disable or degrade internet service or to sabotage systems.

We and others in our industry are regularly the subject of attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems, and data, or to obtain, change, or destroy confidential data (including personal identifying information of individuals) through a variety of means, including computer viruses, malware, and phishing. In the future, these attacks may result in unauthorized individuals obtaining access to our confidential information or that of our clients, or otherwise accessing, damaging, or disrupting our systems or infrastructure.

We are continuously developing and enhancing our controls, processes, and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data, and networks from attack, damage, or unauthorized access. This continued development and enhancement will require us to expend additional resources, including to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities that may be detected. Despite our ongoing investments in security resources, talent, and business practices, we are unable to assure that any security measures will be effective.

If our systems and infrastructure were to be breached, damaged, or disrupted, or if we were to experience a loss of our confidential information or that of our clients, we could be subject to serious negative consequences, including disruption of our operations, damage to our reputation, a loss of trust in us on the part of our clients, vendors or other counterparties, client attrition, reimbursement or other costs, increased compliance costs, significant litigation exposure and legal liability, or regulatory fines, penalties or intervention. Any of these could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, our financial condition, and/or our share price.

A disruption, breach, or failure in the operational systems and infrastructure of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could adversely affect our business.

Third parties perform significant operational services on our behalf. These third parties with whom we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including exchanges, clearing houses, central clearing counterparties, financial intermediaries, or vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints. In particular, operating our business requires us to provide access to client and other sensitive Company information to our contractors, consultants, and other third parties and authorized entities. Controls and oversight mechanisms are in place that are designed to limit access to this information and protect it

from unauthorized disclosure, theft, and disruption. However, control systems and policies pertaining to system access are subject to errors in design, oversight failure, software failure, human error, intentional subversion or other compromise resulting in theft, error, loss, or inappropriate use of information or systems to commit fraud, cause embarrassment to us or our executives or to gain competitive advantage. In addition, regulators expect financial institutions to be responsible for all aspects of their performance, including aspects which they delegate to third parties. If a disruption, breach, or failure in the system or infrastructure of any third party with whom we do business occurred, our business may be materially and adversely affected in a manner similar to if our own systems or infrastructure had been compromised. As has been the case in other major system events in the U.S., our systems and infrastructure may also be attacked, compromised, or damaged as a result of, or as the intended target of, any disruption, breach, or failure in the systems or infrastructure of any third party with whom we do business.

Natural disasters and other catastrophic events could have a material adverse impact on our operations or our financial condition and results.

The occurrence of catastrophic events, such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornados, winter storms, wildfires, earthquakes, mudslides, floods, and other large scale catastrophes, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. We have significant operations and customers along the Gulf and Atlantic coasts as well as other regions of the U.S., which could be adversely impacted by hurricanes, tornados, and other severe weather in those areas. Unpredictable natural and other disasters could have an adverse effect on us in that such events could materially disrupt our operations or the ability or willingness of our customers to access the financial services that we offer, including adverse impacts on our borrowers to timely repay their loans and the value of any collateral that we hold. These events could reduce our earnings and cause volatility in our financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations and communications may be adversely affected by natural disasters or other catastrophic events and there can be no assurance that such business continuity plans will be effective.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, central clearing counterparties, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or

the financial services industry generally, in the past have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of our exposure. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. If the information that we rely on is not accurate or complete, our decisions about extending credit or entering into other transactions with clients or counterparties could be adversely affected, and we could suffer defaults, credit losses, or other negative consequences as a result.

Our accounting policies and processes are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operation. They require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.

Accounting policies and processes are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operation. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Several of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective, and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, we are required to make certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including in determining credit loss reserves, reserves related to litigation and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, including the value of goodwill, among other items. If assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect, or are adjusted periodically, we may experience material losses.

Management has identified certain accounting policies as being critical because they require management's judgment to ascertain the valuations of assets, liabilities, commitments, and contingencies. A variety of factors could affect the ultimate value that is obtained either when earning income, recognizing an expense, recovering an asset, valuing an asset or liability, or recognizing or reducing a liability. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure these critical accounting estimates and judgments are well controlled and applied consistently. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. Because of the

uncertainty surrounding our judgments and the estimates pertaining to these matters, we cannot guarantee that we will not be required to adjust accounting policies or restate prior period financial statements. We discuss these topics in greater detail in the "Critical Accounting Policies” section of Item 7, MD&A, and Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Further, from time to time, the FASB and SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret the accounting standards may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Changes in financial accounting and reporting standards and changes in current interpretations may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in us restating prior period financial statements. We discuss recently issued accounting pronouncements, including both those which we have already adopted in full or in part, and those which we will adopt in the future, at Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Depressed market values for our stock and adverse economic conditions sustained over a period of time may require us to write down all or some portion of our goodwill.

Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, then the reporting unit’s goodwill is not impaired. The fair value of a reporting unit is impacted by the reporting unit's expected financial performance and susceptibility to adverse economic, regulatory, and legislative changes. The estimated fair values of the individual reporting units are assessed for reasonableness by reviewing a variety of indicators, including comparing these estimated fair values to our market capitalization over a reasonable period of time. While this comparison provides some relative market information regarding the estimated fair value of the reporting units, it is not determinative and needs to be evaluated in the context of the current economic environment. However, significant and sustained declines in our market capitalization could be an indication of potential goodwill impairment. See the "Critical Accounting Policies" section of Item 7, MD&A, in this Form 10-K for additional information.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our stock price can be volatile.

Our stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors including, but not limited to:


•	variations in our quarterly results


•	changes in market valuations of companies in the financial services industry


•	governmental and regulatory legislation or actions


•	issuances of shares of common stock or other securities in the future


•	changes in dividends and capital returns


•	the addition or departure of key personnel


•	cyclical fluctuations


•	changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts regarding us or shares of our common stock


•	announcements by us or our competitors of new services or technology, acquisitions, or joint ventures


•	activity by short sellers and changing government restrictions on such activity

General market fluctuations, industry factors, and general economic and political conditions and events, such as cyber or terrorist attacks, economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, credit loss trends, or currency fluctuations, also could cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results. For the above and other reasons, the market price of our securities may not accurately reflect the underlying value of our securities, and you should consider this before relying on the market prices of our securities when making an investment decision.

We might not pay dividends on our stock.

Holders of our stock are only entitled to receive such dividends that our Board declares out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our stock, we are not required to do so.

The Federal Reserve has indicated that increased capital distributions generally would not be considered prudent in the absence of a well-developed capital plan and a capital position that would remain strong even under adverse conditions. As a result, any increase in our dividend requires a non-objection from the Federal Reserve.

Additionally, our obligations under the warrant agreements that we entered into with the U.S. Treasury as part of the CPP will increase to the extent that we pay dividends on our common stock prior to December 31, 2018 exceeding $0.54 per share per quarter, which was the amount of dividends we paid when we first participated in the CPP. Specifically, the exercise price and the number of shares to be issued upon exercise of the warrants will be adjusted proportionately (that is, adversely to us) as specified in a formula contained in the warrant agreements.

Our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries or other investments could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends.

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries, including the Bank. We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from our subsidiaries and other investments. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that our Bank and certain of our nonbank subsidiaries may pay us. Also, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary's liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary's creditors. Limitations on our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Additionally, if our subsidiaries' earnings are not

sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common shareholders.

Certain banking laws and certain provisions of our articles of incorporation may have an anti-takeover effect.

Provisions of federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. Acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting stock of a bank holding company or depository institution, including shares of our common stock, generally creates a rebuttable presumption that the acquirer “controls” the bank holding company or depository institution, and thus, unless the acquirer is able to rebut this presumption, it would be subject to various laws and regulations that bank

holding companies are subject to. Also, a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before, among other things, acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, including our bank.

There also are provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, such as limitations on the ability to call a special meeting of our shareholders, that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt. In addition, our Board will be authorized under our amended and restated articles of incorporation to issue shares of our preferred stock and to determine the rights, terms, conditions, and privileges of such preferred stock, without shareholder approval. These provisions may effectively inhibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination.

The principal market in which SunTrust common stock is traded is the NYSE (symbol “STI”). For the quarterly high and low sales prices of SunTrust common stock for the last two years, see Table 30 in Item 7 of this Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference into this Item 5. During the year ended December 31, 2017, SunTrust paid a quarterly dividend on common stock of $0.26 per common share for the first and second quarters and $0.40 per common share for the third and fourth quarters, compared to a quarterly dividend on common stock of $0.24 per common share for the first and second quarters of 2016 and $0.26 per common share for the third and fourth quarters of 2016. SunTrust common stock was held by 21,731 holders of record at December 31, 2017. See the “Equity Securities” section of this Item 5 for information on share repurchase activity, publicly announced plans and programs, and the remaining repurchase authority under the announced plans and programs.

Please also refer to Item 1, “Business,” for a discussion of restrictions that may affect SunTrust's ability to pay dividends, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” for a discussion of some risks related to SunTrust's dividends, and the “Capital Resources” section of Item 7 for a discussion of dividends paid during the year and factors that may affect future levels of dividends.

The information under the caption “Equity Compensation Plans” in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.

The following graph and table compare the cumulative total shareholder return on SunTrust common stock compared to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Banks Industry Index for the five years commencing December 31, 2012 (at market close) and ending December 31, 2017. The foregoing analysis assumes simultaneous initial investments of $100 and the reinvestment of all dividends in SunTrust common stock and in each of the above indices.

During the second quarter of 2017, the Company completed its authorized repurchases of common equity under the 2016 CCAR capital plan, which the Company initially announced on June 29, 2016 and which effectively expired on June 30, 2017.

On June 28, 2017, the Company announced that the Federal Reserve had no objections to the repurchase of up to $1.32 billion of the Company's outstanding common stock to be completed between July 1, 2017 and June 30, 2018, as part of the Company's 2017 capital plan submitted in connection with the 2017 CCAR. During the second half of 2017, the Company repurchased $660 million of its outstanding common stock at market value as part of this publicly announced 2017 capital plan. At December 31, 2017, the Company had $660 million of remaining common stock repurchase capacity available under its 2017 capital plan (reflected in the table above).

At December 31, 2017, a total of 7.1 million Series A and B warrants to purchase the Company's common stock remained outstanding. The Series A and B warrants have expiration dates of December 2018 and November 2018, respectively.

The Company did not repurchase any of its Series A Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Series B Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Series F Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Series G Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, or Series H Preferred Stock Depositary Shares during the year ended December 31, 2017, and there was no unused Board authority to repurchase any shares of Series A Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Series B Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Series F Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, Series G Preferred Stock Depositary Shares, or the Series H Preferred Stock Depositary Shares. As previously announced, the Company intends to redeem all outstanding Series E Preferred Stock Depositary Shares on March 15, 2018 in accordance with the terms of the Series E Preferred Stock Depositary Shares.

See Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Company's equity securities.



Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Summary of Operations:
Interest income		$6,387			$5,778			$5,265			$5,384			$5,388
Interest expense	754			557			501			544			535
Net interest income	5,633			5,221			4,764			4,840			4,853
Provision for credit losses	409			444			165			342			553
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	5,224			4,777			4,599			4,498			4,300
Noninterest income	3,354			3,383			3,268			3,323			3,214
Noninterest expense ¹	5,764			5,468			5,160			5,543			5,831
Income before provision for income taxes	2,814			2,692			2,707			2,278			1,683
Provision for income taxes ¹	532			805			764			493			322
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	9			9			10			11			17
Net income		$2,273			$1,878			$1,933			$1,774			$1,344
Net income available to common shareholders		$2,179			$1,811			$1,863			$1,722			$1,297
Adjusted net income available to common shareholders ²		$2,179			$1,811			$1,863			$1,729			$1,476
Net interest income-FTE ²		$5,778			$5,359			$4,906			$4,982			$4,980
Total revenue	8,987			8,604			8,032			8,163			8,067
Total revenue-FTE ²	9,132			8,742			8,174			8,305			8,194
Total adjusted revenue-FTE ²	9,132			8,742			8,174			8,200			8,257
Net income per average common share:
Diluted		$4.47			$3.60			$3.58			$3.23			$2.41
Adjusted diluted ²	4.47			3.60			3.58			3.24			2.74
Basic	4.53			3.63			3.62			3.26			2.43
Dividends declared per common share	1.32			1.00			0.92			0.70			0.35
Book value per common share	47.94			45.38			43.45			41.32			38.39
Tangible book value per common share ²	34.82			32.95			31.45			29.62			26.79
Market capitalization	30,417			26,942			21,793			21,978			19,734
Period End Balances:
Total assets		$205,962			$204,875			$190,817			$190,328			$175,335
Earning assets	182,710			184,610			172,114			168,678			156,856
LHFI	143,181			143,298			136,442			133,112			127,877
ALLL	1,735			1,709			1,752			1,937			2,044
Consumer and commercial deposits	159,795			158,864			148,921			139,234			127,735
Long-term debt	9,785			11,748			8,462			13,022			10,700
Total shareholders’ equity	25,154			23,618			23,437			23,005			21,422
Selected Average Balances:
Total assets		$204,931			$199,004			$188,892			$182,176			$172,497
Earning assets	184,212			178,825			168,813			162,189			153,728
LHFI	144,216			141,118			133,558			130,874			122,657
Intangible assets including residential MSRs	8,034			7,545			7,604			7,630			7,535
Residential MSRs	1,615			1,190			1,250			1,255			1,121
Consumer and commercial deposits	159,549			154,189			144,202			132,012			127,076
Long-term debt	11,065			10,767			10,873			12,359			9,872
Preferred stock	1,792			1,225			1,225			800			725
Total shareholders’ equity	24,301			24,068			23,346			22,170			21,167
Average common shares - diluted	486,954			503,466			520,586			533,391			539,093
Average common shares - basic	481,339			498,638			514,844			527,500			534,283
Financial Ratios:
Effective tax rate¹	19		%	30		%	28		%	22		%	19		%
ROA	1.11			0.94			1.02			0.97			0.78
ROE	9.72			7.97			8.46			8.10			6.38
ROTCE ²	13.39			10.91			11.75			11.49			9.37
Net interest margin	3.06			2.92			2.82			2.98			3.16
Net interest margin-FTE ²	3.14			3.00			2.91			3.07			3.24
Efficiency ratio ¹	64.14			63.55			64.24			67.90			72.28
Efficiency ratio-FTE^{1, 2}	63.12			62.55			63.13			66.74			71.16
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE^{1, 2}	62.30			61.99			62.64			66.44			70.89
Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE^1, ²	61.04			61.99			62.64			63.34			65.27
Total average shareholders’ equity to total average assets	11.86			12.09			12.36			12.17			12.27
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ²	8.21			8.15			8.67			8.44			8.50
Common dividend payout ratio	29.1			27.5			25.5			21.5			14.5

This report contains forward-looking statements. Statements regarding: (i) future levels of capital markets related income, commercial real estate related income, interest income, net interest margin, core personnel and other expenses, efficiency, the net charge-off ratio, the provision for loan losses, net charge-offs, capital returns, rates paid on deposits, investments in talent and technology, our capital ratios, and share repurchases; (ii) the future effects of the 2017 Tax Act and tax reform; (iii) the future profitability of our Consumer segment; (iv) the asset sensitivity of our balance sheet and our exposure to interest rate risk in future periods; (v) the future growth in our Wholesale segment; (vi) the future effective tax rate; (vii) future changes in the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio; (viii) the future effect of the redemption of our Series E Preferred Stock on our capital ratios; (ix) future impacts of ASUs not yet adopted; (x) future impacts of liabilities arising from legal claims; and (xi) future credit ratings and outlook, are forward-looking statements. Also, any statement that does not describe historical or current facts is a forward-looking statement. These statements often include the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “target,” “forecast,” “future,” “strategy,” “goal,” “initiative,” “plan,” “opportunity,” “potentially,” “probably,” “project,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could.” Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of management and on information currently available to management. They speak as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update the statements made herein or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements in light of new information or future events.

Forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on such statements. Actual results may differ materially from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements can be found in Part I, Item 1A., "Risk Factors" in this Form 10-K and also include risks discussed in this report and in other periodic reports that we file with the SEC. Additional factors include: current and future legislation and regulation could require us to change our business practices, reduce revenue, impose additional costs, or otherwise adversely affect business operations or competitiveness; we are subject to stringent capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and our failure to meet these would adversely affect our financial condition; the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings; our financial results have been, and may continue to be, materially affected by general economic conditions, and a deterioration of economic conditions or of the financial markets may materially adversely affect our lending and other businesses and our financial results and condition; changes in market interest rates or capital markets could adversely affect our revenue and expenses, the value of assets and obligations, and the availability and cost of capital

and liquidity; interest rates on our outstanding financial instruments might be subject to change based on regulatory developments, which could adversely affect our revenue, expenses, and the value of those financial instruments; our earnings may be affected by volatility in mortgage production and servicing revenues, and by changes in carrying values of our servicing assets and mortgages held for sale due to changes in interest rates; disruptions in our ability to access global capital markets may adversely affect our capital resources and liquidity; we are subject to credit risk; we may have more credit risk and higher credit losses to the extent that our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral; we rely on the mortgage secondary market and GSEs for some of our liquidity; loss of customer deposits could increase our funding costs; any reduction in our credit rating could increase the cost of our funding from the capital markets; we are subject to litigation, and our expenses related to this litigation may adversely affect our results; we may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations; we are subject to certain risks related to originating and selling mortgages, and may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, or borrower fraud, and this could harm our liquidity, results of operations, and financial condition; we face risks as a servicer of loans; consumers and small businesses may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions, which could affect net income; we have businesses other than banking which subject us to a variety of risks; negative public opinion could damage our reputation and adversely impact business and revenues; we may face more intense scrutiny of our sales, training, and incentive compensation practices; we rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure; competition in the financial services industry is intense and we could lose business or suffer margin declines as a result; we continually encounter technological change and must effectively develop and implement new technology; maintaining or increasing market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services; we have in the past and may in the future pursue acquisitions, which could affect costs and from which we may not be able to realize anticipated benefits; we depend on the expertise of key personnel, and if these individuals leave or change their roles without effective replacements, operations may suffer; we may not be able to hire or retain additional qualified personnel and recruiting and compensation costs may increase as a result of turnover, both of which may increase costs and reduce profitability and may adversely impact our ability to implement our business strategies; our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us; our controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud; we are at risk of increased losses from fraud; our operational and communications systems and infrastructure may fail or may be the subject of a breach or cyber-attack that, if successful, could

adversely affect our business and disrupt business continuity; a disruption, breach, or failure in the operational systems and infrastructure of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could adversely affect our business; natural disasters and other catastrophic events could have a material adverse impact on our operations or our financial condition and results; the soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us; we depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties; our accounting policies and processes are critical to how we report our financial condition and results of operation, and they require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain; depressed market values for our stock and adverse economic conditions sustained over a period of time may require us to write down all or some portion of our goodwill; our stock price can be volatile; we might not pay dividends on our stock; our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries or other investments could affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends; and certain banking laws and certain provisions of our articles of incorporation may have an anti-takeover effect.

INTRODUCTION

We are a leading provider of financial services, with our headquarters located in Atlanta, Georgia. Our principal subsidiary, SunTrust Bank, offers a full line of financial services for consumers, businesses, corporations, institutions, and not-for-profit entities, both through its branches (located primarily in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, South Carolina, and the District of Columbia) and through other national delivery channels. In addition to deposit, credit, and trust and investment services offered by the Bank, our other subsidiaries provide capital markets, mortgage banking, securities brokerage, investment banking, and wealth

management services. We operate two business segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. See Note 20, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for a description of our business segments and related business segment structure realignment from three segments to two segments in the second quarter of 2017.

This MD&A is intended to assist readers in their analysis of the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and supplemental financial information. It should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, as well as other information contained in this document. When we refer to “SunTrust,” “the Company,” “we,” “our,” and “us” in this narrative, we mean SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

In the MD&A, consistent with SEC guidance in Industry Guide 3 that contemplates the calculation of tax exempt income on a tax equivalent basis, we present net interest income, net interest margin, total revenue, and efficiency ratios on an FTE basis. The FTE basis adjusts for the tax-favored status of net interest income from certain loans and investments using a federal tax rate of 35% and state income taxes, where applicable, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. We believe this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income and that it enhances comparability of net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources. Additionally, we present other non-U.S. GAAP metrics to assist investors in understanding management’s view of particular financial measures, as well as to align presentation of these financial measures with peers in the industry who may also provide a similar presentation. Reconcilements for all non-U.S. GAAP measures are provided in Table 30.



Form 8-K and Tax Reform-related Items Impacting 4th Quarter and Full Year 2017 Results					Table 1
					Impacted Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars in millions)					Impacted Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income
Form 8-K items previously announced on December 4, 2017:
Gain on sale of Premium Assignment Corporation ("PAC") subsidiary		$107			Gain on sale of subsidiary
Net charge related to efficiency actions	(36		)		Other staff expense; Other noninterest expense
Tax impact of above items (tax expense)	(29		)	¹	Provision for income taxes
SunTrust Mortgage ("STM") state NOL valuation allowance adjustment (tax expense)	(27		)	¹	Provision for income taxes
Net benefit of Form 8-K items (after-tax)		$16		²
Tax reform-related items:
Charitable contribution to support financial well-being initiatives		($50	)		Marketing and customer development
Discretionary 401(k) contribution and other employee benefits	(25		)		Employee compensation and benefits
Securities available for sale ("securities AFS") portfolio restructuring losses	(109		)		Net securities (losses)/gains
Loss arising from anticipated sale of servicing rights	(5		)		Mortgage servicing related income
Tax impact of above items (tax benefit)	70			¹	Provision for income taxes
Revaluation of net deferred tax liability and other discrete tax items (tax benefit)	291				Provision for income taxes
Net benefit of tax reform-related items (after-tax)		$172

Net benefit of Form 8-K and tax reform-related items (after-tax)		$188

¹ Amounts are calculated using a federal statutory rate of 35% and are adjusted for permanent items, if applicable. ² Amount does not foot as presented due to rounding.

higher investment banking and commercial real estate related income. Looking to the first quarter of 2018, we expect capital markets-related income to rebound and commercial real estate related income to decline from a seasonally strong fourth quarter of 2017 level.

Our net interest margin increased 14 basis points compared to 2016, driven primarily by higher earning asset yields arising from higher benchmark interest rates, continued favorable mix shift in earning assets, and lower premium amortization, offset partially by higher funding costs. Looking to the first quarter of 2018, we expect net interest margin to increase up to two basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2017 as the benefit of the December Fed Funds rate increase is mostly offset by the change in our FTE calculation as a result of the 2017 Tax Act. Beyond that, we anticipate that net interest margin trends will depend on the interest rate environment; however, we do expect some net interest margin expansion in 2018 if interest rates continue to rise.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold and subsequently reinvested approximately $3 billion of securities AFS with a similar mix and higher yields (primarily within U.S. Treasury securities and agency residential MBS), which we expect will increase annual interest income by approximately $20 million beginning in 2018, all else being equal. See additional discussion related to revenue, noninterest income, and net interest income and margin in the "Noninterest Income" and "Net Interest Income/Margin" sections of this MD&A. Also in this MD&A, see Table 21, "Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity," for an analysis of potential changes in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates.

Noninterest expense increased 5% compared to 2016. The increase was driven largely by higher personnel expenses and higher net occupancy expenses, offset partially by the favorable resolution of several legal matters during the third quarter of 2017. Additionally, noninterest expense for 2017 was negatively impacted by $111 million of net Form 8-K and tax reform-related items recognized during the fourth quarter of 2017, comprised of a $50 million charitable contribution to support financial well-being initiatives, a $36 million net charge related to efficiency actions, and $25 million of discretionary 401(k) contributions and other employee benefits. Looking to the first quarter of 2018, we expect core personnel expenses—excluding the fourth quarter of 2017 tax reform-related personnel expenses of $25 million—to increase by approximately $75 million from the fourth quarter of 2017 due to the typical seasonal increase in 401(k) and FICA expenses. Though our expense base has and will vary from quarter to quarter, we remain focused on managing our expenses to provide funding for investments in talent, technology, and improved product offerings. See additional discussion related to noninterest expense in the "Noninterest Expense" section of this MD&A.

For 2017, our efficiency and tangible efficiency ratios were 63.1% and 62.3%, compared to the prior year ratios of 62.6% and 62.0%, respectively. Our current year efficiency ratios were negatively impacted by the Form 8-K and tax reform-related items recognized during the fourth quarter of 2017; when excluding the impact of these items, our adjusted tangible efficiency ratio improved to 61.0% for 2017, compared to 62.0% for 2016. Looking to 2018, there will be headwinds to efficiency arising from tax reform, attributable to both FTE adjustments,

and the corresponding actions we have taken to invest in our people. Despite this, we are confident in our ability to improve efficiency in 2018, due to our heightened expense discipline, the actions we took in the last two quarters of 2017, and a positive economic and revenue outlook. See Table 30, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and reconciliations of, our tangible and adjusted tangible efficiency ratios.

Overall asset quality remained very strong during 2017, evidenced by our 0.25% net charge-off ratio and 0.47% NPL ratio. These low levels reflect the relative strength across our LHFI portfolio, though we recognize that there could be variability moving forward and that credit losses will eventually normalize. Overall, we expect to operate within a net charge-off ratio of between 25 and 35 basis points in 2018. We also forecast a provision for loan losses that generally approximates net charge-offs. See additional discussion of our credit and asset quality, in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A.

Average LHFI increased 2% compared to 2016, driven by growth across most consumer loan portfolios and in commercial construction loans. These increases were offset partially by declines in average residential home equity products and CRE loans. Our consumer lending initiatives continue to produce solid loan growth through each of our major channels, while furthering the positive mix shift within the LHFI portfolio and improving our return profile. Looking ahead, we continue to have good dialogue with our clients and we believe that tax reform should be a catalyst for increased investment and growth. Further, we are well positioned to meet our clients' needs, whether through lending, capital markets, or other solutions. See additional loan discussions in the “Loans,” “Nonperforming Assets,” and "Net Interest Income/Margin" sections of this MD&A.

Average consumer and commercial deposits increased 3% compared to 2016, driven by growth across both of our business segments and across most of our product categories, particularly NOW accounts and time deposits. Rates paid on our interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased 12 basis points compared to 2016 in response to rising benchmark interest rates. The strong deposit growth we have produced over the past several years, in addition to our access to low-cost funding, enables us to prudently manage our funding base and more effectively manage our deposit costs. Looking forward to 2018, we continue to be focused on maximizing the value proposition of deposits for our clients, outside of the rate paid, by meeting more of our clients' needs through strategic investments in talent and technology. See additional discussion regarding average deposits in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" and "Deposits" sections of this MD&A.

Capital and Liquidity

Our regulatory capital ratios increased compared to December 31, 2016, with a CET1 ratio of 9.74% at December 31, 2017, driven primarily by growth in retained earnings. Additionally, our CET1 ratio, on a fully phased-in basis, was estimated to be 9.59% at December 31, 2017, which is well above the regulatory requirement. Our book value and tangible book value per common share both increased 6% compared to

December 31, 2016, due primarily to earnings growth. See additional details related to our capital in Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. Also see Table 30, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information regarding, and reconciliations of, tangible book value per common share and our fully phased-in CET1 ratio.

During the year, we increased our quarterly common stock dividend by 54%, beginning in the third quarter of 2017, which resulted in dividends for 2017 of $1.32 per common share, an increase from $1.00 per common share in 2016. We also repurchased $1.3 billion of our outstanding common stock during the year, which included $480 million under our 2016 capital plan, an incremental $174 million pursuant to the 1% of Tier 1 capital de minimis exception allowed under the applicable 2016 Capital Plan Rule, and $660 million in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan. Additionally, as previously announced, we intend to use proceeds from our November 2017 Series H Preferred Stock issuance to redeem all outstanding Series E Preferred Stock depositary shares on March 15, 2018. The redemption of Series E Preferred Stock depositary shares is expected to reduce our Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios by approximately 25 basis points, all else being equal. Given our strong capital position combined with our improved earnings trajectory, we should have capacity to increase capital returns to our owners, the specifics of which will depend upon our rigorous capital planning process. See additional details related to our capital actions and share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K.

Business Segments Highlights

Consumer

Consumer continues to deliver healthy overall business and revenue momentum. Net interest income increased $233 million, or 7%, compared to 2016, resulting from strong loan and deposit growth and continued balance sheet optimization. The average balance of our LHFI portfolio increased 5% compared to 2016. Deposit growth continues to be a key contributor to our net interest income momentum, with average balances up 3% year-over-year. Noninterest income decreased 8% compared to the same period in 2016, due primarily to lower mortgage-related income, as a result of lower production volume due to decreased

refinancing activity. Noninterest expense was relatively stable compared to prior year as a result of our continued expense management efforts. Overall, we took significant actions in 2017 to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the Consumer segment, as evidenced by continued growth in digital channels and a 7% year-over-year reduction in our branches. Additionally, we have seen positive momentum in our wealth management business as total managed assets increased 11% compared to 2016. Our solid loan and deposit growth, as well as our continued investments in an improved client experience, are expected to improve profitability in 2018.

Wholesale

Wholesale delivered record revenue and net income during 2017 due to favorable capital market conditions and continued success in meeting client needs. Total revenue increased $589 million compared to 2016 due primarily to increases in net interest income, investment banking income, commercial real estate related income, and a $107 million gain on the sale of PAC. Net interest income was a key contributor to our strong revenue growth, up 11% compared to 2016 as a result of higher loan yields. Investment banking income continues to be a growth driver for us as we continue to have strategic success with new and existing Wholesale clients. Noninterest expense increased 12% compared to the prior year. The year-over-year increase was driven by higher compensation due to improved business performance, incremental costs relating to Pillar, and ongoing investments in technology. During 2017, we also expanded Commercial & Business Banking into new markets in Ohio and Texas, which allowed us to further expand our differentiated value proposition to new clients. Overall, while market conditions can drive quarterly variability, our differentiated business model and proven executional abilities in Wholesale continue to deliver strong results and we expect to see further growth in 2018.

Additional information related to our business segments can be found in Note 20, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K, and further discussion of our business segment results for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 can be found in the "Business Segment Results" section of this MD&A.



Consolidated Daily Average Balances, Income/Expense, and Average Yields Earned/Rates Paid																		Table 2

	2017							2016							2015
(Dollars in millions)	Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates		Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates		Average Balances			Income/ Expense		Yields/ Rates
ASSETS
LHFI: ¹
C&I		$68,423			$2,286	3.34	%		$68,406			$2,148	3.14	%		$65,786			$1,974	3.00	%
CRE	5,158			177		3.43		5,808			169		2.92		6,178			173		2.80
Commercial construction	4,011			148		3.70		2,898			94		3.25		1,603			50		3.12
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	539			16		2.92		575			20		3.45		636			24		3.77
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	26,392			1,003		3.80		25,554			964		3.77		23,759			913		3.84
Residential home equity products	10,969			470		4.28		12,297			484		3.94		13,535			501		3.70
Residential construction	346			15		4.26		377			17		4.39		384			19		4.85
Consumer student - guaranteed	6,464			286		4.42		5,551			224		4.03		4,584			173		3.78
Consumer other direct	8,239			406		4.93		6,871			313		4.56		5,344			230		4.30
Consumer indirect	11,492			401		3.49		10,712			365		3.40		10,262			333		3.24
Consumer credit cards	1,429			145		10.12		1,188			120		10.10		944			94		10.00
Nonaccrual ²	754			32		4.28		881			21		2.43		543			22		4.13
Total LHFI	144,216			5,385		3.73		141,118			4,939		3.50		133,558			4,506		3.37
Securities AFS:
Taxable	30,688			761		2.48		28,216			645		2.29		26,327			587		2.23
Tax-exempt	433			13		2.99		189			6		3.37		176			6		3.70
Total securities AFS	31,121			774		2.49		28,405			651		2.29		26,503			593		2.24
Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,215			9		0.69		1,241			1		0.10		1,147			—		—
LHFS	2,483			99		4.00		2,570			92		3.60		2,348			82		3.47
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	25			—		1.20		24			—		0.40		22			—		0.12
Interest earning trading assets	5,152			120		2.33		5,467			95		1.73		5,235			84		1.62
Total earning assets	184,212			6,387		3.47		178,825			5,778		3.23		168,813			5,265		3.12
ALLL	(1,735		)					(1,746		)					(1,835		)
Cash and due from banks	5,123							4,999							5,614
Other assets	16,376							14,880							14,527
Noninterest earning trading assets and derivative instruments	903							1,388							1,265
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net	52							658							508
Total assets		$204,931							$199,004							$188,892
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits:
NOW accounts		$45,009			$131	0.29	%		$40,949			$55	0.13	%		$35,161			$31	0.09	%
Money market accounts	53,592			157		0.29		53,795			107		0.20		50,518			85		0.17
Savings	6,519			1		0.02		6,285			2		0.03		6,165			2		0.03
Consumer time	5,626			42		0.75		5,852			43		0.73		6,443			49		0.77
Other time	5,148			57		1.10		3,908			39		1.00		3,813			39		1.02
Total interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits	115,894			388		0.34		110,789			246		0.22		102,100			206		0.20
Brokered time deposits	941			12		1.29		926			12		1.33		888			13		1.41
Foreign deposits	421			4		0.86		123			1		0.42		218			—		0.13
Total interest-bearing deposits	117,256			404		0.34		111,838			259		0.23		103,206			219		0.21
Funds purchased	1,217			13		1.02		1,055			4		0.37		822			1		0.11
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,558			15		0.92		1,734			7		0.42		1,821			4		0.21
Interest-bearing trading liabilities	968			26		2.70		1,025			24		2.29		881			22		2.44
Other short-term borrowings	1,591			8		0.50		1,452			3		0.23		2,135			3		0.16
Long-term debt	11,065			288		2.60		10,767			260		2.42		10,873			252		2.32
Total interest-bearing liabilities	133,655			754		0.56		127,871			557		0.44		119,738			501		0.42
Noninterest-bearing deposits	43,655							43,400							42,102
Other liabilities	2,936							3,252							3,276
Noninterest-bearing trading liabilities and derivative instruments	384							413							430
Shareholders’ equity	24,301							24,068							23,346
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$204,931							$199,004							$188,892
Interest rate spread						2.91	%						2.79	%						2.70	%
Net interest income ³					$5,633							$5,221							$4,764
Net interest income-FTE ^{3, 4}					$5,778							$5,359							$4,906
Net interest margin ⁵						3.06	%						2.92	%						2.82	%
Net interest margin-FTE ^{4, 5}						3.14							3.00							2.91



Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income ¹																Table 3
	2017 Compared to 2016									2016 Compared to 2015
(Dollars in millions)	Volume			Rate			Net			Volume			Rate			Net
Increase/(Decrease) in Interest Income:
LHFI:
C&I		$—			$138			$138			$80			$94			$174
CRE	(20		)	28			8			(11		)	7			(4		)
Commercial construction	40			14			54			42			2			44
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	(1		)	(3		)	(4		)	(2		)	(2		)	(4		)
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	32			7			39			68			(17		)	51
Residential home equity products	(54		)	40			(14		)	(48		)	31			(17		)
Residential construction	(2		)	—			(2		)	—			(2		)	(2		)
Consumer student - guaranteed	39			23			62			39			12			51
Consumer other direct	66			27			93			69			14			83
Consumer indirect	27			9			36			15			17			32
Consumer credit cards	24			1			25			25			1			26
Nonaccrual	(3		)	14			11			10			(11		)	(1		)
Securities AFS:
Taxable	60			56			116			42			16			58
Tax-exempt	7			—			7			1			(1		)	—
Fed funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	—			8			8			—			1			1
LHFS	(3		)	10			7			7			3			10
Interest earning trading assets	(6		)	31			25			4			7			11
Total increase in interest income	206			403			609			341			172			513
Increase/(Decrease) in Interest Expense:
NOW accounts	5			71			76			7			17			24
Money market accounts	—			50			50			6			16			22
Savings	—			(1		)	(1		)	—			—			—
Consumer time	(2		)	1			(1		)	(4		)	(2		)	(6		)
Other time	13			5			18			1			(1		)	—
Brokered time deposits	—			—			—			—			(1		)	(1		)
Foreign deposits	2			1			3			—			1			1
Funds purchased	1			8			9			—			3			3
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	—			8			8			—			3			3
Interest-bearing trading liabilities	(2		)	4			2			3			(1		)	2
Other short-term borrowings	1			4			5			(1		)	1			—
Long-term debt	8			20			28			(2		)	10			8
Total increase in interest expense	26			171			197			10			46			56
Increase in Net Interest Income		$180			$232			$412			$331			$126			$457
Increase in Net Interest Income-FTE ²								$419									$453
¹Changes in Net interest income are attributed to either changes in average balances (volume change) or changes in average rates (rate change) for Earning assets and sources of funds on which interest is received or paid. Volume change is calculated as change in volume times the previous rate, while rate change is change in rate times the previous volume. The rate/volume change, change in rate times change in volume, is allocated between volume change and rate change at the ratio each component bears to the absolute value of their total.
² See Table 30, "Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures," in this MD&A for additional information and reconciliations of Net interest income-FTE.

Net interest income was $5.8 billion in 2017, an increase of $419 million, or 8%, compared to 2016. Net interest margin for 2017 increased 14 basis points, to 3.14%, compared to 2016. The increase was driven by a 24 basis point increase in average earning asset yields. Specifically, average LHFI yields increased 23 basis points, driven by notable increases in yield on average commercial loans, residential home equity products, guaranteed student loans, and consumer direct loans. In addition, yields on securities AFS increased 20 basis points due to shifts in the portfolio mix, lower premium amortization, and higher benchmark interest rates. These increases were offset partially by higher rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities.

Rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities increased 12 basis points compared to 2016, driven primarily by increases in rates paid on NOW, money market accounts, and time deposits as well as short-term borrowings and long-term debt. Compared to 2016, the average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits increased 11 basis points.

Average earning assets increased $5.4 billion, or 3%, compared to 2016, driven primarily by a $3.1 billion, or 2%, increase in average LHFI and a $2.7 billion, or 10%, increase in average securities AFS. The increase in average LHFI was driven by growth across most consumer loan portfolios, as well as growth in commercial construction. The growth was offset, in part, by declines in residential home equity products and CRE loans as paydowns exceeded new originations and draws. See the "Loans" section in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding loan activity.

Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $5.8 billion, or 5%, compared to 2016, due primarily to growth in consumer and commercial deposits as well as an increase in foreign deposits and long-term debt. Average interest-bearing consumer and commercial deposits increased $5.1 billion, or 5%, compared to 2016, due primarily to growth in NOW and other time account balances resulting from continued success in deepening and growing client relationships. Average long-term debt increased $298 million, or 3%, compared to 2016, due primarily to our senior note issuances under the Global Bank Note program, offset by decreases in long-term FHLB advances and other maturities. See the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A as well as Note 11, "Borrowings and Contractual Commitments," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information regarding our long-term debt.

We utilize interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. These instruments are primarily receive-fixed, pay-variable swaps that synthetically convert a portion of our commercial loan

portfolio from floating rates, based on LIBOR, to fixed rates. At December 31, 2017, the outstanding notional balance of active swaps that qualified as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans was $12.1 billion, compared to $16.7 billion at December 31, 2016.

In addition to the income recognized from active swaps, we recognize interest income from terminated swaps that were previously designated as cash flow hedges on variable rate commercial loans. Interest income from our commercial loan swaps was $89 million in 2017, compared to $244 million in 2016 due primarily to a decrease in the notional balance of qualifying swaps and an increase in LIBOR. As we manage our interest rate risk we may continue to purchase additional and/or terminate existing interest rate swaps.

Remaining swaps on commercial loans have maturities through 2022 and have an average maturity of 3.6 years at December 31, 2017. The weighted average rate on the receive-fixed rate leg of the commercial loan swap portfolio was 1.40%, and the weighted average rate on the pay-variable leg was 1.56%, at December 31, 2017.

Looking to the first quarter of 2018, we expect net interest margin to increase up to two basis points compared to the fourth quarter of 2017 as the benefit of the December Fed Funds rate increase is mostly offset by the change in our FTE calculation as a result of the 2017 Tax Act. Beyond that, we anticipate that net interest margin trends will depend on the interest rate environment; however, we do expect some net interest margin expansion in 2018 if interest rates continue to rise. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold and subsequently reinvested approximately $3 billion of securities AFS with a similar mix and higher yields (primarily within U.S. Treasury securities and agency residential MBS), which we expect will increase annual interest income by approximately $20 million beginning in 2018, all else being equal.

Foregone Interest

Foregone interest income from NPLs reduced net interest margin by less than one basis point for the year ended December 31, 2017. Forgone interest income from NPLs reduced net interest margin by one basis point for the year ended December 31, 2016. See additional discussion of our expectations of future credit quality in the “Loans,” “Allowance for Credit Losses,” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections of this MD&A. In addition, Table 2 and Table 3 in this MD&A contain more detailed information regarding average balances, yields earned, rates paid, and associated impacts on net interest income.

Noninterest income decreased $29 million, or 1%, compared to 2016, driven primarily by lower mortgage production related income, offset largely by higher investment banking and commercial real estate related income. Noninterest income for 2017 was negatively impacted by $7 million of net Form 8-K and tax reform-related items recognized during the fourth quarter, comprised of $109 million of securities AFS portfolio restructuring losses, a $107 million gain on sale of PAC, and a $5 million loss arising from the anticipated sale of servicing rights.

Client transaction-related-fees, which include service charges on deposit accounts, other charges and fees, and card fees, decreased $5 million compared to 2016. This decrease was driven primarily by our enhanced posting order process that was instituted during the fourth quarter of 2016, offset partially by an increase in client transaction-related activity.

Investment banking income increased $105 million, or 21%, compared to 2016. This increase was due to strong deal flow activity across most product categories, particularly equity offerings, mergers and acquisitions advisory, and syndicated finance.

Trading income decreased $22 million, or 10%, compared to 2016. This decrease was driven primarily by lower core trading revenue during 2017.

Trust and investment management income increased $5 million, or 2%, compared to 2016. This increase was driven by an increase in trust and institutional assets under management as well as an increase in trust termination fees.

Mortgage production related income decreased $135 million, or 37%, compared to 2016. This decrease was driven by lower gain on sale margins, lower production volume due to decreased refinancing activity, and a lower repurchase reserve release during 2017. Mortgage application volume decreased 24% and closed loan volume decreased 17% compared to 2016.

Mortgage servicing related income increased $2 million, or 1%, compared to 2016, driven primarily by higher servicing fees, offset partially by lower net hedge performance and higher servicing asset decay. Mortgage servicing related income for 2017 was also negatively impacted by a $5 million tax reform-related loss arising from the anticipated sale of servicing rights. The UPB of mortgage loans in the servicing portfolio was $165.5 billion at December 31, 2017, compared to $160.2 billion at December 31, 2016.

Gain on sale of subsidiaries totaled $107 million for 2017, resulting from our gain from the sale of PAC during the fourth quarter of 2017, which was announced in our December 4, 2017 Form 8-K filed with SEC. For additional information regarding the sale of PAC, see Note 2, "Acquisitions/Dispositions," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Commercial real estate related income increased $54 million, or 78%, compared to 2016. This increase was due to income generated from Pillar, which we acquired in December 2016, as well as higher structured real estate revenue. Looking to the first quarter of 2018, we expect commercial real estate related income to decline from a seasonally strong fourth quarter.

Net securities losses totaled $108 million compared to net securities gains of $4 million in 2016. Net securities losses for 2017 were driven by the aforementioned securities restructuring losses. Excluding the impact of the restructuring losses, net securities gains decreased slightly compared to 2016.

Other noninterest income decreased $25 million, or 20%, compared to 2016. This decrease was driven primarily by $44 million of net asset-related gains recognized in 2016, offset partially by $17 million of net gains recognized on the sale of leases and commercial LHFS in 2017.

Noninterest expense increased $296 million, or 5%, compared to 2016, driven largely by higher personnel expenses and higher net occupancy expenses, offset partially by the favorable resolution of several legal matters during the third quarter of 2017. Additionally, noninterest expense for 2017 was negatively impacted by $111 million of net Form 8-K and tax reform-related items recognized during the fourth quarter of 2017, comprised of a $50 million charitable contribution to support financial well-being initiatives, a $36 million net charge related to efficiency actions, and $25 million of discretionary 401(k) contributions and other employee benefits.

Personnel expenses increased $186 million, or 6%, compared to 2016. This increase was due primarily to higher employee compensation costs associated with improved revenue growth and the incremental compensation costs associated with Pillar, which we acquired in December 2016. Personnel expenses for 2017 were also negatively impacted by $25 million of tax reform-related discretionary 401(k) contributions and other employee benefits recognized during the fourth quarter of 2017. When excluding these tax reform-related personnel expenses, we expect personnel expenses for the first quarter of 2018 to increase by approximately $75 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2017 due to the typical seasonal increase in 401(k) and FICA expenses.

Outside processing and software expense decreased $8 million, or 1%, compared to 2016. This decrease was due primarily to lower transaction volume, efficiencies generated with third party providers, and insourcing of certain activities, offset partially by higher software-related investments.

Net occupancy expense increased $28 million, or 8%, compared to 2016. This increase was due primarily to a reduction in amortized gains from prior sale leaseback transactions.

Marketing and customer development expense increased $60 million, or 35%, compared to 2016. This increase was due primarily to a $50 million tax reform-related charitable contribution during the fourth quarter of 2017 to support financial well-being initiatives. Excluding the impact of this tax

reform-related item, marketing and customer development expense increased slightly compared to 2016 driven by increased sponsorship costs.

Regulatory assessments expense increased $14 million, or 8%, compared to 2016. This increase was driven by the FDIC surcharge on large banks that became effective in the third quarter of 2016, and a larger assessment base attributable to balance sheet growth.

Other staff expense increased $54 million, or 81%, compared to 2016. This increase was due to higher severance costs recognized during the second half of 2017, largely in connection with the voluntary early retirement program announced in our December 4, 2017 Form 8-K (as part of our net charge related to efficiency actions).

Amortization expense increased $26 million, or 53%, compared to 2016. This increase was driven by an increase in our community development investments, which are amortized over the life of the related tax credits that these investments generate. See the "Community Development Investments" section of Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information regarding these investments.

Consulting and legal fees decreased $22 million, or 24%, compared to 2016. This decrease was due to lower utilization of consulting services and lower legal fees resulting from the resolution of legal matters.

Operating losses decreased $68 million, or 63%, compared to 2016. This decrease was driven by the favorable resolution of several legal matters, which aggregated to $58 million during the third quarter of 2017.

Other noninterest expense increased $32 million, or 8%, compared to 2016. This increase was due primarily to software-related writedowns associated with ongoing efficiency initiatives, as well as branch and corporate real estate closure costs.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes includes federal and state income taxes and interest. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the provision for income taxes was $532 million, representing an effective tax rate of 19%. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the provision for income taxes was $805 million, representing an effective tax rate of 30%. The decrease in the effective tax rate was due primarily to the recognition of a $303 million income tax benefit for the estimated impact of the remeasurement of our DTAs and DTLs and other tax reform-related items due to the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act.

The 2017 Tax Act makes broad changes to the U.S. tax code, including reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, eliminating the deduction for FDIC premiums, limiting the deductibility of certain executive compensation, and imposing new limitations on NOLs generated after December 31, 2017.

We recorded an income tax benefit for the remeasurement of our estimated DTAs and DTLs of $333 million to reflect the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate of 21%, which is the rate at which the deferred tax balances are expected to reverse in the future. However, as additional information becomes available and additional analysis is completed, our estimate of the DTAs and DTLs may change, which could impact the remeasurement of these deferred tax balances. Any adjustment to the remeasurement amount would be recorded as an adjustment to the provision for income taxes in 2018 in the period the amounts are determined.

Due to the enactment of the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act, we expect that our 2018 effective tax rate will be approximately 20%. See Note 14, “Income Taxes,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further information related to the provision for income taxes.

LOANS

Our disclosures about the credit quality of our loan portfolio and the related credit reserves (i) describe the nature of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, (ii) provide information on how we analyze and assess credit risk in arriving at an adequate and appropriate ALLL, and (iii) explain changes in the ALLL as well as reasons for those changes.

Our loan portfolio consists of two loan segments: Commercial loans and Consumer loans. Loans are assigned to these segments based on the type of borrower, purpose, and/or our underlying credit management processes. Additionally, we further disaggregate each loan segment into loan types based on common characteristics within each loan segment.

Commercial Loans

C&I loans include loans to fund business operations or activities, loans secured by owner-occupied properties, corporate credit cards, and other wholesale lending activities. Commercial loans secured by owner-occupied properties are classified as C&I loans because the primary source of loan repayment for these properties is business income and not real estate operations. CRE and Commercial construction loans include investor loans where repayment is largely dependent upon the operation, refinance, or sale of the underlying real estate.

Consumer Loans

Residential mortgages, both guaranteed (by a federal agency or GSE) and nonguaranteed, consist of loans secured by 1-4 family homes; mostly prime, first-lien loans. Residential home equity products consist of equity lines of credit and closed-end equity loans secured by residential real estate that may be in either a first lien or junior lien position. Residential construction loans include residential real estate secured owner-occupied construction-to-perm loans and lot loans.

Consumer loans also include Guaranteed student loans, Indirect loans (consisting of loans secured by automobiles, boats, and recreational vehicles), Other direct loans (consisting primarily of unsecured loans, direct auto loans, loans secured by negotiable collateral, and private student loans), and Credit cards.

LHFI totaled $143.2 billion at December 31, 2017, a decrease of $117 million from December 31, 2016, driven by decreases in C&I loans and residential home equity products, offset largely by growth across most consumer loan types.

Average LHFI during 2017 totaled $144.2 billion, up $3.1 billion compared to 2016, driven by growth across most consumer loan types and in commercial construction loans. These increases were offset partially by declines in average residential home equity products and CRE loans. See the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A for more information regarding average loan balances.

Commercial loans decreased $2.7 billion, or 4%, during 2017, due to a $2.9 billion, or 4%, decline in C&I loans driven by elevated paydowns and lower revolver utilization. The decrease in C&I loans was offset partially by a $321 million, or 6%, increase in CRE loans due to organic loan production and draws on existing commitments.

Consumer loans increased $2.6 billion, or 4%, during 2017, driven by growth in indirect loans of $1.4 billion, or 13%, nonguaranteed residential mortgages of $999 million, or 4%, other direct loans of $958 million, or 12%, and guaranteed student loans of $466 million, or 8%. These increases were offset partially by a $1.3 billion, or 11%, decrease in residential home equity products as payoffs and paydowns exceeded new originations and draws during 2017.

At December 31, 2017, 41% of our residential home equity products were in a first lien position and 59% were in a junior lien position. For residential home equity products in a junior lien position, we own or service 32% of the loans that are senior to the home equity product. Approximately 10% of the home equity line portfolio is due to convert to amortizing term loans by the end of 2018 and an additional 13% enter the conversion phase over the following three years.

We perform credit management activities to limit our loss exposure on home equity accounts. These activities may result in the suspension of available credit and curtailment of available draws of most home equity junior lien accounts when the first lien position is delinquent, including when the junior lien is still current. We monitor the delinquency status of first mortgages serviced by other parties and actively monitor refreshed credit bureau scores of borrowers with junior liens, as these scores are highly sensitive to first lien mortgage delinquency. The average borrower FICO score related to loans in our home equity portfolio was approximately 770 and 765, and the average outstanding loan size was approximately $44,000 and $46,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The loss severity on home equity junior lien accounts that incurred charge-offs was approximately 76% and 80% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Loans Held for Sale

LHFS decreased $1.9 billion, or 45%, during 2017, driven by lower mortgage production relative to 2016.

Asset Quality

Our asset quality metrics were strong during 2017, driven by economic growth, improved residential housing markets, and significant progress in working through remaining problem energy-related exposures, evidenced by our modest net charge-off and NPL ratios. These levels reflect the relative strength of our LHFI portfolio in response to proactive steps we have taken over the past several years to de-risk, diversify, and improve the quality of our loan portfolio. Our financial results for the second half of 2017 were impacted by hurricanes, which caused increases in the ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio and the consumer provision for loan losses compared to 2016. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our ALLL and provision for credit losses.

NPAs decreased $178 million, or 19%, during 2017, driven primarily by the continued resolution of problem energy-related exposures. At December 31, 2017, the ratio of NPLs to period-

end LHFI was 0.47%, a decrease of 12 basis points compared to December 31, 2016.

For 2017 and 2016, net charge-offs totaled $367 million and $483 million, and the net charge-off ratio was 0.25% and 0.34%, respectively. The decrease in net charge-offs was driven primarily by overall asset quality improvements and lower net charge-offs associated with energy-related exposures, offset partially by higher net charge-offs associated with consumer loans.

Early stage delinquencies were 0.80% and 0.72% of total loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Early stage delinquencies, excluding government-guaranteed loans, were 0.32% and 0.27% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The increases in early stage delinquencies described above resulted primarily from impacts associated with hurricanes.

Overall, we expect to operate within a net charge-off ratio of between 25 and 35 basis points in 2018. We also forecast a provision for loan losses that generally approximates net charge-offs.

Problem loans or loans with potential weaknesses, such as nonaccrual loans, loans over 90 days past due and still accruing, and TDR loans, are disclosed in the NPA table above. Loans with known potential credit problems that may not otherwise be disclosed in this table include accruing criticized commercial loans, which are disclosed along with additional credit quality information in Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no known significant potential problem loans that are not otherwise disclosed. See the "Critical Accounting Policies" section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our policy on loans classified as nonaccrual.

NPAs decreased $178 million, or 19%, during 2017, and the ratio of NPLs to period-end LHFI was 0.47% at December 31, 2017, down 12 basis points from December 31, 2016. These declines were driven primarily by continued improvements in the energy portfolio.

Nonperforming Loans

NPLs at December 31, 2017 totaled $674 million, a decrease of $171 million, or 20%, from December 31, 2016, driven by a decline in commercial NPLs.

Commercial NPLs decreased $174 million, or 42%, during 2017 driven by a $175 million, or 45%, reduction in C&I NPLs due primarily to paydowns, sales, and the return to accrual status of certain energy-related NPLs. Additionally, commercial construction NPLs decreased $16 million, or 94%, due to the sale of an NPL in the third quarter of 2017. The decrease in C&I and commercial construction NPLs was offset partially by an increase in CRE NPLs of $17 million due to the downgrade of one borrower.

Consumer NPLs increased $3 million, or 1%, from December 31, 2016, due primarily to an increase in residential mortgage and indirect NPLs, offset largely by lower inflows of new residential home equity NPLs.

Interest income on consumer nonaccrual loans, if received, is recognized on a cash basis. Interest income on commercial nonaccrual loans is not generally recognized until after the principal amount has been reduced to zero. We recognized $32 million and $21 million of interest income related to nonaccrual loans (which includes out-of-period interest for certain commercial nonaccrual loans) during 2017 and 2016, respectively. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $43 million and $48 million would have been recognized during 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Other Nonperforming Assets

OREO decreased $3 million, or 5%, during 2017 to $57 million at December 31, 2017. Sales of OREO resulted in proceeds of $60 million and $59 million during 2017 and 2016, resulting in net gains of $10 million and $11 million, respectively, inclusive of valuation reserves.

Most of our OREO properties are located in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, and Maryland. Residential and commercial real estate properties comprised 90% and 6%, respectively, of the $57 million in total OREO at December 31, 2017, with the remainder related to land. Upon foreclosure, the values of these properties were re-evaluated and, if necessary, written down to their then-current estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any further decreases in property values could result in additional losses as they are regularly revalued. See the "Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements" section within Note 18, "Fair Value Election and Measurement," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information.

Gains and losses on the sale of OREO are recorded in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Sales of OREO and the related gains or losses are highly dependent on our disposition strategy. We are actively managing and disposing of these assets to minimize future losses and to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more included LHFI and LHFS, and totaled $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Of these, 98% and 97% were government-guaranteed at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more increased $117 million, or 9%, during 2017, driven by a $101 million increase in guaranteed student loans and a $19 million increase in guaranteed residential mortgages, offset slightly by a $5 million decrease in C&I loans.

Restructured Loans

To maximize the collection of loan balances, we evaluate troubled loans on a case-by-case basis to determine if a loan modification is appropriate. We pursue loan modifications when there is a reasonable chance that an appropriate modification would allow our client to continue servicing the debt. For loans secured by residential real estate, if the client demonstrates a loss of income such that the client cannot reasonably support a modified loan, we may pursue short sales and/or deed-in-lieu arrangements. For loans secured by income producing commercial properties, we perform an in-depth and ongoing programmatic review of a number of factors, including cash

flows, loan structures, collateral values, and guarantees to identify loans within our income producing commercial loan portfolio that are most likely to experience distress.

Based on our review of the aforementioned factors and our assessment of overall risk, we evaluate the benefits of proactively initiating discussions with our clients to improve a loan’s risk profile. In some cases, we may renegotiate terms of their loans so that they have a higher likelihood of continuing to perform. To date, we have restructured loans in a variety of ways to help our clients service their debt and to mitigate the potential for additional losses. The restructuring methods offered to our clients primarily include an extension of the loan's contractual term and/or a reduction in the loan's original contractual interest rate. In limited circumstances, loan modifications that forgive contractually specified unpaid principal balances may also be offered. For residential home equity lines nearing the end of their draw period and for commercial loans, the primary restructuring method is an extension of the loan's contractual term.

Loans with modifications deemed to be economic concessions resulting from borrower financial difficulties are reported as TDRs. Accruing loans may retain accruing status at the time of restructure and the status is determined by, among other things, the nature of the restructure, the borrower's repayment history, and the borrower's repayment capacity.

Nonaccruing loans that are modified and demonstrate a sustainable history of repayment performance in accordance with their modified terms, typically six months, are usually reclassified to accruing TDR status. Generally, once a loan becomes a TDR, we expect that the loan will continue to be reported as a TDR for its remaining life, even after returning to accruing status (unless the modified rates and terms at the time of modification were available in the market at the time of the modification, or if the loan is subsequently remodified at market rates). Some restructurings may not ultimately result in the complete collection of principal and interest (as modified by the terms of the restructuring), culminating in default, which could result in additional incremental losses. These potential incremental losses are factored into our ALLL estimate. The level of re-defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. See Note 6, “Loans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information.

At December 31, 2017, our total TDR portfolio totaled $2.8 billion and was comprised of $2.7 billion, or 97%, of consumer loans (predominantly first and second lien residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit) and $70 million, or 3%, of commercial loans. Total TDRs decreased $87 million from December 31, 2016, driven by a $67 million, or 3%, reduction in accruing TDRs due primarily to paydowns and payoffs of nonguaranteed residential mortgages during 2017. Nonaccruing TDRs decreased $20 million, or 7%, from December 31, 2016.

Generally, interest income on restructured loans that have met sustained performance criteria and returned to accruing status is recognized according to the terms of the restructuring. Such interest income recognized was $108 million and $112 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively. If all such loans had been accruing interest according to their original contractual terms, estimated interest income of $130 million and $138 million for 2017 and 2016, respectively, would have been recognized.

The following is a discussion of the more significant financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016. For a complete discussion of our financial instruments measured at fair value and the methodologies used to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments, see Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments

Trading assets and derivative instruments decreased $974 million, or 16%, compared to December 31, 2016. This decrease was due primarily to decreases in U.S. Treasury securities, trading loans, derivative instruments, federal agency securities, municipal securities, and CP, offset partially by an increase in agency MBS. These changes were driven by normal activity in the trading portfolio product mix as we manage our business and

continue to meet our clients' needs. Trading liabilities and derivative instruments decreased $68 million, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2016, driven by a decrease in U.S. Treasury securities, offset in part by increases in corporate and other debt securities, derivative instruments, and equity securities. For composition and valuation assumptions related to our trading products, as well as additional information on our derivative instruments, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments,” Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. Also, for a discussion of market risk associated with our trading activities, refer to the “Market Risk Management—Market Risk from Trading Activities” section of this MD&A.



Maturity Distribution of Debt Securities Available for Sale													Table 14
	December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Due in 1 Year or Less			Due After 1 Year through 5 Years			Due After 5 Years through 10 Years			Due After 10 Years			Total
Amortized Cost ¹:
U.S. Treasury securities		$—			$2,322			$2,039			$—			$4,361
Federal agency securities	121			46			4			86			257
U.S. states and political subdivisions	6			49			149			414			618
MBS - agency residential	2,686			7,937			11,781			212			22,616
MBS - agency commercial	—			315			1,547			259			2,121
MBS - non-agency residential	—			55			—			—			55
MBS - non-agency commercial	—			12			813			37			862
ABS	—			6			—			—			6
Corporate and other debt securities	7			10			—			—			17
Total debt securities		$2,820			$10,752			$16,333			$1,008			$30,913
Fair Value ¹:
U.S. Treasury securities		$—			$2,305			$2,026			$—			$4,331
Federal agency securities	123			47			4			85			259
U.S. states and political subdivisions	6			52			153			406			617
MBS - agency residential	2,748			7,980			11,763			213			22,704
MBS - agency commercial	—			308			1,525			253			2,086
MBS - non-agency residential	—			59			—			—			59
MBS - non-agency commercial	—			12			816			38			866
ABS	—			8			—			—			8
Corporate and other debt securities	7			10			—			—			17
Total debt securities		$2,884			$10,781			$16,287			$995			$30,947
Weighted average yield ²:
U.S. Treasury securities	—		%	1.82		%	2.19		%	—		%	1.99		%
Federal agency securities	5.10			3.19			2.91			2.81			3.96
U.S. states and political subdivisions	6.31			4.78			3.77			3.57			3.75
MBS - agency residential	3.27			2.46			2.92			3.28			2.80
MBS - agency commercial	—			1.97			2.49			2.76			2.44
MBS - non-agency residential	6.00			5.50			—			—			5.50
MBS - non-agency commercial	—			2.26			3.18			3.42			3.18
ABS	—			1.95			7.20			—			2.16
Corporate and other debt securities	3.19			2.50			—			—			2.79
Total debt securities	3.36		%	2.34		%	2.81		%	3.23		%	2.71		%

The securities AFS portfolio is managed as part of our overall liquidity management and ALM process to optimize income and portfolio value over an entire interest rate cycle while mitigating the associated risks. Changes in the size and composition of the portfolio reflect our efforts to maintain a high quality, liquid portfolio, while managing our interest rate risk profile. The amortized cost of the portfolio increased $656 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, due primarily to increased holdings of agency residential and commercial MBS, non-agency commercial MBS, and municipal securities, offset largely by a decline in U.S. Treasury securities and a reduction in other equity securities due to decreased holdings of FHLB of Atlanta stock and mutual fund investments. The fair value of the securities AFS portfolio increased $744 million compared to December 31, 2016, due primarily to the aforementioned changes in the portfolio mix and an $88 million increase in net unrealized gains. At December 31, 2017, the overall securities AFS portfolio was in a $31 million net unrealized gain position, compared to a net unrealized loss position of $57 million at December 31, 2016.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we sold and subsequently reinvested approximately $3 billion of securities AFS with a similar mix and higher yields (primarily within U.S. Treasury securities and agency residential MBS), resulting in net realized losses of $109 million for the fourth quarter of 2017. We expect this repositioning to increase annual interest income by approximately $20 million beginning in 2018, all else being equal. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recorded $108 million in net realized losses related to the sale of securities AFS, compared to net realized gains of $4 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for both the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2015 were immaterial and there were no OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2016. For additional information on our accounting policies, composition, and valuation assumptions related to the securities AFS portfolio, see Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," to our 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as Note 5, "Securities Available for Sale," and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the average yield on the securities AFS portfolio was 2.49%, compared to 2.29% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in average yield was due primarily to shifts in portfolio mix, lower premium amortization, and higher benchmark interest rates in the current

year. See additional discussion related to average yields on securities AFS in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.

The securities AFS portfolio had an effective duration of 4.5 years at December 31, 2017 compared to 4.6 years at December 31, 2016. Effective duration is a measure of price sensitivity of a bond portfolio to an immediate change in market interest rates, taking into consideration embedded options. An effective duration of 4.5 years suggests an expected price change of approximately 4.5% for a 100 basis point instantaneous and parallel change in market interest rates.

The credit quality and liquidity profile of the securities AFS portfolio remained strong at December 31, 2017 and, consequently, we believe that we have the flexibility to respond to changes in the economic environment and take actions as opportunities arise to manage our interest rate risk profile and balance liquidity risk against investment returns. Over the longer term, the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio will reflect balance sheet trends, our overall liquidity objectives, and interest rate risk management objectives. Accordingly, the size and composition of the securities AFS portfolio could change over time.

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock

We previously acquired capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta as a precondition for becoming a member of that institution. As a member, we are able to take advantage of competitively priced advances as a wholesale funding source and to access grants and low-cost loans for affordable housing and community development projects, among other benefits. At December 31, 2017, we held a total of $15 million of capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta, a decrease of $117 million compared to December 31, 2016 due to a decline in long-term FHLB advances over the same period. See additional information regarding changes in our long-term debt in the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we recognized dividends related to FHLB capital stock of $6 million, $5 million, and $11 million, respectively.

Similarly, to remain a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are required to hold a certain amount of capital stock, determined as either a percentage of the Bank’s capital or as a percentage of total deposit liabilities. At December 31, 2017, we held $403 million of Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock, an increase of $1 million compared to December 31, 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, we recognized dividends related to Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock of $9 million, $8 million, and $24 million, respectively.

During 2017, we experienced continued deposit growth across most of our product categories, while maintaining a favorable deposit mix. See Table 2, Table 3, and the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section in this MD&A for additional information regarding average deposit balances, rates paid, and associated impacts on net interest income. See Note 5, "Securities Available for Sale," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for information regarding collateral pledged to secure public deposits.

Average consumer and commercial deposits increased $5.4 billion, or 3%, compared to 2016, driven by broad-based growth across both of our business segments, which reflects success in deepening and growing client relationships. Consumer deposit growth was driven by targeted client outreach, improved execution across our branch network, leveraging new pricing capabilities, and a daily focus on meeting our clients' deposit

needs across all channels. Commercial deposit growth was driven by our continued focus on meeting client needs through the deployment of new deposit product offerings combined with the growth of our liquidity specialist team, which attracted new deposits and business relationships.

Consumer and commercial deposit growth remains one of our key areas of focus. During 2017, we continued to deepen our relationships with existing clients, grow our client base, and increase deposits, while managing the rates we paid for deposits. We maintained pricing discipline through a judicious use of competitive rates in select products and markets. Looking forward to 2018, we continue to be focused on maximizing the value proposition of deposits for our clients, outside of the rate paid, by meeting more of our clients' needs through strategic investments in talent and technology.

BORROWINGS

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings at December 31 consisted of the following:



			Table 17
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016
Funds purchased		$2,561		$2,116
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,503		1,633
Other short-term borrowings	717		1,015
Total short-term borrowings		$4,781		$4,764

Our short-term borrowings at December 31, 2017 increased $17 million from December 31, 2016, driven by a $445 million increase in funds purchased, offset largely by decreases of $298 million and $130 million in other short-term borrowings and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, respectively. The reduction in other short-term borrowings was due to decreases in master notes outstanding, dealer collateral held, and other borrowings in connection with the December 2016 Pillar acquisition of $133 million, $83 million, and $81 million, respectively.

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt at December 31 consisted of the following:



			Table 18
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016
Parent Company Only:
Senior, fixed rate		$3,379		$3,818
Senior, variable rate	267		314
Subordinated, fixed rate	200		200
Junior subordinated, variable rate	628		627
Total	4,474		4,959
Less: Debt issuance costs	8		9
Total Parent Company debt	4,466		4,950

Subsidiaries ¹:
Senior, fixed rate ²	3,609		2,539
Senior, variable rate	512		2,613
Subordinated, fixed rate	1,206		1,651
Total	5,327		6,803
Less: Debt issuance costs	8		5
Total subsidiaries debt	5,319		6,798
Total long-term debt ³		$9,785		$11,748

¹77% and 88% of total subsidiary debt was issued by the Bank as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

²Includes leases and other obligations that do not have a stated interest rate.

³Includes $530 million and $963 million of long-term debt measured at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, our long-term debt decreased by $2.0 billion, or 17%. This decrease was driven by $2.8 billion of FHLB advance terminations and maturities, $1.5 billion of senior note maturities, and $188 million of

subordinated note maturities. Partially offsetting these reductions were our issuances of $1.0 billion of 3-year fixed rate senior notes, $300 million of 3-year floating rate senior notes, and $1.0 billion of 5-year fixed rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program, as well as an increase in direct finance leases of $212 million during the year ended December 31, 2017.

In the first quarter of 2018, we issued $500 million of 5-year senior notes that pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 3.00% under our Global Bank Note program. We may call these notes beginning on August 2, 2018 under a "make-whole" provision, and they mature on February 2, 2023. Also in the first quarter of 2018, we issued $750 million of 3-year fixed-to-floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program. The notes pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 2.59% until January 29, 2020 and pay a floating coupon rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 29.75 basis points thereafter. We may call these notes beginning on January 29, 2020, and they mature on January 29, 2021. Similar to our debt issuances in 2017, these issuances allowed us to supplement our funding sources at favorable borrowing rates and pay down maturing borrowings.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Regulatory Capital

Our primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve, measures capital adequacy within a framework that sets capital requirements relative to the risk profiles of individual banks. The framework assigns risk weights to assets and off-balance sheet risk exposures according to predefined classifications, creating a base from which to compare capital levels. We measure capital adequacy using the standardized approach to the FRB's Basel III Final Rule. Basel III capital categories are discussed below.

CET1 is limited to common equity and related surplus (net of treasury stock), retained earnings, AOCI, and common equity minority interest, subject to limitations. Certain regulatory adjustments and exclusions are made to CET1, including removal of goodwill, other intangible assets, certain DTAs, and certain defined benefit pension fund net assets. Further, banks employing the standardized approach to Basel III were granted a one-time permanent election to exclude AOCI from the calculation of regulatory capital. We elected to exclude AOCI from the calculation of our CET1.

Tier 1 capital includes CET1, qualified preferred equity instruments, qualifying minority interest not included in CET1, subject to limitations, and certain other regulatory deductions. Tier 2 capital includes qualifying portions of subordinated debt, trust preferred securities and minority interest not included in Tier 1 capital, ALLL up to a maximum of 1.25% of RWA, and a limited percentage of unrealized gains on equity securities. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

To be considered "adequately capitalized," we are subject to minimum CET1, Tier 1 capital, and Total capital ratios of 4.5%, 6%, and 8%, respectively, plus, in 2017 and 2016, CCB amounts of 1.25% and 0.625%, respectively, are required to be maintained above the minimum capital ratios. The CCB will continue to increase each year through January 1, 2019, when the CCB amount will be fully phased-in at 2.5% above the minimum capital ratios. The CCB places restrictions on the amount of retained earnings that may be used for capital

distributions or discretionary bonus payments as risk-based capital ratios approach their respective “adequately capitalized” minimum capital ratios plus the CCB. To be considered “well-capitalized,” Tier 1 and Total capital ratios of 6% and 10%, respectively, are required.

We are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement, which measures Tier 1 capital against average total assets less certain deductions, as calculated in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The minimum leverage ratio threshold is 4% and is not subject to the CCB.

A transition period applies to certain capital elements and risk weighted assets, where phase-in percentages are applicable in the calculations of capital and RWA. One of the more significant transitions required by the Basel III Final Rule relates to the risk weighting applied to MSRs, which will impact the CET1 ratio during the transition period when compared to the CET1 ratio that is calculated on a fully phased-in basis. Specifically, the fully phased-in risk weight of MSRs is 250%, while the risk weight to be applied during the transition period is 100%.

In the third quarter of 2017, the OCC, the FRB, and the FDIC ("the federal banking agencies") issued two NPRs in an effort to simplify certain aspects of the capital rules. In August 2017, a

Transitions NPR was issued, which would extend certain transition provisions currently in the capital rules for banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets. In September 2017, a Simplifications NPR was issued, which would apply a simpler treatment for certain exposures and capital calculations for banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets. The Simplifications NPR also includes certain clarifications and technical amendments to the capital rules.

In November 2017, the federal banking agencies finalized a rule extending the existing capital requirements for MSRs and certain other items. The rule was finalized to prevent different rules from taking effect while the federal banking agencies consider a broader simplification of the capital rules. The final rule applies only to banks that are not subject to advanced approach capital rules, which are generally banks with less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10 billion in total foreign exposure. The rule became effective on January 1, 2018. The transition period was previously applicable from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2017, but with the finalization of the aforementioned Transitions NPR, the transition period has been extended into 2018.

Table 19 presents the Company's transitional Basel III regulatory capital metrics.

Capital Actions

We declared and paid common dividends of $634 million, or $1.32 per common share, during the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $498 million, or $1.00 per common share, during the year ended December 31, 2016. Additionally, we paid dividends on our preferred stock of $94 million, $66 million, and $64 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Various regulations administered by federal and state bank regulatory authorities restrict the Bank's ability to distribute its retained earnings. At December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Bank's capacity to pay cash dividends to the Parent Company under these regulations totaled approximately $2.5 billion, $2.5 billion, and $2.7 billion, respectively.

During the first quarter of 2017, we repurchased $414 million of our outstanding common stock, which included $240 million under our 2016 capital plan and an incremental $174 million pursuant to the 1% of Tier 1 capital de minimis exception allowed under the applicable 2016 Capital Plan Rule. During the second quarter of 2017, we repurchased an additional $240 million of our outstanding common stock at market value, which completed our authorized $960 million of common equity repurchases as approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2016 capital plan.

In the second quarter of 2017, we announced capital plans in response to the Federal Reserve's review of and non-objection to our 2017 capital plan submitted in conjunction with the 2017 CCAR. Our 2017 capital plan includes increases in our share repurchase program and quarterly common stock dividend, while maintaining our level of preferred stock dividends. Specifically, the 2017 capital plan authorized the repurchase of up to $1.32 billion of our outstanding common stock to be completed between the third quarter of 2017 and the second quarter of 2018, as well as a 54% increase in our quarterly common stock dividend from $0.26 per share to $0.40 per share, beginning in the third quarter of 2017. During the second half of 2017, we repurchased $660 million of our outstanding common stock at market value as a part of this 2017 capital plan. In the first half of 2018, we expect to repurchase approximately $660 million of additional outstanding common stock at market value, which would complete our repurchase of authorized shares as approved by the Board in conjunction with the 2017 capital plan. We currently plan to submit our 2018 capital plan for review by the Federal Reserve in conjunction with the 2018 CCAR in April 2018.

In May 2017, we issued depositary shares representing ownership interest in 7,500 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G, with no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series G Preferred Stock"). As a result of this issuance, we received net proceeds of approximately $743 million after the underwriting discount, but before expenses. The Series G Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem, repurchase, or retire the shares. Dividends for the shares are noncumulative and, if declared, will be payable semi-annually beginning on December 15, 2017 through June 15, 2022 at a rate per annum of 5.05%, and payable quarterly beginning on September 15, 2022 at a rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 3.10%. By its terms, we may redeem the Series G Preferred Stock on any dividend payment date occurring on or

after June 15, 2022 or at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital event, at a redemption price of $100,000 per share plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series G Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In November 2017, we issued depositary shares representing ownership interest in 5,000 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H, with no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series H Preferred Stock"). The Series H Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation to redeem, repurchase, or retire the shares. Dividends for the shares are noncumulative and, if declared, will be payable semi-annually beginning on June 15, 2018 through December 15, 2027 at a rate per annum of 5.125%, and payable quarterly beginning on March 15, 2028 at a rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 2.79%. By its terms, we may redeem the Series H Preferred Stock on any dividend payment date occurring on or after December 15, 2027 or at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital event, at a redemption price of $100,000 per share plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series H Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights. As a result of this issuance, we received net proceeds of approximately $496 million after the underwriting discount, but before expenses, and we intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including the previously announced redemption of all outstanding 5.875% Series E Preferred Stock depositary shares on March 15, 2018. The redemption of Series E Preferred Stock depositary shares is expected to reduce our Tier 1 capital and Total capital ratios by approximately 25 basis points, all else being equal. See Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding our share repurchase activity, and Note 13, "Capital," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information regarding our capital actions.

Given our strong capital position combined with our improved earnings trajectory, we should have capacity to increase capital returns to our owners, the specifics of which will depend upon our rigorous capital planning process.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our significant accounting policies are integral to understanding our financial performance and are described in detail in Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. We have identified certain accounting policies as being critical because (1) they require judgment about matters that are highly uncertain and (2) different estimates that could be reasonably applied would result in materially different outcomes with respect to the recognition and measurement of certain assets, liabilities, commitments, and contingencies, with corresponding impacts on earnings. Our accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and they conform to general practices within the financial services industry. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are intended to ensure that these critical accounting estimates are well controlled and applied consistently from period to period, and that the process for changing

methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The following is a description of our current critical accounting policies.

Contingencies

We face uncertainty with respect to the outcomes of various contingencies, including the allowance for credit losses and legal and regulatory matters.

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is composed of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The ALLL represents our estimate of probable losses inherent in the LHFI portfolio based on current economic conditions. The ALLL is increased by the provision for loan losses and reduced by loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. The ALLL is determined based on our review of certain LHFI that are individually evaluated for impairment and pools of LHFI with similar risk characteristics that are evaluated on a collective basis. Our loss estimate includes an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that may not be fully reflected in the historical loss, risk-rating, or other indicative data.

Large commercial nonaccrual loans and certain commercial and consumer loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR, are reviewed to determine the amount of specific allowance required in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. For this purpose, we consider the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan's expected future cash flows, the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs of disposition, or the loan's estimated market value. We use assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to assess the extent of impairment in the portfolio and employ judgment in assigning or estimating internal risk ratings, market and collateral values, discount rates, and loss rates.

General allowances are established for loans and leases grouped into pools that have similar characteristics. The ALLL Committee estimates probable losses by evaluating quantitative and qualitative factors for each loan portfolio segment, including net charge-off trends, internal risk ratings, changes in internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loan status, origination channel, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, and economic trends. In addition to these factors, the consumer and residential portfolio segments consider borrower FICO scores and the commercial portfolio segment considers single name borrower concentration.

Estimated collateral values are based on appraisals, broker price opinions, automated valuation models, other collateral-specific information, and/or relevant market information, supplemented when applicable with valuations performed by internal valuation professionals. Their values reflect an orderly disposition, inclusive of marketing costs. In limited instances, we adjust externally provided appraisals for justifiable and well supported reasons, such as an appraiser not being aware of certain collateral-specific factors or recent sales information. Appraisals generally represent the “as is” value of the collateral but may be adjusted based on the intended disposition strategy.

Our determination of the ALLL for commercial loans is sensitive to the assigned internal risk ratings and inherent

expected loss rates. A downgrade of one level in the PD risk ratings for all commercial loans and leases would have increased the ALLL by approximately $474 million at December 31, 2017. If the estimated loss severity rates for the entire commercial loan portfolio were increased by 10%, the ALLL for the commercial portfolio would increase by approximately $107 million at December 31, 2017.

The allowance for consumer loans is also sensitive to changes in estimated loss severity rates. If the estimated loss severity rates for these loans increased by 10%, the total ALLL for the consumer portfolio would increase by approximately $46 million at December 31, 2017. These sensitivity analyses are intended to provide insights into the impact of adverse changes in risk rating and estimated loss severity rates and do not imply any expectation of future deterioration in the risk ratings or loss rates. Given current processes employed, management believes the risk ratings and inherent loss rates currently assigned are appropriate. It is possible that others, given the same information, could reach different conclusions that could be material to our financial statements.

In addition to the ALLL, we estimate probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit and binding unfunded loan commitments. Unfunded lending commitments are analyzed and segregated by risk using our internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in combination with probability of commitment usage, and any other pertinent information, are utilized in estimating the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.

Our financial results are affected by the changes in the allowance for credit losses. This process involves our analysis of complex internal and external variables, and it requires that we exercise judgment to estimate an appropriate allowance for credit losses. Changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, economic conditions, or the condition of various markets in which collateral may be sold could require us to significantly decrease or increase the level of the allowance for credit losses. Such an adjustment could materially affect net income. For additional discussion of the ALLL see the “Allowance for Credit Losses” and “Nonperforming Assets” sections in this MD&A as well as Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” Note 6, “Loans,” and Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Legal and Regulatory Matters

We are parties to numerous claims and lawsuits arising in the course of our normal business activities, some of which involve claims for substantial amounts, and the outcomes of which are not within our complete control or may not be known for prolonged periods of time. Management is required to assess the probability of loss and amount of such loss, if any, in preparing our financial statements.

We evaluate the likelihood of a potential loss from legal or regulatory proceedings to which we are a party. We record a liability for such claims only when a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related expense is recorded in the applicable category of Noninterest expense, depending on the nature of the legal matter,

in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Significant judgment may be required in determining both probability of loss and whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Our estimates are subjective based on the status of the legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of our defenses, and consultation with in-house and outside legal counsel. In many such proceedings, it is not possible to determine whether a liability has been incurred or to estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the matter is close to resolution. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to pending claims and may revise our estimates.

Due to the inherent uncertainties of the legal and regulatory processes in the jurisdictions in which we operate, our estimates may be materially different than the actual outcomes, which could have material effects on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See Note 19, “Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further discussion.

Estimates of Fair Value

The objective of a fair value measurement is to use market-based inputs or assumptions, when available, to estimate the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When observable market prices from transactions for identical assets or liabilities are not available, we evaluate pricing for similar assets or liabilities. If observable market prices for such assets or liabilities are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, we employ other techniques for estimating fair value (for example, obtaining third party price quotes or using modeling techniques such as discounted cash flows). The resulting valuation may include significant judgments, particularly when the market for an asset or liability is not active.

Fair value measurements for assets and liabilities that include significant inputs that are not observable in the market are classified as level 3 measurements in the fair value hierarchy. We have instituted various processes and controls surrounding these measurements to ensure appropriate methodologies are utilized. We continue to maintain a cross-functional approach when estimating the fair value of these difficult to value financial instruments. This includes input from not only the related line of business, but also from risk management and finance, to ultimately arrive at an appropriate estimate of the instrument's fair value. This process often involves the gathering of multiple sources of information, including broker quotes, values provided by pricing services, trading activity in other similar instruments, market indices, and pricing matrices.

Modeling techniques incorporate our assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability, including assumptions about the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique. These assessments are subjective; the use of different assumptions could result in material changes to these fair value measurements. We employed significant unobservable inputs when estimating the fair value of certain trading assets and derivatives, IRLCs, securities AFS, residential LHFS, LHFI accounted for at fair value, and residential MSRs.

We record all single-family residential MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value of residential MSRs is based on discounted cash flow analyses and can vary significantly quarter to quarter as market conditions and projected interest rates change. We provide disclosure of the key economic assumptions used to measure residential MSRs, including a sensitivity analysis to adverse changes to these assumptions, in Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. This sensitivity analysis does not take into account hedging activities discussed in the “Other Market Risk” section of this MD&A.

Overall, the financial impact of the level 3 financial instruments did not have a material impact on our liquidity or capital. Table 20 discloses assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are classified as level 3 measurements.



Level 3 Assets and Liabilities				Table 20
	December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017				2016
Assets:
Trading assets and derivative instruments ¹		$16				$28
Securities AFS	490				633
Residential LHFS	—				12
LHFI	196				222
Residential MSRs	1,710				1,572
Total level 3 assets		$2,412				$2,467
Total assets		$205,962				$204,875
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis	39,992				42,073
Level 3 assets as a % of total assets	1.2		%		1.2		%
Level 3 assets as a % of total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis	6.0		%		5.9		%
Liabilities:
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments		$16				$22
Total level 3 liabilities		$16				$22
Total liabilities		$180,808				$181,257
Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis	2,049				2,392
Level 3 liabilities as a % of total liabilities	—		%		—		%
Level 3 liabilities as a % of total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis	0.8		%		0.9		%
¹ Includes IRLCs.

Level 3 trading assets and derivative instruments decreased by $12 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, due primarily to the transfer of certain derivative instruments that are not actively traded in the market. Level 3 securities AFS decreased by $143 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, due primarily to the sale of FHLB of Atlanta stock as well as the continued paydowns and sales on securities AFS. For a detailed discussion regarding level 2 and 3 financial instruments and valuation methodologies for each class of financial instrument, see Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” and Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Goodwill

At December 31, 2017, our reporting units were Consumer and Wholesale. See Note 20, "Business Segment Reporting," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further discussion of our reportable business segments. We conduct a goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level at least annually as of October 1, or more frequently as events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Based on our annual goodwill impairment test at October 1, 2017, October 1, 2016, and October 1, 2015, we determined that for each of our reporting units' with goodwill balances, the fair values were in excess of their respective carrying values; therefore, no goodwill impairment was recognized. For additional information, see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

In the analysis as of October 1, 2017, the carrying value of equity of the reporting units, as well as Corporate Other, was determined by allocating our total equity to each reporting unit based on RWA using our actual Tier 1 capital ratio as of the measurement date. Tier 1 capital was utilized as it most closely aligns with equity as reported under U.S. GAAP. Appropriate adjustments were made to each reporting unit’s allocation using Tier 1 capital to conform with U.S. GAAP equity, namely to add back equity tied to goodwill and other intangible assets. We view this approach of determining the reporting units' carrying values based on regulatory capital as an objective measurement of the equity that a market participant would require to operate the reporting units.

The goodwill impairment analysis estimates the fair value of equity using discounted cash flow analyses. The inputs and assumptions specific to each reporting unit are incorporated in the valuations, including projections of future cash flows, discount rates, and an estimated long-term growth rate. We assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of the reporting units by comparing implied valuation multiples with valuation multiples from guideline companies and by comparing the aggregate estimated fair value of the reporting units to our market capitalization over a reasonable period of time. Significant and sustained declines in our market capitalization could be an indication of potential goodwill impairment.

Multi-year financial forecasts are developed for each reporting unit by considering several key business drivers such as new business initiatives, client service and retention standards, market share changes, anticipated loan and deposit growth, forward interest rates, historical performance, and industry and economic trends, among other considerations that a market participant would consider in valuing the reporting units. Discount rates are estimated based on the Capital Asset Pricing Model, which considers the risk-free interest rate, market risk premium, beta, size premiums, and idiosyncratic risk adjustments specific to a particular reporting unit. The discount rates are also calibrated based on risks related to the projected cash flows of each reporting unit.

The estimated fair values of the reporting units are highly sensitive to changes in these estimates and assumptions; therefore, in some instances, changes in these assumptions could impact whether the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than

its carrying value. We perform sensitivity analyses around these assumptions in order to assess the reasonableness of the assumptions, and the resulting estimated fair values. Ultimately, potential future changes in these assumptions may impact the estimated fair value of a reporting unit and cause the fair value of the reporting unit to be below its carrying value. Additionally, the carrying value of a reporting unit's equity could change based on market conditions, asset growth, preferred stock issuances, or the risk profile of those reporting units, which could impact whether or not the fair value of a reporting unit is less than carrying value.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income tax laws of the U.S., its states, and the municipalities where we conduct business. We estimate income tax expense based on amounts expected to be owed to these various tax jurisdictions. The estimated income tax expense or benefit is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from tax jurisdictions either currently or in the future and are reported in Other liabilities or Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In estimating accrued taxes, we assess the appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent, and other pertinent information. The income tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant government taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in determining the tax accruals and in evaluating our tax positions, including evaluating uncertain tax positions. Changes in the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations by the tax authorities, and newly enacted statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance that could impact the relative merits and risks of tax positions. These changes, when they occur, impact tax expense and can materially affect our operating results. We review our tax positions quarterly and make adjustments to accrued taxes as new information becomes available.

Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable in future years. Such assets arise due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as from NOL and tax credit carryforwards. We regularly evaluate the realizability of DTAs. A valuation allowance is recognized for a DTA if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the DTA will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, we consider the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that would, if necessary, be implemented. We currently maintain a valuation allowance for certain state carryforwards and certain other state DTAs. Since we expect to realize our remaining federal and state DTAs, no valuation allowance is deemed necessary against these DTAs at December 31, 2017. For additional income tax information, refer to the "Provision for Income Taxes" section in this MD&A as well as Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 14, “Income

Taxes,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Employee Benefit Plans

We maintain various pension and other postretirement benefit plans for employees who meet certain requirements. Continued changes in the size and characteristics of the workforce or changes in the plan's design could result in a partial settlement of the pension plan. If lump sum payments were to exceed the total of interest cost and service cost for the year, settlement accounting would require immediate recognition through earnings of any net actuarial gain or loss recorded in AOCI based on the fair value of plan assets and plan obligations prior to settlement, and recognition of any related settlement costs.

We utilize a full yield curve approach to estimate the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit plans by applying specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. For additional information on our pension and other postretirement benefit plans see Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 15, “Employee Benefit Plans,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to various risks. We have established an ER framework to identify and manage these risks and support key business objectives. Underlying this framework are limits, metrics, policies, procedures, and processes designed to effectively identify, monitor, and manage risk in line with our overall risk appetite. Our risk management philosophy is not to eliminate risk entirely but rather to only accept risks that can be effectively managed and balanced with acceptable returns while also meeting regulatory and safety/soundness objectives.

The Board is responsible for establishing our desired overall risk appetite and for oversight of risk and risk management processes through the BRC. The BRC reports to and assists the Board in overseeing and reviewing information regarding, but not limited to, ER management (i.e., credit, market, liquidity, operational, technology, compliance, and strategic risk), enterprise capital adequacy, liquidity adequacy, and material regulatory matters. The CRO provides overall vision, direction, and leadership regarding our ER management framework and risk management culture. The CRO reports directly to the CEO and the BRC.

ER establishes sound risk and governance frameworks, policies, procedures, and processes that focus on identifying, measuring, analyzing, managing, and reporting the risks that we face. ER fulfills its independent risk oversight responsibilities by developing, deploying, and monitoring enterprise-wide frameworks and policies to manage risk. At its core, ER's objective is to deliver sophisticated risk management capabilities throughout the organization that:


•	Align risk taking with the risk appetite established by the Board,


•	Identify, measure, analyze, manage, escalate, and report risk at the transaction, portfolio, and enterprise levels,


•	Support client facing businesses as they seek to balance risk taking with business and safety/soundness objectives.


•	Optimize decision making,


•	Promote sound processes and regulatory compliance,


•	Maximize shareholder value, and


•	Support our purpose of Lighting the Way to Financial Well-Being, support our performance promise of Leading the Movement for Financial Well-Being, and conform to our guiding principles of Client First, One Team, Executional Excellence, and Profitable Growth.

Our risk management culture operates within the context of our broader, purpose-driven corporate culture. Risk awareness within our culture informs the manner in which teammates act in the absence of specific guidance. SunTrust teammates are expected to:


•	Put the client first,


•	Exhibit strong personal and professional risk leadership, integrity, and ethics in all business dealings,


•	Understand risks encountered and demonstrate a commitment to managing risks through individual actions,


•	Demonstrate honesty, fairness, and respect in all internal and external interactions, and


•	Emphasize the importance of executional excellence in all activities.

Our ER structure and processes are founded upon a comprehensive risk management roles and responsibilities framework, which is critical to ensuring that we proactively identify, measure, monitor, escalate, report, and control risks on an ongoing basis. The risk management roles and responsibilities framework delineates accountabilities across four dimensions.


•	Risk Takers/Owners develop strategies to drive opportunities; operate within the policies, standards, and limits set by Risk Oversight; and escalate changes in the business or the risk environment that could affect risk appetite.


•	Business Managers and Risk Administrators provide input to and accept articulation of risk appetite in policies and limits; identify, assess, and manage the risks the business takes or is exposed to while conducting its activities; apply and operate controls; and provide business analyses and support.


•	Risk Oversight provides credible, independent challenge to risk takers; establishes the risk appetite framework and facilitates risk appetite expression by the Board; sets limits to the business; evaluates/approves limit exceptions; sets risk management policies, standards, tools, methodologies, and programs; and independently monitors and reports on our aggregate portfolio view of risks.


•	Risk Assurance provides independent assessments of risk management and the internal control framework and systems to the Board. These assessments include compliance with policies and standards, effectiveness of the independent risk management function, and completeness and accuracy of information.

In practice, risk measurement activities occur at all pertinent levels of the organization, including at the business segment, corporate functions, and enterprise-wide levels. ER uses a variety of tools, reports, and analyses to evaluate specific exposures in order to:


•	Provide a holistic view of risks,


•	Present quantitative and qualitative assessments of current risks, which may be predictive of future risk trends and levels, and


•	Promote transparency by fostering direct communication between Executive Management/Board and key executives/Risk Managers.

ER governance is supported by a number of chartered risk-focused senior management committees. These “executive committees” are responsible for ensuring effective risk measurement and management within their respective areas of authority, and include the ERC, ALCO, CC, PMC, and EBPC.


•	ERC is chaired by the CRO and supports the CRO in identifying, measuring, and managing the Bank’s aggregate risk profile. ERC maintains a comprehensive perspective of existing and prospective risks; the effectiveness of risk management frameworks, policies and activities; and the execution of risk management processes.


•	ALCO is chaired by the CFO and ensures that proper measurement, monitoring, management, and control processes are in place to achieve our ALM and Liquidity Risk Management goals.


•	CC is also chaired by the CFO and ensures that the proper measurement, monitoring, management, and control processes are in place to achieve our strategic capital goals, while also continuing to manage our risk-capital balance to meet regulatory capital adequacy and stakeholder return expectations.


•	PMC is chaired by the Wholesale Segment Executive and facilitates the development of portfolio strategy that addresses capital utilization, balance sheet optimization, and risk concentrations.


•	EBPC is chaired by the Chief Human Resources Officer and is in place to assess and make determinations regarding our business practices to ensure alignment with core purpose, principles, and values, and to share best practices. EBPC also serves as the forum for enterprise reputational risk exposures.

The CEO, CFO, and CRO are members of each of these executive committees. Additionally, other executive and senior officers are members of these committees based upon their responsibilities and subject matter expertise.

ER continually refines our risk governance structures, frameworks and management limits, policies, procedures, and processes to reflect ongoing changes in our operating environment and/or corporate goals and strategies.

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk refers to the potential for economic loss arising from the failure of clients to meet their contractual agreements on all credit instruments, including on-balance sheet exposures from loans, leases, and investment securities, as well as contingent

exposures including unfunded commitments, letters of credit, credit derivatives, and counterparty risk under derivative products. As credit risk is an essential component of many of the products and services we provide to our clients, the ability to accurately measure and manage credit risk is integral to maintaining the long-run profitability and capital adequacy of our business. We commit to maintain and enhance a comprehensive credit system to meet business requirements and comply with evolving regulatory standards.

ER establishes and oversees adherence to the credit risk management governance frameworks and policies, independently measures, analyzes, and reports on loan portfolio and risk trends, and actively participates in the formulation of our credit strategies. Credit risk officers and supporting teammates within our lines of business are direct participants in the origination, underwriting, and ongoing management of credit. They work to promote an appropriate balance between our risk management and business objectives through adherence to established policies, procedures, and standards. Credit Review, one of our independent assurance functions, regularly assesses and reports on business unit and enterprise asset quality, and the integrity of our credit processes. Additionally, total borrower exposure limits and concentration risks are established and monitored. Credit risk may be mitigated through purchase of credit loss protection via third party insurance and/or use of credit derivatives such as CDS.

Borrower/counterparty (obligor) risk and facility risk is evaluated using our risk rating methodology, which is utilized in all lines of business. We use various risk models to estimate both expected and unexpected loss, which incorporates both internal and external default and loss experience. To the extent possible, we collect and use internal data to ensure the validity, reliability, and accuracy of our risk models used in default, severity, and loss estimation.

Operational Risk Management

We face ongoing and emerging risks and regulations related to the activities that surround the delivery of banking and financial products, and we depend on our ability to process, record, and monitor a large number of client transactions on a continuous basis. As the potential for operational loss remains elevated and as client, public, and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, we continue to enhance our efforts to safeguard and monitor our operational systems and infrastructure.

Our business activities and operations rely on our systems, computers, software, data, networks, the internet, and digital applications, as well as the systems and infrastructure of third parties. Our business, financial, accounting, data processing, or other systems and infrastructure may stop operating properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors and influences that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as potential failures, disruptions, and breakdowns, whether as a result of human error or intentional attack, as well as market conditions, fraudulent activities, natural disasters, electrical or telecommunications outages, political or social matters including terrorist acts, country risk, vendor risk, legal risk, cyber-attacks, and other security risks. The use of digital technologies introduces cyber-security risk that can manifest in

the form of information theft, criminal acts by individuals, groups, or nation states, or other disruptions to our Company's, clients', or third parties' business operations. We use a wide array of techniques to secure our operations and proprietary information such as Board approved policies and programs, network monitoring, access controls, dedicated security personnel, and defined insurance instruments, as well as consult with third-party data security experts.

To control cyber-security risk, we maintain an active information security program that is designed to conform with FFIEC guidance. This information security program is aligned with our operational risks and is overseen by executive management, the Board, and our independent audit function. This program continually monitors and evaluates threats, events, and the performance of its business operations and continually adapts and modifies its risk reduction activities accordingly. We also utilize appropriate cyber-security insurance that controls against certain losses, expenses, and damages associated with cyber risk.

Further, we recognize our role in the overall national payments system, and we have adopted the National Institute of Standards and Technology's Cyber Security Framework. We also fully participate in the federally recognized financial sector information sharing organization structure, known as the Financial Services Information Sharing and Analysis Center. Digital technology is constantly evolving, and new and unforeseen threats and actions by others may disrupt operations or result in losses beyond our risk control thresholds. Although we invest substantial time and resources to manage and reduce cyber risk, it is not possible to completely eliminate this risk.

We believe that effective management of operational risk, defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and systems, or from external events, plays a major role in both the level and the stability of our profitability. Our Enterprise Operational Risk Management function oversees an enterprise-wide framework intended to identify, assess, control, monitor, and report on operational risks. These processes support our goals to minimize future operational losses and strengthen our performance by maintaining sufficient capital to absorb operational losses that are incurred.

Operational Risk Management is overseen by our EORO. The operational risk governance structure includes an operational risk manager and support staff assigned to each business segment and corporate function. These risk managers are responsible for oversight of risk management within their areas in compliance with ER's policies and procedures.

Market Risk Management

our variable rate loans at December 31, 2017 had coupon rates that were equal to a contractually specified interest rate floor. In addition to interest rate risk, we are also exposed to market risk in our trading instruments measured at fair value. Our ALCO meets regularly and is responsible for reviewing our ALM and liquidity risk position in conformance with the established policies and limits designed to measure, monitor, and control market risk.

Market Risk from Non-Trading Activities

The primary goal of interest rate risk management is to control exposure to interest rate risk within policy limits approved by the Board. These limits reflect our appetite for interest rate risk over both short-term and long-term horizons. No limit breaches occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017.

The major sources of our non-trading interest rate risk are timing differences in the maturity and repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities, changes in the absolute level and shape of the yield curve, as well as the embedded optionality in our products and related customer behavior. We measure these risks and their impact by identifying and quantifying exposures through the use of sophisticated simulation and valuation models, which, as described in additional detail below, are employed by management to understand net interest income sensitivity and MVE sensitivity. These measures show that our interest rate risk profile is modestly asset sensitive at December 31, 2017.

MVE and net interest income sensitivity are complementary interest rate risk metrics and should be viewed together. Net interest income sensitivity captures asset and liability repricing differences for one year, inclusive of forecast balance sheet changes, and is considered a shorter term measure. MVE sensitivity captures the change in the discounted net present value of all on- and off-balance sheet items and is considered a longer term measure.

Positive net interest income sensitivity in a rising rate environment indicates that over the forecast horizon of one year, asset based interest income will increase more quickly than liability based interest expense due to balance sheet composition. A negative MVE sensitivity in a rising rate environment indicates that the value of financial assets will decrease more than the value of financial liabilities.

One of the primary methods that we use to quantify and manage interest rate risk is simulation analysis, which we use to model net interest income from assets, liabilities, and derivative positions under various interest rate scenarios and balance sheet structures. This analysis measures the sensitivity of net interest income over a two-year time horizon, which differs from the interest rate sensitivities in Table 21, which reflect a one-year time horizon. Key assumptions in the simulation analysis (and in the valuation analysis discussed below) relate to the behavior of interest rates and spreads, the changes in product balances, and the behavior of loan and deposit clients in different rate environments. This analysis incorporates several assumptions, the most significant of which relate to the repricing and behavioral fluctuations of deposits with indeterminate or non-contractual maturities.

As the future path of interest rates is not known, we use simulation analysis to project net interest income under various

scenarios including implied forward, deliberately extreme, and other scenarios that are unlikely. The analyses may include different scenarios including rapid and gradual ramping of interest rates, rate shocks, basis risk analysis, and yield curve twists. Specific strategies are also analyzed to determine their impact on net interest income levels and sensitivities.

The sensitivity analysis presented in Table 21 is measured as a percentage change in net interest income due to instantaneous moves in benchmark interest rates. Estimated changes below are dependent upon material assumptions such as those previously discussed.



Net Interest Income Asset Sensitivity		Table 21

	Estimated % Change in Net Interest Income Over 12 Months ¹
	December 31, 2017	December 31, 2016
Rate Change
+200 bps	2.4%	3.3%
+100 bps	1.4%	1.9%
-50 bps	(1.0)%	(2.7)%

¹Estimated % change of net interest income is reflected on a non-FTE basis.

Net interest income asset sensitivity at December 31, 2017 decreased compared to December 31, 2016, driven primarily by growth in fixed rate consumer loans and a decrease in floating rate commercial loans. See additional discussion related to net interest income in the "Net Interest Income/Margin" section of this MD&A.

We also perform valuation analyses, which we use for discerning levels of risk present in the balance sheet and derivative positions that might not be taken into account in the net interest income simulation horizon. Whereas a net interest income simulation highlights exposures over a relatively short time horizon, our valuation analysis incorporates all cash flows over the estimated remaining life of all balance sheet and derivative positions.

The valuation of the balance sheet, at a point in time, is defined as the discounted present value of asset and derivative cash flows minus the discounted present value of liability cash flows, the net of which is referred to as MVE. The sensitivity of MVE to changes in the level of interest rates is a measure of the longer-term repricing risk and embedded optionality in the balance sheet. Similar to the net interest income simulation, MVE uses instantaneous changes in rates. However, MVE values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate originations of new/replacement business or balance sheet growth that are used in the net interest income simulation model. As with the net interest income simulation model, assumptions about the timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are critical in the MVE analysis. Significant MVE assumptions include those that drive prepayment speeds, expected changes in balances, and pricing of the indeterminate deposit portfolios.

At December 31, 2017, the MVE profile in Table 22 indicates a decline in net balance sheet value due to instantaneous upward changes in rates. This MVE sensitivity is reported for both upward and downward rate shocks.



Market Value of Equity Sensitivity		Table 22

	Estimated % Change in MVE
	December 31, 2017	December 31, 2016
Rate Change
+200 bps	(7.6)%	(9.1)%
+100 bps	(3.3)%	(4.2)%
-50 bps	0.8%	1.5%

The decrease in MVE sensitivity at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 was due to lower balance sheet duration, driven primarily by a decline in our outstanding active notional balance of receive-fixed, pay-variable commercial loan swaps, as well as tighter spreads on loans. While an instantaneous and severe shift in interest rates was used in this analysis to provide an estimate of exposure under these rate scenarios, we believe that a gradual shift in interest rates would have a much more modest impact.

Since MVE measures the discounted present value of cash flows over the estimated lives of instruments, the change in MVE does not directly correlate to the degree that earnings would be impacted over a shorter time horizon (i.e., the current year). Furthermore, MVE does not take into account factors such as future balance sheet growth, changes in product mix, changes in yield curve relationships, and changing product spreads that could mitigate the impact of changes in interest rates. The net interest income simulation and valuation analyses do not include actions that management may undertake to manage this risk in response to anticipated changes in interest rates.

Market Risk from Trading Activities

We manage market risk associated with trading activities using a comprehensive risk management approach, which includes VAR metrics, stress testing, and sensitivity analyses. Risk metrics are measured and monitored on a daily basis at both the trading desk and at the aggregate portfolio level to ensure exposures are in line with our risk appetite. Our risk measurement for covered positions subject to the Market Risk Rule takes into account trading exposures resulting from interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk.

For trading portfolios, VAR measures the estimated maximum loss from one or more trading positions, given a specified confidence level and time horizon. VAR results are monitored daily against established limits. For risk management purposes, our VAR calculation is based on a historical simulation and measures the potential trading losses using a one-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level. This means that, on average, trading losses could exceed VAR one out of 100 trading days or two to three times per year. Due to inherent limitations of the VAR methodology, such as the assumption that past market behavior is indicative of future market performance, VAR is only one of several tools used to manage market risk. Other tools used to actively manage market risk include scenario analysis, stress testing, profit and loss attribution, and stop loss limits.

In addition to VAR, as required by the Market Risk Rule issued by the U.S. banking regulators, we calculate Stressed VAR, which is used as a component of the total market risk capital charge. We calculate the Stressed VAR risk measure using a ten-day holding period at a one-tail, 99% confidence level and employ a historical simulation approach based on a continuous twelve-month historical window selected to reflect a period of significant financial stress for our trading portfolio. The historical period used in the selection of the stress window encompasses all recent financial crises. Our Stressed VAR calculation uses the same methodology and models as regular VAR, which is a requirement under the Market Risk Rule. Table 23 presents VAR and Stressed VAR for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, as well as VAR by Risk Factor at December 31, 2017 and 2016.



Value at Risk Profile	Table 23

	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016
VAR (1-day holding period):
Period end		$2		$3
High	3		4
Low	1		1
Average	2		3

Stressed VAR (10-day holding period):
Period end		$52		$37
High	110		118
Low	22		8
Average	54		37

VAR by Risk Factor at period end (1-day holding period):
Equity risk		$1		$1
Interest rate risk	2		2
Credit spread risk	3		5
VAR total at period end (1-day diversified)	2		3

The trading portfolio, measured in terms of VAR, is predominantly comprised of four sub-portfolios of covered positions: (i) credit trading, (ii) fixed income securities, (iii) interest rate derivatives, and (iv) equity derivatives. The trading portfolio also contains other sub-portfolios, including foreign

exchange rate and commodity derivatives; however, these trading risk exposures are not material. Our covered positions originate primarily from underwriting, market making and associated risk mitigating hedging activity, and other services for our clients. The trading portfolio's VAR profile, as illustrated in Table 23, is influenced by a variety of factors, including the size and composition of the portfolio, market volatility, and the correlation between different positions. Average daily VAR as well as period end VAR decreased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. These decreases were driven primarily by lower levels of market volatility during 2017, offset partially by the impact of higher balance sheet usage in our credit trading portfolio as a result of favorable market conditions and strong client demand. Average Stressed VAR as well as period end Stressed VAR, which are not influenced by current levels of market volatility, increased for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. These increases were driven by the aforementioned increase in balance sheet usage in our credit trading portfolio, as well as higher stressed exposures associated with our equity derivatives portfolio. Nonetheless, our Stressed VAR remains within historical ranges. The trading portfolio of covered positions did not contain any correlation trading positions or on- or off-balance sheet securitization positions during the year ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.

In accordance with the Market Risk Rule, we evaluate the accuracy of our VAR model through daily backtesting by comparing aggregate daily trading gains and losses (excluding fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading) from covered positions with the corresponding daily VAR-based measures generated by the model. As illustrated in the following graph for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017, there were no firmwide VAR backtesting exceptions during this period. The total number of VAR backtesting exceptions over the preceding twelve months is used to determine the multiplication factor for the VAR-based capital requirement under the Market Risk Rule. The capital multiplication factor increases from a minimum of three to a maximum of four, depending on the number of exceptions. There was no change in the capital multiplication factor over the preceding twelve months.

We have valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies for all covered positions. Additionally, trading positions are reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are subject to independent price verification. See Note 17, "Derivative Financial Instruments" and Note 18, "Fair Value Election and Measurement" to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K, as well as the "Critical Accounting Policies" MD&A section of this Form 10-K for discussion of valuation policies, procedures, and methodologies.

Model risk management: Our approach regarding the validation and evaluation of the accuracy of our internal models, external models, and associated processes, includes developmental and implementation testing as well as ongoing monitoring and maintenance performed by the various model developers, in conjunction with model owners. Our MRMG is responsible for the independent model validation of all trading risk models. The validation typically includes evaluation of all model documentation as well as model monitoring and maintenance plans. In addition, the MRMG performs its own independent testing. We regularly review the performance of all trading risk models through our model monitoring and maintenance process to preemptively address emerging developments in financial markets, assess evolving modeling approaches, and to identify potential model enhancement.

Stress testing: We use a comprehensive range of stress testing techniques to help monitor risks across trading desks and to augment standard daily VAR and other risk limits reporting. The stress testing framework is designed to quantify the impact of extreme, but plausible, stress scenarios that could lead to large unexpected losses. Our stress tests include historical repeats and

simulations using hypothetical risk factor shocks. All trading positions within each applicable market risk category (interest rate risk, equity risk, foreign exchange rate risk, credit spread risk, and commodity price risk) are included in our comprehensive stress testing framework. We review stress testing scenarios on an ongoing basis and make updates as necessary to ensure that both current and emerging risks are captured appropriately.

Trading portfolio capital adequacy: We assess capital adequacy on a regular basis, which is based on estimates of our risk profile and capital positions under baseline and stressed scenarios. Scenarios consider significant risks, including credit risk, market risk, and operational risk. Our assessment of capital adequacy arising from market risk includes a review of risk arising from material portfolios of covered positions. See the “Capital Resources” section in this MD&A for additional discussion of capital adequacy.

Liquidity Risk Management

Liquidity risk is the risk of being unable, at a reasonable cost, to meet financial obligations as they come due. We manage liquidity risk consistent with our ER management practices in order to mitigate our three primary liquidity risks: (i) structural liquidity risk, (ii) market liquidity risk, and (iii) contingency liquidity risk. Structural liquidity risk arises from our maturity transformation activities and balance sheet structure, which may create differences in the timing of cash inflows and outflows. Market liquidity risk, which we also describe as refinancing or refunding risk, constitutes the risk that we could lose access to the financial markets or the cost of such access may rise to undesirable levels. Contingency liquidity risk arises from rare

and severely adverse liquidity events; these events may be idiosyncratic or systemic, or a combination thereof.

We mitigate these risks utilizing a variety of tested liquidity management techniques in keeping with regulatory guidance and industry best practices. For example, we mitigate structural liquidity risk by structuring our balance sheet prudently so that we fund less liquid assets, such as loans, with stable funding sources, such as consumer and commercial deposits, long-term debt, and capital. We mitigate market liquidity risk by maintaining diverse borrowing resources to fund projected cash needs and structuring our liabilities to avoid maturity concentrations. We test contingency liquidity risk from a range of potential adverse circumstances in our contingency funding scenarios. These scenarios inform the amount of contingency liquidity sources we maintain as a liquidity buffer to ensure we can meet our obligations in a timely manner under adverse contingency liquidity events.

Governance. We maintain a comprehensive liquidity risk governance structure in keeping with regulatory guidance and industry best practices. Our Board, through the BRC, oversees liquidity risk management and establishes our liquidity risk appetite via a set of cascading risk limits. The BRC reviews and approves risk policies to establish these limits and regularly reviews reports prepared by senior management to monitor compliance with these policies. The Board charges the CEO with determining corporate strategies in accordance with its risk appetite and the CEO is a member of our ALCO, which is the executive level committee with oversight of liquidity risk management. The ALCO regularly monitors our liquidity and compliance with liquidity risk limits, and also reviews and approves liquidity management strategies and tactics.

Management and Reporting Framework. Corporate Treasury, under the oversight of the ALCO, is responsible for managing consolidated liquidity risks we encounter in the course of our business. In so doing, Corporate Treasury develops and implements short-term and long-term liquidity management strategies, funding plans, and liquidity stress tests, and also monitors early warning indicators; all of which assist in identifying, measuring, monitoring, reporting, and managing our liquidity risks. Corporate Treasury primarily monitors and manages liquidity risk at the Parent Company and Bank levels as the non-bank subsidiaries are relatively small and ultimately rely upon the Parent Company as a source of liquidity in adverse environments. However, Corporate Treasury also monitors liquidity developments of, and maintains a regular dialogue with, our other legal entities.

MRM conducts independent oversight and governance of liquidity risk management activities. For example, MRM works with Corporate Treasury to ensure our liquidity risk management practices conform to applicable laws and regulations and evaluates key assumptions incorporated in our contingency funding scenarios.

Further, the internal audit function performs the risk assurance role for liquidity risk management. Internal audit conducts an independent assessment of the adequacy of internal controls, including procedural documentation, approval processes, reconciliations, and other mechanisms employed by liquidity risk management and MRM to ensure that liquidity risk

is consistent with applicable policies, procedures, laws, and regulations.

LCR requirements under Regulation WW require large U.S. banking organizations to hold unencumbered high-quality liquid assets sufficient to withstand projected 30-day total net cash outflows, each as defined under the LCR rule. At December 31, 2017, our LCR calculated pursuant to the rule was above the 100% minimum regulatory requirement.

On December 19, 2016, the FRB published a final rule implementing public disclosure requirements for BHCs subject to the LCR that will require them to publicly disclose quantitative and qualitative information regarding their respective LCR calculations on a quarterly basis. We will be required to begin disclosing elements under this final rule after October 1, 2018.

On May 3, 2016, the FRB, OCC, and the FDIC issued a joint proposed rule to implement the NSFR. The proposal would require large U.S. banking organizations to maintain a stable funding profile over a one-year horizon. The FRB proposed a modified NSFR requirement for BHCs with greater than $50 billion but less than $250 billion in total consolidated assets, and less than $10 billion in total on balance sheet foreign exposure. The proposed NSFR requirement seeks to (i) reduce vulnerability to liquidity risk in financial institution funding structures and (ii) promote improved standardization in the measurement, management and disclosure of liquidity risk. The proposed rule contains an implementation date of January 1, 2018; however, a final rule has not yet been issued.

Uses of Funds. Our primary uses of funds include the extension of loans and credit, the purchase of investment securities, working capital, and debt and capital service. The Bank borrows from the money markets using instruments such as Fed Funds, Eurodollars, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. At December 31, 2017, the Bank retained a material cash position in its Federal Reserve account. The Parent Company also retained material cash position in its account with the Bank in accordance with our policies and risk limits, discussed in greater detail below.

Sources of Funds. Our primary source of funds is a large, stable deposit base. Core deposits, predominantly made up of consumer and commercial deposits originated primarily from our retail branch network and Wholesale client base, are our largest and most cost-effective source of funding. Total deposits increased to $160.8 billion at December 31, 2017, from $160.4 billion at December 31, 2016.

We also maintain access to diversified sources for both secured and unsecured wholesale funding. These uncommitted sources include Fed Funds purchased from other banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and Global Bank Notes. Aggregate borrowings decreased to $14.6 billion at December 31, 2017, from $16.5 billion at December 31, 2016.

As mentioned above, the Bank and Parent Company maintain programs to access the debt capital markets. The Parent Company maintains an SEC shelf registration from which it may issue senior or subordinated notes and various capital securities, such as common or preferred stock. Our Board has authorized the issuance of up to $5.0 billion of such securities under the SEC shelf registration, of which $1.7 billion and $3.0 billion of

issuance capacity remained available at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The reduction in our SEC shelf registration issuance capacity during the year ended December 31, 2017 was driven by the Parent Company's May 2017 issuance of $750 million of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G and November 2017 issuance of $500 million of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H. See the "Capital Resources" section of this MD&A for additional information regarding our stock issuances.

The Bank maintains a Global Bank Note program under which it may issue senior or subordinated debt with various terms. In January 2017, the Bank issued $1.0 billion of 3-year fixed rate senior notes and $300 million of 3-year floating rate senior notes under this program. In July 2017, we issued $1.0 billion of 5-year senior notes that pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 2.45% under our Global Bank Note program. At December 31, 2017, the Bank retained $35.1 billion of remaining capacity to issue notes under the Global Bank Note program. See the “Recent Developments” section below for a description of issuances subsequent to December 31, 2017 under this program.

Our issuance capacity under these Bank and Parent Company programs refers to authorization granted by our Board, which is a formal program capacity and not a commitment to purchase by any investor. Debt and equity securities issued under these programs are designed to appeal primarily to domestic and international institutional investors. Institutional investor demand for these securities depends upon numerous factors, including, but not limited to, our credit ratings, investor perception of financial market conditions, and the health of the banking sector. Therefore, our ability to access these markets in the future could be impaired for either idiosyncratic or systemic reasons.

We assess liquidity needs that may occur in both the normal course of business and during times of unusual, adverse events, considering both on and off-balance sheet arrangements and commitments that may impact liquidity in certain business environments. We have contingency funding scenarios and plans that assess liquidity needs that may arise from certain stress events such as severe economic recessions, financial market disruptions, and credit rating downgrades. In particular, a ratings downgrade could adversely impact the cost and availability of some of our liquid funding sources. Factors that affect our credit ratings include, but are not limited to, the credit risk profile of our assets, the adequacy of our ALLL, the level and stability of our earnings, the liquidity profile of both the Bank and the Parent

Company, the economic environment, and the adequacy of our capital base.

As illustrated in Table 24, S&P assigned a “Positive” outlook on our credit rating, while both Moody’s and Fitch maintained “Stable” outlooks. Future credit rating downgrades are possible, although not currently anticipated given these “Positive” and “Stable” credit rating outlooks.



Credit Ratings and Outlook			Table 24
	December 31, 2017
	Moody’s	S&P		Fitch
SunTrust Banks, Inc.:
Senior debt	Baa1	BBB+		A-
Preferred stock	Baa3	BB+		BB

SunTrust Bank:
Long-term deposits	A1	A-		A
Short-term deposits	P-1	A-2		F1
Senior debt	Baal	A-		A-
Outlook	Stable	Positive		Stable

Our investment portfolio is a use of funds and we manage the portfolio primarily as a store of liquidity, maintaining the majority of our securities in liquid and high-grade asset classes, such as agency MBS, agency debt, and U.S. Treasury securities; nearly all of these securities qualify as high-quality liquid assets under the U.S. LCR Final Rule. At December 31, 2017, our securities AFS portfolio contained $26.8 billion of unencumbered high-quality, liquid securities at market value.

As mentioned above, we evaluate contingency funding scenarios to anticipate and manage the likely impact of impaired capital markets access and other adverse liquidity circumstances. Our contingency plans also provide for continuous monitoring of net borrowed funds dependence and available sources of contingency liquidity. These contingency liquidity sources include available cash reserves, the ability to sell, pledge, or borrow against unencumbered securities in our investment portfolio, the capacity to borrow from the FHLB system or the Federal Reserve discount window, and the ability to sell or securitize certain loan portfolios. Table 25 presents period end and average balances of our contingency liquidity sources for 2017 and 2016. These sources exceed our contingency liquidity needs as measured in our contingency funding scenarios.

Parent Company Liquidity. Our primary measure of Parent Company liquidity is the length of time the Parent Company can meet its existing and forecasted obligations using its cash resources. We measure and manage this metric using forecasts from both normal and adverse conditions. Under adverse conditions, we measure how long the Parent Company can meet its capital and debt service obligations after experiencing material attrition of short-term unsecured funding and without the support of dividends from the Bank or access to the capital markets. In accordance with these risk limits established by ALCO and the Board, we manage the Parent Company’s liquidity by structuring its net maturity schedule to minimize the amount of debt maturing within a short period of time. A majority of the Parent Company’s liabilities are long-term in nature, coming from the proceeds of issuances of our capital securities and long-term senior and subordinated notes. See the “Borrowings” section of this MD&A, as well as Note 11, “Borrowings and Contractual Commitments,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for further information regarding our debt.

We manage the Parent Company to maintain most of its liquid assets in cash and securities that it can quickly convert into cash. Unlike the Bank, it is not typical for the Parent Company to maintain a material investment portfolio of publicly traded securities. We manage the Parent Company cash balance to provide sufficient liquidity to fund all forecasted obligations (primarily debt and capital service) for an extended period of months in accordance with our risk limits.

The primary uses of Parent Company liquidity include debt service, dividends on capital instruments, the periodic purchase of investment securities, loans to our subsidiaries, and common share repurchases. See further details of the authorized common share repurchases in the “Capital Resources” section of this MD&A and in Part II, Item 2, “Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds” in this Form 10-K. We fund corporate dividends with Parent Company cash, the primary sources of which are dividends from our banking subsidiary and

proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital securities. We are subject to both state and federal banking regulations that limit our ability to pay common stock dividends in certain circumstances.

Recent Developments. In the first quarter of 2018, we issued $500 million of 5-year senior notes that pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 3.00% under our Global Bank Note program. We may call these notes beginning on August 2, 2018 under a "make-whole" provision, and they mature on February 2, 2023. Also in the first quarter of 2018, we issued $750 million of 3-year fixed-to-floating rate senior notes under our Global Bank Note program. The notes pay a fixed annual coupon rate of 2.59% until January 29, 2020 and pay a floating coupon rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 29.75 basis points thereafter. We may call these notes beginning on January 29, 2020, and they mature on January 29, 2021. These issuances allowed us to supplement our funding sources at favorable borrowing rates and pay down maturing borrowings.

Other Liquidity Considerations. As presented in Table 26, we had an aggregate potential obligation of $87.4 billion to our clients in unused lines of credit at December 31, 2017. Commitments to extend credit are arrangements to lend to clients who have complied with predetermined contractual obligations. We also had $2.6 billion in letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2017, most of which are standby letters of credit, which require that we provide funding if certain future events occur. Approximately $238 million of these letters supported variable rate demand obligations at December 31, 2017. Unused commercial lines of credit decreased slightly since December 31, 2016, driven by revolver utilization. Residential mortgage commitments also decreased since December 31, 2016, due primarily to reduced IRLC volume during the year ended December 31, 2017. Additionally, unused CRE lines of credit decreased modestly since December 31, 2016, driven primarily by increased utilization of existing CRE lines of credit.

Other Market Risk

Other sources of market risk include the risk associated with holding loans, securities designated for sale, and mortgage loan commitments, as well as the risk associated with our investment in servicing rights. We manage the risks associated with mortgage LHFS and our IRLCs on mortgage loans intended for sale. The mortgage LHFS and IRLCs consist of fixed and adjustable rate residential and commercial mortgage loans. The risk associated with mortgage LHFS and IRLCs is the potential change in interest rates between the time the customer locks the rate on the anticipated loan and the time the loan is sold, which is typically 30-150 days.

We manage interest rate risk predominantly with interest rate swaps, futures, and forward sale agreements, where the changes in value of the instruments substantially offset the changes in value of mortgage LHFS and IRLCs. IRLCs on mortgage loans intended for sale are classified as derivative instruments and are not designated for hedge accounting purposes.

All servicing rights are initially measured at the present value of future net cash flows that are expected to be received from the associated servicing portfolio. The initial value of servicing rights is highly dependent upon the assumed prepayment speed of the servicing portfolio, which is driven by the level of certain key interest rates, primarily the current 30-year mortgage rate. Future expected net cash flows from servicing a loan in the servicing portfolio would not be realized if the loan pays off earlier than anticipated.

We measure our residential MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis and hedge the risk associated with changes in fair value. Residential MSRs totaled $1.7 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are managed and monitored as part of a comprehensive risk governance process, which includes established risk limits.

We originated residential MSRs with fair values at the time of origination of $394 million and $312 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, we purchased residential MSRs with a fair value of approximately $200 million during the year ended December 31, 2016. No residential MSRs were purchased during the year ended December 31, 2017.

We recognized mark-to-market decreases in the fair value of residential MSRs of $248 million and $245 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively. Changes in fair value include the UPB decay resulting from the realization of monthly net servicing cash flows as well as credit decay resulting from shifts in the underlying loans delinquency status. We recognized net losses related to residential MSRs, inclusive of fair value changes and related hedges, of $212 million and $175 million during 2017 and 2016, respectively. Compared to the prior year, the increase in net losses related to residential MSRs was primarily driven by higher decay combined with a decrease in net hedge performance in the current periods. All other servicing rights, which include commercial mortgage and consumer indirect loan servicing rights, are not measured at fair value on a recurring

basis, and therefore, are not subject to the same market risks associated with residential MSRs.

We held a total net book value of approximately $22 million and $21 million of non-public equity exposures (direct investments) and other equity-related investments at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We generally hold these investments as long-term investments. If conditions in the market deteriorate, these long-term investments and other assets could incur impairment charges.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

In the ordinary course of business we engage in certain activities that are not reflected in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, generally referred to as "off-balance sheet arrangements." These activities involve transactions with unconsolidated VIEs as well as other arrangements, such as commitments and guarantees, to meet the financing needs of our clients and to support ongoing operations. Additional information regarding these types of activities is included in the "Liquidity Risk Management" section of this MD&A, as well as in Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," Note 11, "Borrowings and Contractual Commitments," and Note 16, "Guarantees," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into certain contractual obligations, including obligations to make future payments on our borrowings, partnership investments, and lease arrangements, as well as commitments to lend to clients and to fund capital expenditures and service contracts. Table 27 presents our significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2017, except for UTBs (discussed below), short-term borrowings (presented in the "Borrowings" section of this MD&A), and pension and other postretirement benefit plans, disclosed in Note 15, "Employee Benefit Plans," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K. For additional information regarding our unfunded lending commitments, time deposits, operating leases, and long-term debt, refer to the "Liquidity Risk Management" and "Deposits" sections of this MD&A, as well as Note 8, "Premises and Equipment," and Note 11, "Borrowings and Contractual Commitments," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

At December 31, 2017, we had UTBs of $141 million, which represent a reserve for tax positions that we have taken or expect to be taken in our tax returns, and which ultimately may not be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future tax settlements are uncertain, UTBs have been excluded from Table 27. See additional discussion in Note 14, "Income Taxes," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.



									Table 27
	Payments Due by Period at December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years		Total
Contractual Obligations:
Unfunded lending commitments		$25,265		$23,421		$29,259		$12,066		$90,011
Consumer and other time deposits ¹	4,720		3,890		1,451		2,015		12,076
Brokered time deposits ¹	105		432		372		76		985
Long-term debt ^{1, 2}	1,235		2,327		2,981		3,258		9,801
Operating leases	205		378		318		657		1,558
Purchase obligations ³	278		336		98		247		959
Commitments to fund partnership investments ⁴	690		—		—		—		690
Total		$32,498		$30,784		$34,479		$18,319		$116,080
¹ Amounts do not include interest.
² Amounts do not include deduction of related debt issuance costs of $16 million.
³ For legally binding purchase obligations of $5 million or more, amounts include either termination fees under the associated contracts when early termination provisions exist, or the total potential obligation over the full contractual term for noncancelable purchase obligations. Payments made towards the purchase of goods or services under these contracts totaled $395 million in 2017.
⁴ Commitments to fund investments in affordable housing and other partnerships do not have defined funding dates as certain criteria must be met before we are obligated to fund. Accordingly, these commitments are considered to be due on demand for presentation purposes. See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K for additional information.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 versus 2016

Consumer

Consumer reported net income of $871 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, a decrease of $94 million, or 10%, compared 2016. The decrease was driven primarily by higher provision for credit losses and lower noninterest income, offset partially by higher net interest income.

Net interest income was $3.7 billion, an increase of $233 million, or 7%, compared to 2016, driven by growth in average LHFI and deposit balances as well as improved deposit spreads. Net interest income related to deposits increased $201 million, or 10%, driven by a 13 basis point increase in deposit spread and a $3.4 billion, or 3%, increase in average deposit balances. Net interest income related to LHFI increased $55 million, or 4%, driven primarily by growth in average LHFI balances.

Provision for credit losses was $368 million, an increase of $196 million compared to 2016, driven by lower ALLL release in 2017. Net charge-offs increased by $12 million in response to higher loan balances.

Total noninterest income was $1.9 billion, a decrease of $162 million, or 8%, compared to 2016. The decrease was driven primarily by lower mortgage-related income associated with reduced refinancing activity and lower service charges on deposits due to the enhanced posting order process instituted during the fourth quarter of 2016.

Total noninterest expense was $3.8 billion, an increase of $46 million, or 1%, compared to 2016. The increase was due to increased expenses associated with corporate support and technology, occupancy and branch network-related activities, and marketing investments, offset partially by lower staff expense, lower outside processing costs, and accrual reversals related to the favorable resolution of previous legal matters.

Wholesale

Wholesale reported net income of $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $394 million, or 40%, compared to 2016. The increase was due to higher net interest income, noninterest income, and lower provision for credit losses, offset partially by higher noninterest expense.

Net interest income was $2.4 billion, an increase of $235 million, or 11%, compared to 2016, driven primarily by higher deposit balances and improved spreads on both loans and deposits. Net interest income related to deposits increased $157 million, or 20%, as a result of higher benchmark interest rates and higher average deposits. Average deposit balances increased by $1.9 billion, or 3%, as a result of a $3.3 billion increase in interest-bearing transaction accounts and a $700 million increase in CDs, offset largely by a $1.3 billion decrease in money market accounts and a $763 million decrease in noninterest-bearing DDAs. Although average LHFI was relatively flat, net interest income related to LHFI increased $51 million, or 4%, as a result of improved loan spreads.

Provision for credit losses was $41 million, a decrease of $231 million, or 85%, compared to 2016. The decrease was due primarily to lower nonperforming loans and lower energy-related net charge-offs.

Total noninterest income was $1.7 billion, an increase of $354 million, or 26%, compared to 2016. The increase was driven primarily by higher investment banking income, which increased $105 million, or 21%, the $107 million gain on sale of PAC (see Table 1 for a summary of Form 8-K and tax reform-related items), and $70 million of fee income from Pillar with the remainder of the increase attributable to higher tax credits and other loan related fees. These increases were offset partially by declines in trading income and structured real estate gains.

Total noninterest expense was $1.9 billion, an increase of $193 million, or 12%, compared to 2016. The increase was due primarily to the Pillar acquisition, higher employee compensation costs attributable to improved business performance and ongoing investment in technology, as well as higher amortization expense associated with STCC tax credit investments, partially offset by lower operating losses.

Corporate Other

Corporate Other net income was $199 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $39 million, or 24%, compared to 2016. The increase in net income was due primarily to lower provision for income taxes in 2017 as a result of Form 8-K and tax reform-related items.

Net interest income was a net expense of $41 million, a decrease of $144 million compared to 2016. The decrease was driven by lower commercial loan-related swap income due to higher LIBOR rates. Average long-term debt increased $154 million, or 2%, compared to 2016, driven by balance sheet management activities.

Total noninterest income was a net expense of $33 million, a decrease of $171 million compared to 2016. The decrease was due to the $109 million securities AFS portfolio restructuring loss (see Table 1 for a summary of Form 8-K and tax reform-related items) and a gain on the sale-leaseback of one of our office buildings in the second quarter of 2016.

Total noninterest expense was $73 million, an increase of $60 million compared to 2016. The increase was due primarily to higher severance costs in 2017.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 versus 2015

Consumer

Consumer reported net income of $965 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $116 million, or 11%, compared 2015. The decrease was driven primarily by higher provision for credit losses and higher noninterest expense, offset partially by higher net interest income and higher noninterest income.

Net interest income was $3.5 billion, an increase of $140 million, or 4%, compared to 2015, driven by growth in average loan and deposit balances and favorable deposit mix, offset partially by lower loan and deposit spreads. Net interest income related to deposits increased $94 million, or 5%, driven by a $5.6 billion, or 6%, increase in average deposit balances. Net interest income related to LHFI increased $30 million, or 2%, driven by a $3.8 billion, or 6%, increase in average LHFI. Average LHFI growth was driven by residential mortgages, other direct,

guaranteed student, indirect, and credit card loans, offset partially by declines in home equity products.

Provision for credit losses was $172 million, an increase of $145 million compared to 2015. The increase was driven by loan growth and lower ALLL release in 2016.

Total noninterest income was $2.0 billion, an increase of $69 million, or 4%, compared to 2015. The increase was driven by higher mortgage-related income. Mortgage production related income increased $96 million compared to 2015, due to higher production volume and higher gain on sale margins. Mortgage servicing related income increased $19 million, or 12%, driven primarily by higher servicing fees and favorable net hedge performance, offset partially by higher decay expense. Service charges on deposit accounts, card and ATM fee income also increased, offset by declines in wealth management-related income of $49 million, or 8%, due to lower transactional volumes and certain asset impairment charges recognized in 2016.

Total noninterest expense was $3.8 billion, an increase of $165 million, or 5%, compared to 2015. The increase was driven by higher corporate support costs, operating losses, and marketing investments.

Wholesale

Wholesale reported net income of $979 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $74 million, or 7%, compared to 2015. The decrease in net income was attributable to higher provision for credit losses and noninterest expense, offset partially by higher net interest income and noninterest income.

Net interest income was $2.2 billion, an increase of $98 million, or 5%, compared to 2015, driven primarily by higher average deposit balances. Deposit related net interest income increased $64 million as average deposit balances grew $4.3 billion, or 9%, driven primarily by higher interest-bearing transaction and money market accounts. Average loans grew $3.7 billion, or 5%, led primarily by growth in C&I loans; however, net interest income growth related to loans was mitigated due to lower loan spreads.

Provision for credit losses was $272 million, an increase of $135 million, or 99%, compared to 2015. The increase was due primarily to higher energy-related charge-offs and loan growth.

Total noninterest income was $1.4 billion, an increase of $71 million, or 6%, compared to 2015. The increase was driven primarily by higher investment banking income and trading income, which increased $33 million and $44 million, respectively, as well as by higher tax credit-related income.

Total noninterest expense was $1.7 billion, an increase of $153 million, or 10%, compared to 2015. The increase was due primarily to higher employee compensation expense attributable to improved business performance and ongoing investments in talent, higher amortization expense associated with our new market tax credit investments, and increased investments in technology.

Corporate Other

Corporate Other net income was $160 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, a decrease of $24 million, or 13%, compared to 2015. The decrease in net income was due primarily to lower net interest income in 2016.

Net interest income was $103 million, a decrease of $52 million, or 34%, compared to 2015. The decrease was driven

primarily by lower spreads on MBS securities and lower commercial loan-related swap income. Average long-term debt decreased $175 million, or 2%, and average short-term borrowings decreased $349 million, or 18%, compared to 2015, driven by balance sheet management activities.

Total noninterest income was $138 million, an increase of $1 million, or 1%, compared to 2015. The increase was driven primarily by the gain on the sale-leaseback of one of our office buildings in 2016, offset partially by certain gains recognized in 2015, including gains from the disposition of the affordable housing partnership, $16 million of gains related to the sale of securities, and $14 million of trading income related to the mark-to-market valuation.

Total noninterest expense decreased $4 million compared to 2015, driven primarily by lower allocated expenses.

FOURTH QUARTER 2017 RESULTS

Quarter Ended December 31, 2017 vs. Quarter Ended December 31, 2016

We reported net income available to common shareholders of $710 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $262 million, or 58%, compared to the same period in 2016. Earnings per average common diluted share were $1.48 for the fourth quarter of 2017, compared to $0.90 for the fourth quarter of 2016. The current quarter was favorably impacted by $0.39 per share of net discrete benefits in connection with Form 8-K and tax reform-related items.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, net interest income was $1.5 billion, an increase of $95 million compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was driven by higher earning asset yields and growth of $1.8 billion in average earning assets. Net interest margin increased 17 basis points to 3.17% for the fourth quarter of 2017, compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was driven primarily by higher earning asset yields arising from higher benchmark interest rates, continued positive mix shift in earning assets, and lower premium amortization in the securities AFS portfolio, offset partially by higher rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

The provision for credit losses was $79 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, a decrease of $22 million compared to the same period in 2016, due to lower net charge-offs.

Total noninterest income was $833 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $18 million compared to the same period in 2016, driven largely by higher commercial real estate related and wealth management related income as well as the gain from the sale of PAC, offset partially by securities AFS portfolio restructuring losses.

Trading income was $41 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, a decrease of $17 million compared to the same period in 2016, due to lower core trading revenue and higher counterparty credit valuation reserve in the current quarter.

Mortgage production related income was $61 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, a decrease of $17 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2016, due to lower production volume and a lower repurchase reserve release during the current quarter. Mortgage servicing related income was $43 million for the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $18 million compared to the same

period in 2016, due to higher net hedge performance, lower servicing asset decay, and higher servicing fees during the current quarter.

Trust and investment management income was $80 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $7 million compared to the same period in 2016, due to an increase in trust and institutional assets under management as well as trust termination fees received during the current quarter.

Commercial real estate related income was $62 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $29 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2016, driven by revenue from Pillar, which we acquired in December 2016, in addition to higher structured real estate and tax credit-related income earned during the current quarter.

Net securities loss was $109 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. There were no securities (losses)/gains recognized in the fourth quarter of 2016. The current quarter loss was due to the restructuring of the securities AFS portfolio.

Other noninterest income was $134 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $105 million compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was due primarily to the $107 million gain from the sale of PAC during the current quarter, as announced in the December 4, 2017 Form 8-K. Excluding the impact of the pre-tax gain from the sale of PAC, other noninterest income was relatively stable compared to the fourth quarter of 2016.

Total noninterest expense was $1.5 billion in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $123 million compared to the same period in 2016. The increase was due primarily to the net impact of $111 million related to Form 8-K and tax reform-related items ($50 million charitable contribution to support financial well-being initiatives, $36 million net charge related to efficiency actions, and $25 million discretionary 401(k) contribution and other employee benefits). Excluding the impact of these items, noninterest expense increased slightly compared to the fourth quarter of 2016.

Employee compensation and benefits expense was $803 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $41 million

compared to the same period in 2016, due primarily to the tax reform-related discretionary 401(k) contribution and other employee benefits of $25 million as well as incremental costs related to Pillar.

Marketing and customer development expense was $104 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $52 million compared to fourth quarter of 2016, due primarily to the tax reform-related charitable contribution of $50 million to support financial well-being initiatives. Excluding the impact of this tax reform-related item, marketing and customer development expense was stable compared to the fourth quarter of 2016.

Amortization expense was $25 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $11 million compared to the same period in 2016, due primarily to an increase in amortizable community development investments. These investments generate tax credits that reduce the provision for income taxes over time.

Other noninterest expense was $170 million in the fourth quarter of 2017, an increase of $16 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2016. The increase was driven primarily by the $36 million net charge related to efficiency actions, as announced in the December 4, 2017 Form 8-K. This included severance costs in connection with the voluntary early retirement program, branch and corporate real estate closure costs, and software write-downs.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, we recognized a benefit for income taxes of $74 million compared to a provision of $193 million in the fourth quarter of 2016. The tax provision for the current quarter includes a $303 million income tax benefit due primarily to the impact of the remeasurement of our estimated DTAs and DTLs and other tax reform-related items due to the enactment of the 2017 Tax Act. The effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2017 was (11)% compared to 29% in the fourth quarter of 2016. Excluding the impact of Form 8-K and tax reform-related items, the effective tax rate was 30% for the fourth quarter of 2017.



Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures																						Table 30
	Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	2017												2016
	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31			December 31			September 30			June 30				March 31
Selected Quarterly Financial Data
Summary of Operations:
Interest income		$1,640			$1,635			$1,583			$1,528			$1,492			$1,451			$1,424				$1,411
Interest expense	206			205			180			162			149			143			136				129
Net interest income	1,434			1,430			1,403			1,366			1,343			1,308			1,288				1,282
Provision for credit losses	79			120			90			119			101			97			146				101
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	1,355			1,310			1,313			1,247			1,242			1,211			1,142				1,181
Noninterest income	833			846			827			847			815			889			898				781
Noninterest expense	1,520			1,391			1,388			1,465			1,397			1,409			1,345				1,318
Income before (benefit)/provision for income taxes	668			765			752			629			660			691			695				644
(Benefit)/provision for income taxes	(74		)	225			222			159			193			215			201				195
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2			2			2			2			2			2			2				2
Net income		$740			$538			$528			$468			$465			$474			$492				$447
Net income available to common shareholders		$710			$512			$505			$451			$448			$457			$475				$430
Net interest income-FTE ¹		$1,472			$1,467			$1,439			$1,400			$1,377			$1,342			$1,323				$1,318
Total revenue	2,267			2,276			2,230			2,213			2,158			2,197			2,186				2,063
Total revenue-FTE ¹	2,305			2,313			2,266			2,247			2,192			2,231			2,221				2,099
Net income per average common share:
Diluted		$1.48			$1.06			$1.03			$0.91			$0.90			$0.91			$0.94				$0.84
Basic	1.50			1.07			1.05			0.92			0.91			0.92			0.95				0.85
Dividends declared per common share	0.40			0.40			0.26			0.26			0.26			0.26			0.24				0.24
Book value per common share	47.94			47.16			46.51			45.62			45.38			46.63			46.14				44.97
Tangible book value per common share ²	34.82			34.34			33.83			33.05			32.95			34.33			33.98				32.89
Market capitalization	30,417			28,451			27,319			26,860			26,942			21,722			20,598				18,236
Market price per common share:
High		$66.62			$60.04			$58.75			$61.69			$56.48			$44.61			$44.32				$42.04
Low	56.30			51.96			52.69			52.71			43.41			38.75			35.10				31.07
Close	64.59			59.77			56.72			55.30			54.85			43.80			41.08				36.08
Selected Average Balances:
Total assets		$205,219			$205,738			$204,494			$204,252			$203,146			$201,476			$198,305				$193,014
Earning assets	184,306			184,861			184,057			183,606			182,475			180,523			178,055				174,189
LHFI	144,039			144,706			144,440			143,670			142,578			142,257			141,238				138,372
Intangible assets including residential MSRs	8,077			8,009			8,024			8,026			7,654			7,415			7,543				7,569
Residential MSRs	1,662			1,589			1,603			1,604			1,291			1,065			1,192				1,215
Consumer and commercial deposits	160,745			159,419			159,136			158,874			157,996			155,313			154,166				149,229
Preferred stock	2,236			1,975			1,720			1,225			1,225			1,225			1,225				1,225
Total shareholders’ equity	24,806			24,573			24,139			23,671			24,044			24,410			24,018				23,797
Average common shares - diluted	480,359			483,640			488,020			496,002			497,055			500,885			505,633				509,931
Average common shares - basic	474,300			478,258			482,913			490,091			491,497			496,304			501,374				505,482
Financial Ratios (Annualized):
ROA	1.43		%	1.04		%	1.03		%	0.93		%	0.91		%	0.94		%	1.00		%		0.93		%
ROE	12.54			9.03			9.08			8.19			7.85			7.89			8.43				7.71
ROTCE³	17.24			12.45			12.51			11.28			10.76			10.73			11.54				10.60
Net interest margin	3.09			3.07			3.06			3.02			2.93			2.88			2.91				2.96
Net interest margin-FTE ¹	3.17			3.15			3.14			3.09			3.00			2.96			2.99				3.04
Efficiency ratio⁴	67.03			61.12			62.24			66.20			64.74			64.13			61.53				63.89
Efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4}	65.94			60.14			61.24			65.19			63.73			63.14			60.56				62.81
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 5}	64.84			59.21			60.59			64.60			63.08			62.54			60.05				62.33
Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE^{1, 4, 5, 6}	59.85			59.21			60.59			64.60			63.08			62.54			60.05				62.33
Total average shareholders’ equity to total average assets	12.09			11.94			11.80			11.59			11.84			12.12			12.11				12.33
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ⁷	8.21			8.10			8.11			8.06			8.15			8.57			8.85				8.85
Common dividend payout ratio	26.8			37.2			24.8			28.3			28.5			28.2			25.3				28.2



	Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)	2017												2016
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)	December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31			December 31			September 30			June 30			March 31
Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures - Quarterly
Net interest margin	3.09		%	3.07		%	3.06		%	3.02		%	2.93		%	2.88		%	2.91		%	2.96		%
Impact of FTE adjustment	0.08			0.08			0.08			0.07			0.07			0.08			0.08			0.08
Net interest margin-FTE ¹	3.17		%	3.15		%	3.14		%	3.09		%	3.00		%	2.96		%	2.99		%	3.04		%

Efficiency ratio ⁴	67.03		%	61.12		%	62.24		%	66.20		%	64.74		%	64.13		%	61.53		%	63.89		%
Impact of FTE adjustment	(1.09		)	(0.98		)	(1.00		)	(1.01		)	(1.01		)	(0.99		)	(0.97		)	(1.08		)
Efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4}	65.94			60.14			61.24			65.19			63.73			63.14			60.56			62.81
Impact of excluding amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits	(1.10		)	(0.93		)	(0.65		)	(0.59		)	(0.65		)	(0.60		)	(0.51		)	(0.48		)
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 5}	64.84			59.21			60.59			64.60			63.08			62.54			60.05			62.33
Impact of excluding Form 8-K and other items	(4.99		)	—			—			—			—			—			—			—
Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 5, 6}	59.85		%	59.21		%	60.59		%	64.60		%	63.08		%	62.54		%	60.05		%	62.33		%

ROE	12.54		%	9.03		%	9.08		%	8.19		%	7.85		%	7.89		%	8.43		%	7.71		%
Impact of removing average intangible assets other than residential MSRs and other servicing rights from average common shareholders' equity, and removing related pre-tax amortization expense from net income available to common shareholders	4.70			3.42			3.43			3.09			2.91			2.84			3.11			2.89
ROTCE³	17.24		%	12.45		%	12.51		%	11.28		%	10.76		%	10.73		%	11.54		%	10.60		%

Net interest income		$1,434			$1,430			$1,403			$1,366			$1,343			$1,308			$1,288			$1,282
FTE adjustment	38			37			36			34			34			34			35			36
Net interest income-FTE¹	1,472			1,467			1,439			1,400			1,377			1,342			1,323			1,318
Noninterest income	833			846			827			847			815			889			898			781
Total revenue-FTE ¹		$2,305			$2,313			$2,266			$2,247			$2,192			$2,231			$2,221			$2,099

Total shareholders’ equity		$25,154			$24,522			$24,477			$23,484			$23,618			$24,449			$24,464			$24,053
Goodwill, net of deferred taxes ⁹	(6,168		)	(6,084		)	(6,085		)	(6,086		)	(6,086		)	(6,089		)	(6,091		)	(6,094		)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)	(1,791		)	(1,706		)	(1,689		)	(1,729		)	(1,657		)	(1,131		)	(1,075		)	(1,198		)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights	1,776			1,690			1,671			1,711			1,638			1,124			1,067			1,189
Tangible equity ⁷	18,971			18,422			18,374			17,380			17,513			18,353			18,365			17,950
Noncontrolling interest	(103		)	(101		)	(103		)	(101		)	(103		)	(101		)	(103		)	(101		)
Preferred stock	(2,475		)	(1,975		)	(1,975		)	(1,225		)	(1,225		)	(1,225		)	(1,225		)	(1,225		)
Tangible common equity ⁷		$16,393			$16,346			$16,296			$16,054			$16,185			$17,027			$17,037			$16,624

Total assets		$205,962			$208,252			$207,223			$205,642			$204,875			$205,091			$198,892			$194,158
Goodwill	(6,331		)	(6,338		)	(6,338		)	(6,338		)	(6,337		)	(6,337		)	(6,337		)	(6,337		)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)	(1,791		)	(1,706		)	(1,689		)	(1,729		)	(1,657		)	(1,131		)	(1,075		)	(1,198		)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights	1,776			1,690			1,671			1,711			1,638			1,124			1,067			1,189
Tangible assets		$199,616			$201,898			$200,867			$199,286			$198,519			$198,747			$192,547			$187,812
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ⁷	8.21		%	8.10		%	8.11		%	8.06		%	8.15		%	8.57		%	8.85		%	8.85		%
Tangible book value per common share ²		$34.82			$34.34			$33.83			$33.05			$32.95			$34.33			$33.98			$32.89



Selected Financial Data and Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures (continued)
	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Reconcilement of Non-U.S. GAAP Measures - Annual
Net interest margin	3.06		%	2.92		%	2.82		%	2.98		%	3.16		%
Impact of FTE adjustment	0.08			0.08			0.09			0.09			0.08
Net interest margin-FTE ¹	3.14		%	3.00		%	2.91		%	3.07		%	3.24		%
Efficiency ratio ^{4, 10}	64.14		%	63.55		%	64.24		%	67.90		%	72.28		%
Impact of FTE adjustment	(1.02		)	(1.00		)	(1.11		)	(1.16		)	(1.12		)
Efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 10}	63.12			62.55			63.13			66.74			71.16
Impact of excluding amortization related to intangible assets and certain tax credits	(0.82		)	(0.56		)	(0.49		)	(0.30		)	(0.27		)
Tangible efficiency ratio-FTE ^{1, 4, 5, 10}	62.30			61.99			62.64			66.44			70.89
Impact of excluding Form 8-K and other items	(1.26		)	—			—			(3.10		)	(5.62		)
Adjusted tangible efficiency ratio-FTE^{1, 4, 5, 6, 10}	61.04		%	61.99		%	62.64		%	63.34		%	65.27		%
ROE	9.72		%	7.97		%	8.46		%	8.10		%	6.38		%
Impact of removing average intangible assets other than residential MSRs and other servicing rights from average common shareholders' equity, and removing related pre-tax amortization expense from net income available to common shareholders	3.67			2.94			3.29			3.39			2.99
ROTCE³	13.39		%	10.91		%	11.75		%	11.49		%	9.37		%
Net interest income		$5,633			$5,221			$4,764			$4,840			$4,853
FTE adjustment	145			138			142			142			127
Net interest income-FTE ¹	5,778			5,359			4,906			4,982			4,980
Noninterest income	3,354			3,383			3,268			3,323			3,214
Total revenue-FTE¹	9,132			8,742			8,174			8,305			8,194
Impact of excluding Form 8-K items	—			—			—			(105		)	63
Total adjusted revenue-FTE ^{1, 6}		$9,132			$8,742			$8,174			$8,200			$8,257
Net income available to common shareholders		$2,179			$1,811			$1,863			$1,722			$1,297
Impact of excluding Form 8-K and other items	—			—			—			7			179
Adjusted net income available to common shareholders⁶		$2,179			$1,811			$1,863			$1,729			$1,476
Noninterest income		$3,354			$3,383			$3,268			$3,323			$3,214
Impact of excluding Form 8-K items	—			—			—			(105		)	63
Adjusted noninterest income⁶		$3,354			$3,383			$3,268			$3,218			$3,277
Noninterest expense ¹⁰		$5,764			$5,468			$5,160			$5,543			$5,831
Impact of excluding Form 8-K and other items	—			—			—			(324		)	(419		)
Adjusted noninterest expense ^{6, 10}		$5,764			$5,468			$5,160			$5,219			$5,412
Diluted net income per average common share		$4.47			$3.60			$3.58			$3.23			$2.41
Impact of excluding Form 8-K and other items	—			—			—			0.01			0.33
Adjusted diluted net income per average common share ⁶		$4.47			$3.60			$3.58			$3.24			$2.74
At December 31:
Total shareholders’ equity		$25,154			$23,618			$23,437			$23,005			$21,422
Goodwill, net of deferred taxes ⁹	(6,168		)	(6,086		)	(6,097		)	(6,123		)	(6,183		)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)	(1,791		)	(1,657		)	(1,325		)	(1,219		)	(1,334		)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights	1,776			1,638			1,316			1,206			1,300
Tangible equity ⁷	18,971			17,513			17,331			16,869			15,205
Noncontrolling interest	(103		)	(103		)	(108		)	(108		)	(119		)
Preferred stock	(2,475		)	(1,225		)	(1,225		)	(1,225		)	(725		)
Tangible common equity ⁷		$16,393			$16,185			$15,998			$15,536			$14,361
Total assets		$205,962			$204,875			$190,817			$190,328			$175,335
Goodwill	(6,331		)	(6,337		)	(6,337		)	(6,337		)	(6,369		)
Other intangible assets (including residential MSRs and other servicing rights)	(1,791		)	(1,657		)	(1,325		)	(1,219		)	(1,334		)
Residential MSRs and other servicing rights	1,776			1,638			1,316			1,206			1,300
Tangible assets		$199,616			$198,519			$184,471			$183,978			$168,932
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ⁷	8.21		%	8.15		%	8.67		%	8.44		%	8.50		%
Tangible book value per common share ²		$34.82			$32.95			$31.45			$29.62			$26.79



	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	2017			2016		2015
Interest Income
Interest and fees on loans held for investment		$5,385			$4,939		$4,506
Interest and fees on loans held for sale	99			92		82
Interest and dividends on securities available for sale	774			651		593
Trading account interest and other	129			96		84
Total interest income	6,387			5,778		5,265
Interest Expense
Interest on deposits	404			259		219
Interest on long-term debt	288			260		252
Interest on other borrowings	62			38		30
Total interest expense	754			557		501
Net interest income	5,633			5,221		4,764
Provision for credit losses	409			444		165
Net interest income after provision for credit losses	5,224			4,777		4,599
Noninterest Income
Service charges on deposit accounts	603			630		622
Other charges and fees	385			380		377
Card fees	344			327		329
Investment banking income	599			494		461
Trading income	189			211		181
Trust and investment management income	309			304		334
Retail investment services	278			281		300
Mortgage production related income	231			366		270
Mortgage servicing related income	191			189		169
Gain on sale of subsidiary	107			—		—
Commercial real estate related income ¹	123			69		56
Net securities (losses)/gains	(108		)	4		21
Other noninterest income ¹	103			128		148
Total noninterest income	3,354			3,383		3,268
Noninterest Expense
Employee compensation	2,854			2,698		2,576
Employee benefits	403			373		366
Outside processing and software	826			834		815
Net occupancy expense	377			349		341
Marketing and customer development	232			172		151
Regulatory assessments	187			173		139
Equipment expense	164			170		164
Other staff expense	121			67		65
Amortization	75			49		40
Consulting and legal fees	71			93		73
Operating losses	40			108		56
Other noninterest expense	414			382		374
Total noninterest expense	5,764			5,468		5,160
Income before provision for income taxes	2,814			2,692		2,707
Provision for income taxes	532			805		764
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest	2,282			1,887		1,943
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest	9			9		10
Net income		$2,273			$1,878		$1,933
Net income available to common shareholders		$2,179			$1,811		$1,863

Net income per average common share:
Diluted		$4.47			$3.60		$3.58
Basic	4.53			3.63		3.62
Dividends declared per common share	1.32			1.00		0.92
Average common shares outstanding - diluted	486,954			503,466		520,586
Average common shares outstanding - basic	481,339			498,638		514,844



	December 31,
(Dollars in millions and shares in thousands, except per share data)	2017			2016
Assets
Cash and due from banks		$5,349			$5,091
Federal funds sold and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell	1,538			1,307
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks	25			25
Cash and cash equivalents	6,912			6,423
Trading assets and derivative instruments ¹	5,093			6,067
Securities available for sale ²	31,416			30,672
Loans held for sale ($1,577 and $3,540 at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)	2,290			4,169
Loans held for investment ³ ($196 and $222 at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)	143,181			143,298
Allowance for loan and lease losses	(1,735		)	(1,709		)
Net loans held for investment	141,446			141,589
Premises and equipment, net	1,734			1,556
Goodwill	6,331			6,337
Other intangible assets (Residential MSRs at fair value: $1,710 and $1,572 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)	1,791			1,657
Other assets	8,949			6,405
Total assets		$205,962			$204,875

Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposits		$42,784			$43,431
Interest-bearing deposits (CDs at fair value: $236 and $78 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)	117,996			116,967
Total deposits	160,780			160,398
Funds purchased	2,561			2,116
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase	1,503			1,633
Other short-term borrowings	717			1,015
Long-term debt ⁴ ($530 and $963 at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)	9,785			11,748
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments	1,283			1,351
Other liabilities	4,179			2,996
Total liabilities	180,808			181,257
Shareholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, no par value	2,475			1,225
Common stock, $1.00 par value	550			550
Additional paid-in capital	9,000			9,010
Retained earnings	17,540			16,000
Treasury stock, at cost, and other ⁵	(3,591		)	(2,346		)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax	(820		)	(821		)
Total shareholders’ equity	25,154			23,618
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$205,962			$204,875

Common shares outstanding ⁶	470,931			491,188
Common shares authorized	750,000			750,000
Preferred shares outstanding	25			12
Preferred shares authorized	50,000			50,000
Treasury shares of common stock	79,133			58,738

¹ Includes trading securities pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral		$1,086			$1,437
² Includes securities AFS pledged as collateral where counterparties have the right to sell or repledge the collateral	223			—
³ Includes loans held for investment of consolidated VIEs	179			211
⁴ Includes debt of consolidated VIEs	189			222
⁵ Includes noncontrolling interest	103			103
⁶ Includes restricted shares	9			11



(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)	Preferred Stock		Common Shares Outstanding		Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings			Treasury Stock and Other¹			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total
Balance, January 1, 2015		$1,225	525			$550		$9,089			$13,295			($1,032	)		($122	)		$23,005
Net income	—		—		—		—			1,933			—			—			1,933
Other comprehensive loss	—		—		—		—			—			—			(338		)	(338		)
Common stock dividends, $0.92 per share	—		—		—		—			(475		)	—			—			(475		)
Preferred stock dividends ²	—		—		—		—			(64		)	—			—			(64		)
Repurchase of common stock	—		(17	)	—		—			—			(679		)	—			(679		)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—		1		—		(18		)	—			30			—			12
Restricted stock activity	—		—		—		23			(3		)	4			—			24
Amortization of restricted stock compensation	—		—		—		—			—			16			—			16
Issuance of stock for employee benefit plans and other	—		—		—		—			—			3			—			3
Balance, December 31, 2015		$1,225	509			$550		$9,094			$14,686			($1,658	)		($460	)		$23,437
Cumulative effect of credit risk adjustment ³	—		—		—		—			5			—			(5		)	—
Net income	—		—		—		—			1,878			—			—			1,878
Other comprehensive loss	—		—		—		—			—			—			(356		)	(356		)
Change in noncontrolling interest	—		—		—		—			—			(5		)	—			(5		)
Common stock dividends, $1.00 per share	—		—		—		—			(498		)	—			—			(498		)
Preferred stock dividends ²	—		—		—		—			(66		)	—			—			(66		)
Repurchase of common stock	—		(20	)	—		—			—			(806		)	—			(806		)
Repurchase of common stock warrants	—		—		—		(24		)	—			—			—			(24		)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense ⁴	—		1		—		(40		)	—			65			—			25
Restricted stock activity ⁴	—		1		—		(20		)	(5		)	56			—			31
Amortization of restricted stock compensation	—		—		—		—			—			2			—			2
Balance, December 31, 2016		$1,225	491			$550		$9,010			$16,000			($2,346	)		($821	)		$23,618
Net income	—		—		—		—			2,273			—			—			2,273
Other comprehensive income	—		—		—		—			—			—			1			1
Common stock dividends, $1.32 per share	—		—		—		—			(634		)	—			—			(634		)
Preferred stock dividends ²	—		—		—		—			(94		)	—			—			(94		)
Issuance of preferred stock, Series G and H	1,250		—		—		(11		)	—			—			—			1,239
Repurchase of common stock	—		(22	)	—		—			—			(1,314		)	—			(1,314		)
Exercise of stock options and stock compensation expense	—		1		—		(15		)	—			36			—			21
Restricted stock activity	—		1		—		16			(5		)	33			—			44
Balance, December 31, 2017		$2,475	471			$550		$9,000			$17,540			($3,591	)		($820	)		$25,154

SunTrust Banks, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income including income attributable to noncontrolling interest		$2,282			$1,887			$1,943
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities:
Gain on sale of subsidiary	(107		)	—			—
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion	727			725			786
Origination of servicing rights	(411		)	(312		)	(238		)
Provisions for credit losses and foreclosed property	418			449			176
Deferred income tax expense	344			111			21
Stock-based compensation	160			126			89
Net securities losses/(gains)	108			(4		)	(21		)
Net gain on sale of loans held for sale, loans, and other assets	(269		)	(428		)	(323		)
Net decrease/(increase) in loans held for sale	2,099			(1,819		)	1,625
Net decrease/(increase) in trading assets and derivative instruments	834			(342		)	67
Net decrease/(increase) in other assets	235			(800		)	(407		)
Net decrease in other liabilities	(911		)	(274		)	(166		)
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities	5,509			(681		)	3,552
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and paydowns of securities available for sale	4,186			5,108			5,680
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	2,854			197			2,708
Purchases of securities available for sale	(8,299		)	(8,610		)	(9,882		)
Net increase in loans, including purchases of loans	(2,425		)	(9,032		)	(5,897		)
Proceeds from sales of loans	720			1,612			2,127
Net cash paid for servicing rights	(7		)	(171		)	(117		)
Capital expenditures	(410		)	(283		)	(186		)
Payments related to acquisitions, including contingent consideration, net of cash acquired	—			(211		)	(30		)
Consideration received from sale of subsidiary	261			—			—
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned and other assets	235			233			281
Net cash used in investing activities	(2,885		)	(11,157		)	(5,316		)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net increase in total deposits	382			10,568			9,263
Net increase/(decrease) in funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and other short-term borrowings	17			37			(4,559		)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	2,844			6,705			1,351
Repayments of long-term debt	(4,562		)	(3,231		)	(5,684		)
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock	1,239			—			—
Repurchase of common stock	(1,314		)	(806		)	(679		)
Repurchase of common stock warrants	—			(24		)	—
Common and preferred stock dividends paid	(723		)	(564		)	(539		)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(39		)	(48		)	(36		)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	21			25			17
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities	(2,135		)	12,662			(866		)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	489			824			(2,630		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	6,423			5,599			8,229
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$6,912			$6,423			$5,599

Supplemental Disclosures:
Interest paid		$730			$559			$523
Income taxes paid	415			813			497
Income taxes refunded	(3		)	(2		)	(1		)
Loans transferred from loans held for sale to loans held for investment	19			30			741
Loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale	288			360			1,790
Loans transferred from loans held for investment and loans held for sale to other real estate owned	57			59			67
Amortization of deferred gain on sale leaseback of premises	17			43			54
Non-cash impact of debt assumed by purchaser in lease sale	184			74			190

General

SunTrust, one of the nation's largest commercial banking organizations, is a financial services holding company with its headquarters located in Atlanta, Georgia. Through its principal subsidiary, SunTrust Bank, the Company offers a full line of financial services for consumers, businesses, corporations, institutions, and not-for-profit entities, both through its branches (located primarily in Florida, Georgia, Virginia, North Carolina, Tennessee, Maryland, South Carolina, and the District of Columbia) and through other national delivery channels. In addition to deposit, credit, and trust and investment services provided by the Bank, the Company's other subsidiaries provide capital markets, mortgage banking, securities brokerage, investment banking, and wealth management services. The Company operates and measures business activity across two business segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. For additional information on the Company’s business segments, see Note 20, “Business Segment Reporting.”

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of significant intercompany accounts and transactions. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations in these financial statements, have been made.

The Company holds VIs, which are contractual, ownership or other interests that fluctuate with changes in the fair value of a VIE's net assets. The Company consolidates a VIE if it is the primary beneficiary, which is the party that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the financial performance of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or rights to receive benefits through its VIs that could potentially be significant to the VIE. To determine whether or not a VI held by the Company could potentially be significant to the VIE, both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size, and form of the Company's involvement with the VIE are considered. The assessment of whether or not the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is performed on an ongoing basis. The Company consolidates VOEs that are controlled through the Company's equity interests or by other means.

Investments in entities for which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over operating and financing decisions are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. These investments are included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at cost, adjusted to reflect the Company's portion of income, loss, or dividends of the investee. Non marketable equity investments that do not meet the criteria to be accounted for under the equity method and that do not result in consolidation of the investee are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. Cost method investments are included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and dividends received from these investments are included as a component of Other noninterest income in the

Consolidated Statements of Income, to the extent the dividends are distributed from net accumulated earnings of the investee since the date of acquisition. Dividends received from these investments in excess of earnings, subsequent to the date of investment, are recorded as a reduction to the cost of the investment.

Results of operations of acquired entities are included from the date of acquisition. Results of operations associated with entities or net assets sold are included through the date of disposition. The Company reports any noncontrolling interests in its subsidiaries in the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets and separately presents the income or loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest of a consolidated subsidiary in its Consolidated Statements of Income.

Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the purchase price of an acquired entity is allocated to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes; actual results could vary from these estimates. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.

The Company evaluated events that occurred between December 31, 2017 and the date the accompanying financial statements were issued, and there were no material events, other than those already discussed in this Form 10-K, that would require recognition in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or disclosure in the accompanying Notes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks, Interest-bearing deposits in other banks, Fed Funds sold, and Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell. Cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less, and accordingly, the carrying amount of these instruments is deemed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Trading Activities and Securities AFS

Debt securities and marketable equity securities are classified at trade date as trading or securities AFS. Trading assets and liabilities are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized within Noninterest income. Securities AFS are used as part of the overall asset and liability management process to optimize income and market performance over an entire interest rate cycle. Interest income and dividends on securities AFS are recognized in interest income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities AFS are amortized or accreted as an adjustment to yield over the life of the security. The Company estimates principal prepayments on securities AFS for which prepayments are probable and the timing and amount of prepayments can be reasonably estimated. The estimates are

informed by analyses of both historical prepayments and anticipated macroeconomic conditions, such as spot interest rates compared to implied forward interest rates. The estimate of prepayments for these debt securities impacts their lives and thereby the amortization or accretion of associated premiums and discounts. Securities AFS are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of any tax effect, included in AOCI as a component of shareholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses, including OTTI, are determined using the specific identification method and are recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Securities AFS are reviewed for OTTI on a quarterly basis. In determining whether OTTI exists for securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company assesses whether it has the intent to sell the security or, for debt securities, the Company assesses the likelihood of selling the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Company intends to sell the debt security or it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the debt security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost basis, the debt security is written down to fair value, and the full amount of any impairment charge is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. If the Company does not intend to sell the debt security and it is more-likely-than-not that the Company will not be required to sell the debt security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, only the credit component of any impairment of a debt security is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income, with the remaining impairment balance recorded in OCI.

The OTTI review for marketable equity securities includes an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each individual investment and focuses on the severity of loss, the length of time the fair value has been below cost, the expectation for that security's performance, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and management's intent and ability to hold the security to recovery. A decline in value of an equity security that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recognized as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Nonmarketable equity securities are accounted for under the cost or equity method and are included in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company reviews nonmarketable securities accounted for under the cost method on a quarterly basis, and reduces the asset value when declines in value are considered to be other-than-temporary. Equity method investments are recorded at cost, adjusted to reflect the Company’s portion of income, loss, or dividends of the investee. Realized income, realized losses, and estimated other-than-temporary losses on cost and equity method investments are recognized in Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For additional information on the Company’s securities activities, see Note 4, “Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivatives,” and Note 5, “Securities Available for Sale.”

Loans Held for Sale

The Company’s LHFS generally includes certain commercial loans and consumer loans. Loans are initially classified as LHFS when they are individually identified as being available for immediate sale and management has committed to a formal plan

to sell them. LHFS are recorded at either fair value, if elected, or the lower of cost or fair value. Any origination fees and costs for LHFS recorded at LOCOM are capitalized in the basis of the loan and are included in the calculation of realized gains and losses upon sale. Origination fees and costs are recognized in earnings at the time of origination for LHFS that are elected to be measured at fair value. Fair value is derived from observable current market prices, when available, and includes loan servicing value. When observable market prices are not available, the Company uses judgment and estimates fair value using internal models, in which the Company uses its best estimates of assumptions it believes would be used by market participants in estimating fair value. Adjustments to reflect unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value and realized gains and losses upon ultimate sale of the loans are classified as Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company may transfer certain loans to LHFS measured at LOCOM. At the time of transfer, any credit losses subject to charge-off in accordance with the Company's policy are recorded as a reduction in the ALLL. Any subsequent losses, including those related to interest rate or liquidity related valuation adjustments, are recorded as a component of Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company may also transfer loans from LHFS to LHFI. If an LHFS for which fair value accounting was elected is transferred to held for investment, it will continue to be accounted for at fair value in the LHFI portfolio. For additional information on the Company’s LHFS activities, see Note 6, “Loans.”

Loans Held for Investment

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are considered LHFI. The Company’s loan balance is comprised of loans held in portfolio, including commercial loans and consumer loans. Interest income on loans, except those classified as nonaccrual, is accrued based upon the outstanding principal amounts using the effective yield method.

Commercial loans (C&I, CRE, and commercial construction) are considered to be past due when payment is not received from the borrower by the contractually specified due date. The Company typically classifies commercial loans as nonaccrual when one of the following events occurs: (i) interest or principal has been past due 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection; (ii) collection of contractual interest or principal is not anticipated; or (iii) income for the loan is recognized on a cash basis due to the deterioration in the financial condition of the debtor. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income on commercial nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized after the principal has been reduced to zero. If and when commercial borrowers demonstrate the ability to repay a loan classified as nonaccrual in accordance with its contractual terms, the loan may be returned to accrual status upon meeting all regulatory, accounting, and internal policy requirements.

Consumer loans secured by residential real estate (guaranteed and nonguaranteed residential mortgages, residential home equity products, and residential construction loans) are considered to be past due when a monthly payment is

due and unpaid for one month. Guaranteed residential mortgages continue to accrue interest regardless of delinquency status because collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured by the government. Nonguaranteed residential mortgages and residential construction loans are generally placed on nonaccrual when three payments are past due. Residential home equity products are generally placed on nonaccrual when payments are 90 days past due. The exceptions for nonguaranteed residential mortgages, residential construction loans, and residential home equity products are: (i) when the borrower has declared bankruptcy, in which case, they are moved to nonaccrual status once they become 60 days past due, (ii) loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that have not been reaffirmed by the borrower, in which case, they are reclassified as TDRs and moved to nonaccrual status, and (iii) second lien loans, which are classified as nonaccrual when the first lien loan is classified as nonaccrual, even if the second lien loan is performing. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income on nonaccrual consumer loans secured by residential real estate is recognized on a cash basis. Nonaccrual consumer loans secured by residential real estate are typically returned to accrual status once they no longer meet the delinquency threshold that resulted in them initially being moved to nonaccrual status, with the exception of the aforementioned Chapter 7 bankruptcy loans, which remain on nonaccrual until there is six months of payment performance following discharge by the bankruptcy court.

All other consumer loans (guaranteed student, other direct, indirect, and credit card loans) are considered to be past due when payment is not received from the borrower by the contractually specified due date. Guaranteed student loans continue to accrue interest regardless of delinquency status because collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured. Other direct and indirect loans are typically placed on nonaccrual when payments have been past due for 90 days or more, except when the borrower has declared bankruptcy, in which case they are moved to nonaccrual status once they become 60 days past due. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is recognized on a cash basis. Nonaccrual consumer loans are typically returned to accrual status once they are no longer past due.

TDRs are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the time of restructure and the borrower received an economic concession either from the Company or as the product of a bankruptcy court order. A restructuring that results in only a delay in payments that is insignificant is not considered an economic concession. To date, the Company’s TDRs have been predominantly first and second lien residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. Prior to granting a modification of a borrower’s loan terms, the Company performs an evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and ability to service under the potential modified loan terms. The types of concessions generally granted are extensions of the loan maturity date and/or reductions in the original contractual interest rate. In certain situations, the Company may offer to restructure a loan in a manner that ultimately results in the forgiveness of a contractually specified principal balance. Typically, if a loan is accruing interest at the time of modification, the loan remains on accrual status and is subject to the Company’s charge-off and

nonaccrual policies. See the “Allowance for Credit Losses” section below for further information regarding these policies. If a loan is on nonaccrual before it is determined to be a TDR then the loan remains on nonaccrual. Typically, TDRs may be returned to accrual status if there has been at least a six month sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower. Generally, once a loan becomes a TDR, the Company expects that the loan will continue to be reported as a TDR for its remaining life, even after returning to accruing status, unless the modified rates and terms at the time of modification were available to the borrower in the market or the loan is subsequently restructured with no concession to the borrower and the borrower is no longer in financial difficulty. Interest income recognition on impaired loans is dependent upon accrual status, TDR designation, and loan type as discussed above.

For loans accounted for at amortized cost, fees and incremental direct costs associated with the loan origination and pricing process, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized over the respective loan terms. Fees received for providing loan commitments that result in funded loans are recognized over the term of the loan as an adjustment of the yield. If a loan is never funded, the commitment fee is recognized in Noninterest income at the expiration of the commitment period. For any newly-originated loans that are accounted for at fair value, the origination fees are recognized in Noninterest income while the origination costs are recognized in Noninterest expense, at the time of origination. For additional information on the Company's loans activities, see Note 6, “Loans.”

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses is composed of the ALLL and the reserve for unfunded commitments. The Company’s ALLL reflects probable current inherent losses in the LHFI portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The Company employs a variety of modeling and estimation techniques to measure credit risk and construct an appropriate and adequate ALLL. Quantitative and qualitative asset quality measures are considered in estimating the ALLL. Such evaluation considers a number of factors for each of the loan portfolio segments, including, but not limited to, net charge-off trends, internal risk ratings, changes in internal risk ratings, loss forecasts, collateral values, geographic location, delinquency rates, nonperforming and restructured loan status, origination channel, product mix, underwriting practices, industry conditions, and economic trends. Additionally, refreshed FICO scores are considered for consumer loans and single name borrower concentration is considered for commercial loans. These credit quality factors are incorporated into various loss estimation models and analytical tools utilized in the ALLL process and/or are qualitatively considered in evaluating the overall reasonableness of the ALLL.

Large commercial nonaccrual loans, certain consumer loans (nonguaranteed residential mortgages, residential home equity products, residential construction, other direct, indirect, and credit card), and commercial loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR are reviewed to determine the amount of specific allowance required in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due, including

principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the agreement. If necessary, an allowance is established for these specifically evaluated impaired loans. The specific allowance established for these loans is based on a thorough analysis of the most probable source of repayment, including the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s estimated market value, or the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, net of estimated selling costs. Any change in the present value attributable to the passage of time is recognized through the Provision for credit losses.

General allowances are established for loans and leases grouped into pools based on similar characteristics. In this process, general allowance factors are based on an analysis of historical charge-off experience, expected loss factors derived from the Company's internal risk rating process, portfolio trends, and regional and national economic conditions. Other adjustments may be made to the ALLL after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that may not be fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. These influences may include elements such as changes in credit underwriting, concentration risk, macroeconomic conditions, and/or recent observable asset quality trends.

Commercial loans are charged off when they are considered uncollectible. Losses on unsecured consumer loans are generally recognized at 120 days past due, except for losses on credit cards, which are recognized when the loans are 180 days past due, and losses on guaranteed student loans, which are recognized when the loans are 270 days past due and payment from the guarantor is processed by the servicer. However, if the borrower is in bankruptcy, the loan is charged-off in the month the loan becomes 60 days past due. Losses, as appropriate, on consumer loans secured by residential real estate, are typically recognized at 120 or 180 days past due, depending on the loan and collateral type, in compliance with the FFIEC guidelines. However, if the borrower is in bankruptcy, the secured asset is evaluated once the loan becomes 60 days past due. The loan value in excess of the secured asset value is written down or charged-off after the valuation occurs. Additionally, if a residential loan is discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower, the Company's policy is to immediately charge-off the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the collateral.

The Company uses numerous sources of information when evaluating a property’s value. Estimated collateral valuations are based on appraisals, broker price opinions, recent sales of foreclosed properties, automated valuation models, other property-specific information, and relevant market information, supplemented by the Company’s internal property valuation analysis. The value estimate is based on an orderly disposition of the property, inclusive of marketing costs. In limited instances, the Company adjusts externally provided appraisals for justifiable and well-supported reasons, such as an appraiser not being aware of certain property-specific factors or recent sales information.

For commercial loans secured by real estate, an acceptable third party appraisal or other form of evaluation, as permitted by regulation, is obtained prior to the origination of the loan and upon a subsequent transaction involving a material change in terms. In addition, updated valuations may be obtained during the life of a loan, as appropriate, such as when a loan's performance materially deteriorates. In situations where an

updated appraisal has not been received or a formal evaluation performed, the Company monitors factors that can positively or negatively impact property value, such as the date of the last valuation, the volatility of property values in specific markets, changes in the value of similar properties, and changes in the characteristics of individual properties. Changes in collateral value affect the ALLL through the risk rating or impaired loan evaluation process. Charge-offs are recognized when the amount of the loss is quantifiable and timing is known. The charge-off is measured based on the difference between the loan’s carrying value, including deferred fees, and the estimated realizable value of the property, net of estimated selling costs. When valuing a property for the purpose of determining a charge-off, a third party appraisal or an independently derived internal evaluation is generally employed.

For nonguaranteed mortgage loans secured by residential real estate where the Company is proceeding with a foreclosure action, a new valuation is obtained prior to the loan becoming 180 days past due and, if required, the loan is written down to its realizable value, net of estimated selling costs. In the event the Company decides not to proceed with a foreclosure action, the full balance of the loan is charged-off. If a loan remains in the foreclosure process for 12 months past the original charge-off, the Company may obtain a new valuation. Any additional loss based on the new valuation is charged-off. At foreclosure, a new valuation is obtained and the loan is transferred to OREO at fair value less estimated selling costs; any loan balance in excess of the transfer value is charged-off. Estimated declines in value of the collateral between these formal evaluation events are captured in the ALLL based on changes in the house price index in the applicable metropolitan statistical area or other market information.

In addition to the ALLL, the Company also estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit and binding unfunded loan commitments. Unfunded lending commitments are analyzed and segregated by risk based on the Company’s internal risk rating scale. These risk classifications, in combination with probability of commitment usage, existing economic conditions, and any other pertinent information, result in the estimation of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The Unfunded commitments reserve is reported in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the provision associated with changes in the Unfunded commitment reserve is recognized in the Provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For additional information on the Company's allowance for credit loss activities, see Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses.”

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated predominantly using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the improvements' estimated useful lives or the lease term. Construction and software in process includes costs related to in-process branch expansion, branch renovation, and software development projects. Upon completion, branch and office related projects are maintained in premises and equipment while completed software projects are reclassified to Other assets in

the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense, and improvements that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life. Premises and equipment are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. For additional information on the Company’s premises and equipment activities, see Note 8, “Premises and Equipment.”

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of acquired companies. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination.

Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level for impairment, at least annually as of October 1, or as events and circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

If, after considering all relevant events and circumstances, the Company determines it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing an impairment test is not necessary. If the Company elects to bypass the qualitative analysis, or concludes via qualitative analysis that it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a two-step goodwill impairment test is performed. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value. If the fair value is greater than the carrying value, then the reporting unit's goodwill is deemed not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the second step is performed, which measures the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of goodwill to its implied fair value. If the implied fair value of the goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the carrying amount exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

The Company has identified intangible assets with finite and indefinite lives. Intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and carried at amortized cost. Intangible assets that have indefinite lives are initially measured at fair value and are not amortized until the useful life is no longer considered indefinite. Indefinite-lived intangibles are tested for impairment at least annually; however, all intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired. For additional information on the Company’s activities related to goodwill and other intangibles, see Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

Servicing Rights

The Company recognizes as assets the rights to service loans, either when the loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained or when servicing rights are purchased from a third party. All servicing rights are initially measured at fair value.

Fair value is determined by projecting net servicing cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate fair value. The fair value of servicing rights is impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. The underlying

assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by values received from independent third parties and comparisons to market transactions.

The Company has elected to subsequently account for its residential MSRs under the fair value measurement method and actively hedges the change in fair value of its residential MSRs. The Company has elected to subsequently account for all other servicing rights, which include commercial mortgage and consumer loan servicing rights, under the amortization method. Commercial mortgage and consumer loan servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. Servicing rights accounted for under the amortization method are periodically tested for impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the servicing rights to the estimated fair value.

Servicing rights are included in Other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For residential MSRs, both servicing fees, which are recognized when they are received, and changes in the fair value of MSRs are reported in Mortgage servicing related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For commercial mortgage servicing rights, servicing fees, amortization, and any impairment is recognized in Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For all other servicing rights, the related servicing fees, amortization, and any impairment are recognized in Other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

For additional information on the Company’s servicing rights, see Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

Other Real Estate Owned

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs. To the extent fair value, less cost to sell, is less than the loan’s cost basis, the difference is charged to the ALLL at the date of transfer into OREO. The Company estimates market values based primarily on appraisals and other market information. Pursuant to an asset transfer into OREO, the fair value of the asset, less cost to sell at the date of transfer, becomes the new cost basis of the asset. Any subsequent changes in value as well as gains or losses from the disposition on these assets are reported in Noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For additional information on the Company's activities related to OREO, see Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Loan Sales and Securitizations

The Company sells and at times may securitize loans and other financial assets. When the Company securitizes assets, it may hold a portion of the securities issued, including senior interests, subordinated and other residual interests, interest-only strips, and principal-only strips, all of which are considered retained interests in the transferred assets. Retained securitized interests are recognized and initially measured at fair value. The interests in securitized assets held by the Company are typically classified as either securities AFS or trading assets and are measured at fair value, which is based on independent, third party market prices, market prices for similar assets, or discounted cash flow analyses. If market prices are not available, fair value is calculated using management’s best estimates of key

assumptions, including credit losses, loan repayment speeds, and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.

The Company transfers first lien residential mortgage loans in conjunction with Ginnie Mae and GSE securitization transactions, whereby the loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash and servicing rights are retained. Net gains/losses on the sale of residential mortgage LHFS are recorded at inception of the associated IRLCs and reflect the change in value of the loans resulting from changes in interest rates from the time the Company enters into IRLCs with borrowers until the loans are sold, adjusted for pull through rates and excluding hedge transactions initiated to mitigate this market risk. Net gains related to the sale of residential mortgage loans are recorded within Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company also sells commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS backed by FHA insured loans. The loans and securities are exchanged for cash and servicing rights are retained. Gains and losses from the sale of these commercial mortgage loans and securities are recorded within Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For additional information on the Company’s securitization activities, see Note 10, “Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities.”

Income Taxes

The Company's provision for income taxes is based on income and expense reported for financial statement purposes after adjustments for permanent differences such as interest income from lending to tax-exempt entities, tax credits from community reinvestment activities, and amortization expense related to qualified affordable housing investment costs. In computing the provision for income taxes, the Company evaluates the technical merits of its income tax positions based on current legislative, judicial, and regulatory guidance. The deferral method of accounting is used on investments that generate investment tax credits, such that the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related investment. Additionally, the Company recognizes all excess tax benefits and deficiencies on employee share-based payments as a component of the Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These tax effects, generally determined upon the exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock, are treated as discrete items in the period in which they occur.

DTAs and DTLs result from differences between the timing of the recognition of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and for income tax purposes. These deferred assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to apply in the periods in which the DTAs or DTLs are expected to be realized. Subsequent changes in the tax laws require adjustment to these deferred assets and liabilities with the cumulative effect included in the Provision for income taxes for the period in which the change is enacted. A valuation allowance is recognized for a DTA, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the DTA will not be realized.

Interest and penalties related to the Company’s tax positions are recognized as a component of the Provision for income taxes

in the Consolidated Statements of Income. For additional information on the Company’s activities related to income taxes, see Note 14, “Income Taxes.”

Earnings Per Share

Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus common share equivalents calculated for stock options, warrants, and restricted stock outstanding using the treasury stock method.

The Company has issued certain restricted stock awards, which are unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. These restricted shares are considered participating securities. Accordingly, the Company calculated net income available to common shareholders pursuant to the two-class method, whereby net income is allocated between common shareholders and participating securities.

Net income available to common shareholders represents net income after preferred stock dividends, gains or losses from any repurchases of preferred stock, and dividends and allocation of undistributed earnings to the participating securities. For additional information on the Company’s EPS, see Note 12, “Net Income Per Common Share.”

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Securities Borrowed or Purchased Under Agreements to Resell

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold or acquired, plus accrued interest. The fair value of collateral pledged or received is continually monitored and additional collateral is obtained or requested to be returned to the Company as deemed appropriate. For additional information on the collateral pledged to secure repurchase agreements, see Note 3, "Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities," Note 4, "Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivatives," and Note 5, "Securities Available for Sale."

Guarantees

The Company recognizes a liability at the inception of a guarantee at an amount equal to the estimated fair value of the obligation. A guarantee is defined as a contract that contingently requires a company to make a payment to a guaranteed party based upon changes in an underlying asset, liability, or equity security of the guaranteed party, or upon failure of a third party to perform under a specified agreement. The Company considers the following arrangements to be guarantees: certain asset purchase/sale agreements with recourse, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, certain indemnification agreements included within third party contractual arrangements, and certain derivative contracts. For additional information on the Company’s guarantor obligations, see Note 16, “Guarantees.”

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company records derivative contracts at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends upon whether or not it has been designated in a formal, qualifying hedging relationship.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in a hedging relationship are recorded in Noninterest income. This includes derivatives that the Company enters into in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as a risk management tool to economically hedge certain identified risks, along with certain IRLCs on residential mortgage and commercial loans that are a normal part of the Company’s operations. The Company also evaluates contracts, such as brokered deposits and debt, to determine whether any embedded derivatives are required to be bifurcated and separately accounted for as freestanding derivatives.

Certain derivatives used as risk management tools are designated as accounting hedges of the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates or other identified market risks. The Company prepares written hedge documentation for all derivatives which are designated as hedges of (1) changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (fair value hedge) attributable to a specified risk or (2) a forecasted transaction, such as the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). The written hedge documentation includes identification of, among other items, the risk management objective, hedging instrument, hedged item and methodologies for assessing and measuring hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness, along with support for management’s assertion that the hedge will be highly effective. Methodologies related to hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness are consistent between similar types of hedge transactions and include (i) statistical regression analysis of changes in the cash flows of the actual derivative and a perfectly effective hypothetical derivative, or (ii) statistical regression analysis of changes in the fair values of the actual derivative and the hedged item.

For designated hedging relationships, the Company performs retrospective and prospective effectiveness testing using quantitative methods and does not assume perfect effectiveness through the matching of critical terms. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of hedge ineffectiveness are performed at least quarterly. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge are recorded in current period earnings, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged item that are attributable to the hedged risk. The effective portion of the changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge is initially recorded in AOCI and reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged item impacts earnings; any ineffective portion is recorded in current period earnings.

Hedge accounting ceases for hedging relationships that are no longer deemed effective, or for which the derivative has been terminated or de-designated. For discontinued fair value hedges where the hedged item remains outstanding, the hedged item would cease to be remeasured at fair value attributable to changes in the hedged risk and any existing basis adjustment would be recognized as an adjustment to earnings over the remaining life

of the hedged item. For discontinued cash flow hedges, the unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI would be reclassified to earnings in the period when the previously designated hedged cash flows occur unless it was determined that transaction was probable to not occur, whereby any unrealized gains and losses in AOCI would be immediately reclassified to earnings.

It is the Company's policy to offset derivative transactions with a single counterparty as well as any cash collateral paid to and received from that counterparty for derivative contracts that are subject to ISDA or other legally enforceable netting arrangements and meet accounting guidance for offsetting treatment. For additional information on the Company’s derivative activities, see Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company sponsors various stock-based compensation plans under which RSUs, restricted stock, and phantom stock units may be granted to certain employees. The Company measures the grant date fair value of the RSUs and restricted stock, which is expensed over the award's vesting period. For service-based awards, compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis and recognized in Employee compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Additionally, the Company estimates the number of awards for which it is probable that service will be rendered and adjusts compensation cost accordingly. Estimated forfeitures are subsequently adjusted to reflect actual forfeitures. For performance-based awards, compensation expense is amortized over the vesting period and recognized in Employee compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These performance-based awards may be adjusted based on the estimated outcome of the award's associated performance conditions, which are based on the Company's performance and/or its performance relative to its peers.

The phantom stock units are subject to variable accounting and grant certain employees the contractual right to receive an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the specified date set forth in the award agreement, typically the vesting date. For additional information on the Company’s stock-based compensation plans, see Note 15, “Employee Benefit Plans.”

Employee Benefits

Employee benefits expense includes expenses related to (i) net periodic benefit costs or credits associated with the pension and other postretirement benefit plans, (ii) contributions under the defined contribution plans, (iii) the amortization of restricted stock, (iv) the issuance of phantom stock units, (v) historical stock option issuances, and (vi) other employee medical and benefits costs. For additional information on the Company's employee benefit plans, see Note 15, “Employee Benefit Plans.”

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign denominated assets and liabilities resulting from foreign currency transactions are valued using period end foreign exchange rates and the associated interest income or expense is determined using weighted average exchange rates for the

period. The Company may enter into foreign currency derivatives to mitigate its exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. The derivative contracts are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis with any resulting gains and losses recorded in Noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Related Party Transactions

The Company periodically enters into transactions with certain of its executive officers, directors, affiliates, trusts, and/or other related parties in its ordinary course of business. ASC 850 requires disclosure of material related party transactions, other than certain compensation and other arrangements entered into in the normal course of business. The Company has included information related to its relationships with VIEs and employee benefit plan arrangements in its Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.

Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, the Company

uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value. The Company prioritizes inputs used in valuation techniques based on the fair value hierarchy discussed in Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

When measuring assets and liabilities at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. Assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis include trading securities, securities AFS, and derivative instruments. Assets and liabilities that the Company has elected to measure at fair value on a recurring basis include certain MSRs, LHFS, LHFI, trading loans, brokered time deposits, and issuances of fixed rate debt. Other assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, such as when assets are evaluated for impairment, the basis of accounting is LOCOM, or for disclosure purposes. Examples of these nonrecurring fair value measurements include certain LHFS and LHFI, OREO, certain cost or equity method investments, and intangible and long-lived assets. For additional information on the Company’s valuation of assets and liabilities held at fair value, see Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standard(s) Not Yet Adopted (or partially adopted previously)
ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities	The ASU amends ASC Topic 825, Financial Instruments-Overall, and addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. The main provisions require most investments in equity securities to be measured at fair value through net income, unless they qualify for a measurement alternative, and require fair value changes arising from changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities that are measured under the fair value option to be recognized in other comprehensive income. With the exception of disclosure requirements and the application of the measurement alternative for certain equity investments that will be adopted prospectively, the ASU must be adopted on a modified retrospective basis.	January 1, 2018 Early adoption is permitted beginning January 1, 2016 or 2017 for the provision related to changes in instrument-specific credit risk for financial liabilities under the FVO.	The Company early adopted the provision related to changes in instrument-specific credit risk beginning January 1, 2016, which resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment from Retained earnings to AOCI. See Note 1, “Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Company's 2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding the early adoption of this provision. Effective as of January 1, 2018, an immaterial amount of equity securities previously classified as Securities AFS were reclassified to Other assets, as the AFS classification is no longer permitted for equity securities under this ASU. The remaining provisions of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures upon adoption. However, for any investments for which we elect the measurement alternative, to the extent there is an observable price change in transactions occurring subsequent to January 1, 2018 for identical or similar instruments of the same issuer, these investments will have to be re-measured through net income based on the observed transaction price, which may result in a material impact to the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standard(s) Not Yet Adopted (or partially adopted previously) (continued)
ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments	The ASU amends ASC Topic 230, Statement of Cash Flows, to clarify the classification of certain cash receipts and payments within the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow. These items include: cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; cash outflows for the settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; distributions received from equity method investees; and beneficial interests acquired in securitization transactions. The ASU also clarifies that when no specific U.S. GAAP guidance exists and the source of the cash flows are not separately identifiable, the predominant source of cash flow should be used to determine the classification for the item. The ASU must be adopted on a retrospective basis.	January 1, 2018	Effective as of January 1, 2018, the adoption date, the Company will change the presentation of certain cash payments and receipts within its Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Specifically, the Company will reclassify approximately $3 million and $17 million of proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, from operating activities to investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company will also reclassify approximately $127 million and $202 million of cash payments related to premiums paid for corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies, from operating activities to investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Lastly, for contingent consideration payments made more than three months after a business combination, the Company will reclassify the portion of the cash payment up to the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration as a financing activity and any amount paid in excess of the acquisition date fair value as an operating activity. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company will reclassify approximately $13 million from investing activities to financing activities and will reclassify approximately $10 million from investing activities to operating activities. For the year ended December 31, 2017, there were no contingent consideration payments made. These changes will be reflected for all periods presented in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows beginning with its first quarter of 2018 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ASU 2015-14, Deferral of the Effective Date ASU 2016-08, Principal versus Agent Considerations ASU 2016-10, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing ASU 2016-12, Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients ASU 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers	These ASUs comprise ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the ASC. The core principle of these ASUs is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. These ASUs may be adopted either retrospectively or on a modified retrospective basis to new contracts and existing contracts, with remaining performance obligations as of the effective date.	January 1, 2018	The Company completed its evaluation of the anticipated effects that these ASUs will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. The Company conducted a comprehensive scoping exercise to determine the revenue streams that are in the scope of these updates. Results indicate that certain noninterest income financial statement line items, including service charges on deposit accounts, card fees, other charges and fees, investment banking income, trust and investment management income, retail investment services, and other noninterest income, contain revenue streams that are within the scope of these updates. The Company adopted these ASUs on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. Additionally, there will be prospective changes to the presentation of certain types of revenue and expenses, such as underwriting revenue and expenses within investment banking income, which will be shown on a gross basis, and to certain types of cash promotions and card network expenses, which will be reclassified from noninterest expense to service charges on deposit accounts and card fees, respectively. The net quantitative impact of these presentation changes to noninterest income and noninterest expense is immaterial and will not affect net income. The Company is in the process of completing the required quantitative and qualitative disclosures, which will be included in its first quarter of 2018 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standard(s) Not Yet Adopted (or partially adopted previously) (continued)
ASU 2017-09, Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting	This ASU amends ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation, to provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting per ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. The amendments clarify that modification accounting only applies to an entity if the fair value, vesting conditions, or classification of the award changes as a result of changes in the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The ASU should be applied prospectively to awards modified on or after the adoption date.	January 1, 2018	The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2018 and upon adoption, the ASU did not impact the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities	The ASU amends ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, to simplify the requirements for hedge accounting. Key amendments include: eliminating the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness, requiring changes in the value of the hedging instrument to be presented in the same income statement line as the earnings effect of the hedged item, and the ability to measure the hedged item based on the benchmark interest rate component of the total contractual coupon for fair value hedges. These changes expand the types of risk management strategies eligible for hedge accounting. The ASU also permits entities to qualitatively assert that a hedging relationship was and continues to be highly effective. New incremental disclosures are also required for reporting periods subsequent to the date of adoption. All transition requirements and elections should be applied to hedging relationships existing on the date of adoption using a modified retrospective approach.	January 1, 2019 Early adoption is permitted.	The Company early adopted this ASU beginning January 1, 2018 and modified its measurement methodology for certain hedged items designated under fair value hedge relationships. The Company elected to perform its subsequent assessments of hedge effectiveness using a qualitative, rather than a quantitative, approach. The adoption resulted in an immaterial cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of Retained earnings and a basis adjustment to the related hedged items. The Company is in the process of developing the required disclosures, which will be included in its first quarter 2018 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
ASU 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from AOCI	This ASU amends ASC Topic 220, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income to allow for a reclassification from AOCI to Retained earnings for the stranded tax effects resulting from the 2017 Tax Act. The amount of the reclassification would be the difference between the historical federal corporate income tax rate and the newly enacted 21 percent federal corporate income tax rate. Consequently, the amendments in this ASU would eliminate the stranded tax effects resulting from the change in the federal corporate income tax rate in the 2017 Tax Act. The Company may apply this ASU at the beginning of the period of adoption or retrospectively to all periods in which the 2017 Tax Act is enacted.	January 1, 2019 Early adoption is permitted.	The Company plans on early adopting this ASU as of January 1, 2018. Upon adoption of this ASU, the Company will elect to reclassify approximately $154 million of stranded tax effects relating to securities AFS, derivative instruments, credit risk on long-term debt, and employee benefit plans from AOCI to Retained earnings.
ASU 2016-02, Leases	The ASU creates ASC Topic 842, Leases, which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASC Topic 842 requires lessees to recognize right-of-use assets and associated liabilities that arise from leases, with the exception of short-term leases. The ASU does not make significant changes to lessor accounting; however, there were certain improvements made to align lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. There are several new qualitative and quantitative disclosures required. Upon transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach.	January 1, 2019 Early adoption is permitted.	The Company has formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of this ASU. The Company's implementation efforts are ongoing, including the review of its lease portfolios and related lease accounting policies, the review of its service contracts for embedded leases, and the deployment of a new lease software solution. The Company's adoption of this ASU will result in an increase in right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities, arising from operating leases in which the Company is the lessee, on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount of the right-of-use assets and associated lease liabilities recorded upon adoption will be based primarily on the present value of unpaid future minimum lease payments, the amount of which will depend on the population of leases in effect at the date of adoption. At December 31, 2017, the Company’s estimate of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities that would be recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets upon adoption is in excess of $1 billion. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a material impact on its Consolidated Statements of Income subsequent to adoption.



Standard	Description	Required Date of Adoption	Effect on the Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters
Standard(s) Not Yet Adopted (or partially adopted previously) (continued)
ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments	The ASU adds ASC Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology with a current expected credit loss methodology for financial instruments measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. For this purpose, expected credit losses reflect losses over the remaining contractual life of an asset, considering the effect of voluntary prepayments and considering available information about the collectability of cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The resulting allowance for credit losses is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to reflect the net amount expected to be collected on the financial assets. Additional quantitative and qualitative disclosures are required upon adoption. The change to the allowance for credit losses at the time of the adoption will be made with a cumulative effect adjustment to Retained earnings. The current expected credit loss model does not apply to AFS debt securities; however, the ASU requires entities to record an allowance when recognizing credit losses for AFS securities, rather than recording a direct write-down of the carrying amount.	January 1, 2020 Early adoption is permitted beginning January 1, 2019.	The Company has formed a cross-functional team to oversee the implementation of this ASU and has identified the changes necessary to its credit loss estimation methodologies in order to comply with the new accounting standard requirements. Substantial progress has been made to date on implementing these changes, including the development of models, updates to technology systems, and the documentation of accounting policy decisions. Additionally, the Company is evaluating the impact that this ASU will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures, and the Company currently anticipates that an increase to the allowance for credit losses will be recognized upon adoption to provide for the expected credit losses over the estimated life of the financial assets. However, since the magnitude of the anticipated increase in the allowance for credit losses will be impacted by economic conditions and trends in the Company’s portfolio at the time of adoption, the quantitative impact cannot yet be reasonably estimated.
ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment	The ASU amends ASC Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill, by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments require an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. Entities should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, but the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU must be applied on a prospective basis.	January 1, 2020 Early adoption is permitted.	Based on the Company's most recent annual goodwill impairment test performed as of October 1, 2017, there were no reporting units for which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value; therefore, this ASU would not currently have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures. However, if upon adoption the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would be required to recognize an impairment charge for the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value.

Sale of PAC

On December 1, 2017, the Company completed the sale of PAC, its commercial lines insurance premium finance subsidiary with $1.3 billion in assets and $1.2 billion in liabilities, to IPFS Corporation. As a result, the Company received consideration of $261 million and recognized a pre-tax gain of $107 million in connection with the sale, net of transaction-related expenses.

The Company's results for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 included the following related to PAC, excluding the gain on sale:



(Dollars in millions)
PAC Financial Information:	2017		2016		2015
Revenue		$56		$60		$59
Less: Expenses	31		27		22
Income before provision for income taxes		$25		$33		$37

For all periods presented, the financial results of PAC through the date of disposition, including the gain on sale, are reflected in the Company's Wholesale business segment.

Acquisition of Pillar

On December 15, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the operating subsidiaries of Pillar Financial, LLC, a multi-family agency lending and servicing company with an originate-to-distribute focus that holds licenses with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHA. The acquired assets include Pillar's multi-family lending business, which is comprised of multi-family affordable housing, health care properties, senior housing, and manufactured housing specialty teams. Additionally, the transaction includes Cohen Financial's commercial real estate investor services business, which provides loan administration, advisory, and commercial mortgage brokerage services.

During the second quarter of 2017, the final settlement amount associated with working capital adjustments was reached and the purchase consideration of $197 million was finalized.

There were no other material acquisitions or dispositions during the three years ended December 31, 2017.

For these securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company would be obligated to provide additional collateral in the event of a significant decline in fair value of the collateral pledged. This risk is managed by monitoring the liquidity and credit quality of the collateral, as well as the maturity profile of the transactions.

Netting of Securities - Repurchase and Resell Agreements

The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements are discussed in Note 17, "Derivative Financial Instruments." The following table presents the Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase that

are subject to MRAs. Generally, MRAs require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. Transactions subject to these agreements are treated as collateralized financings, and those with a single counterparty are permitted to be presented net on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no such transactions subject to legally enforceable MRAs that were eligible for balance sheet netting.

The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, the amount of collateral presented in this table is limited to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.

Various trading and derivative instruments are used as part of the Company’s overall balance sheet management strategies and to support client requirements executed through the Bank and/or STRH, a broker/dealer subsidiary of the Company. The Company manages the potential market volatility associated with trading instruments by using appropriate risk management strategies. The size, volume, and nature of the trading products and derivative instruments can vary based on economic conditions as well as client-specific and Company-specific asset or liability positions.

Product offerings to clients include debt securities, loans traded in the secondary market, equity securities, derivative contracts, and other similar financial instruments. Other trading-

related activities include acting as a market maker for certain debt and equity security transactions, derivative instrument transactions, and foreign exchange transactions. The Company also uses derivatives to manage its interest rate and market risk from non-trading activities. The Company has policies and procedures to manage market risk associated with client trading and non-trading activities, and assumes a limited degree of market risk by managing the size and nature of its exposure. For valuation assumptions and additional information related to the Company's trading products and derivative instruments, see Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” and the “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale” section of Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement.”

Realized Gains and Losses and Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Securities AFS



	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016		2015
Gross realized gains		$3			$4		$25
Gross realized losses	(110		)	—		(3		)
OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings	(1		)	—		(1		)
Net securities (losses)/gains		($108	)		$4		$21

Securities AFS in an unrealized loss position are evaluated quarterly for other-than-temporary credit impairment, which is determined using cash flow analyses that take into account security specific collateral and transaction structure. Future expected credit losses are determined using various assumptions, the most significant of which include default rates, prepayment rates, and loss severities. If, based on this analysis, a security is in an unrealized loss position and the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, the expected cash flows are then discounted at the security’s initial effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Credit losses on the OTTI security are recognized in earnings and reflect the difference between the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the security. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information regarding the Company's policy on securities AFS and related impairments.

The Company seeks to reduce existing exposure on OTTI securities primarily through paydowns. In certain instances, the amount of credit losses recognized in earnings on a debt security exceeds the total unrealized losses on the security, which may

result in unrealized gains relating to factors other than credit recorded in AOCI, net of tax.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, credit impairment losses recognized on securities AFS held at the end of each period were immaterial. The accumulated balance of OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings on securities AFS held at period end was $23 million, $23 million, and $25 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Subsequent credit losses may be recorded on securities without a corresponding further decline in fair value when there has been a decline in expected cash flows.

The following table presents a summary of the significant inputs used in determining the measurement of OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for non-agency MBS for the years ended December 31:



	2017 ¹	2016 ²	2015 ¹
Default rate	3%	N/A	9%
Prepayment rate	19%	N/A	13%
Loss severity	41%	N/A	56%

¹ OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings relate to one non-agency MBS with a fair value of $12 million and $20 million at December 31, 2017 and 2015, respectively.

²"N/A" - Not applicable as there were no OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Significant inputs represent lifetime average estimates of each security for which credit losses were recognized in earnings. Inputs may vary from period to period as the securities for which credit losses are recognized vary. Additionally, severity may vary widely when losses are few and large.

Composition of Loan Portfolio



(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
Commercial loans:
C&I ¹		$66,356		$69,213
CRE	5,317		4,996
Commercial construction	3,804		4,015
Total commercial loans	75,477		78,224
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	560		537
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed ²	27,136		26,137
Residential home equity products	10,626		11,912
Residential construction	298		404
Guaranteed student	6,633		6,167
Other direct	8,729		7,771
Indirect	12,140		10,736
Credit cards	1,582		1,410
Total consumer loans	67,704		65,074
LHFI		$143,181		$143,298
LHFS ³		$2,290		$4,169

¹Includes $3.7 billion of lease financing at both December 31, 2017 and 2016, and $778 million and $729 million of installment loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

² Includes $196 million and $222 million of LHFI measured at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

³Includes $1.6 billion and $3.5 billion of LHFS measured at fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company transferred $288 million and $360 million of LHFI to LHFS, and transferred $19 million and $30 million of LHFS to LHFI, respectively. In addition to sales of residential and commercial mortgage LHFS in the normal course of business, the Company sold $705 million and $1.6 billion of loans and leases for an immaterial net gain and a net gain of $6 million during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company purchased $1.7 billion of guaranteed student loans and $233 million of consumer indirect loans, and during the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company purchased $2.2 billion of guaranteed student loans.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $24.3 billion and $22.6 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the Federal Reserve discount window to support $18.2 billion and $17.0 billion of available, unused borrowing capacity, respectively.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $38.0 billion and $36.9 billion of net eligible loan collateral pledged to the FHLB of Atlanta to support $30.5 billion and $31.9 billion of available borrowing capacity, respectively. The available FHLB borrowing capacity at December 31, 2017 was used to support $4 million of long-term debt and $6.7 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf. At December 31, 2016, the available FHLB borrowing capacity was used to support $2.8

billion of long-term debt and $7.3 billion of letters of credit issued on the Company's behalf.

Credit Quality Evaluation

The Company evaluates the credit quality of its loan portfolio by employing a dual internal risk rating system, which assigns both PD and LGD ratings to derive expected losses. Assignment of these ratings are predicated upon numerous factors, including consumer credit risk scores, rating agency information, borrower/guarantor financial capacity, LTV ratios, collateral type, debt service coverage ratios, collection experience, other internal metrics/analyses, and/or qualitative assessments.

For the commercial portfolio, the Company believes that the most appropriate credit quality indicator is an individual loan’s risk assessment expressed according to the broad regulatory agency classifications of Pass or Criticized. The Company conforms to the following regulatory classifications for Criticized assets: Other Assets Especially Mentioned (or Special Mention), Adversely Classified, Doubtful, and Loss. However, for the purposes of disclosure, management believes the most meaningful distinction within the Criticized categories is between Criticized accruing (which includes Special Mention and a portion of Adversely Classified) and Criticized nonaccruing (which includes a portion of Adversely Classified and Doubtful and Loss). This distinction identifies those relatively higher risk loans for which there is a basis to believe that the Company will not collect all amounts due under those loan agreements. The Company's risk rating system is more granular, with multiple risk ratings in both the Pass and Criticized categories. Pass ratings reflect relatively low PDs, whereas, Criticized assets have higher PDs. The granularity in Pass ratings assists in establishing pricing, loan structures, approval requirements, reserves, and ongoing credit management requirements. Commercial risk ratings are refreshed at least annually, or more frequently as appropriate, based upon considerations such as market conditions, borrower characteristics, and portfolio trends. Additionally, management routinely reviews portfolio risk ratings, trends, and concentrations to support risk identification and mitigation activities.

For consumer loans, the Company monitors credit risk based on indicators such as delinquencies and FICO scores. The Company believes that consumer credit risk, as assessed by the industry-wide FICO scoring method, is a relevant credit quality indicator. Borrower-specific FICO scores are obtained at origination as part of the Company’s formal underwriting process, and refreshed FICO scores are obtained by the Company at least quarterly.

For guaranteed loans, the Company monitors the credit quality based primarily on delinquency status, as it is a more relevant indicator of credit quality due to the government guarantee. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, 28% and 29%, respectively, of guaranteed residential mortgages were current with respect to payments. At both December 31, 2017 and 2016, 75% of guaranteed student loans were current with respect to payments. The Company's loss exposure on guaranteed residential mortgages and student loans is mitigated by the government guarantee.

TDRs that defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, which were first modified within the previous 12 months, were immaterial. The majority of loans that were modified under the terms of a TDR and subsequently became 90 days or more delinquent have remained on nonaccrual status since the time of delinquency.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company does not have a significant concentration of credit risk to any individual client except for the U.S. government and its agencies. However, a geographic concentration arises because the Company operates primarily within Florida, Georgia, Virginia, Maryland, and North Carolina. The Company engages in limited international banking activities. The Company’s total cross-border outstanding loans were $1.4 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

With respect to collateral concentration, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $38.6 billion at December 31, 2017 and represented 27% of total LHFI. At December 31, 2016, the Company's recorded investment in residential real estate secured LHFI totaled $39.0 billion and represented 27% of total LHFI. Additionally, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $10.1 billion and $10.3 billion in commitments to extend credit on home equity lines and $3.0 billion and $4.2 billion in residential

mortgage commitments outstanding, respectively. At both December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, 1% of the Company's residential real estate secured LHFI were insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, respectively.

The following table presents residential mortgage LHFI that included a high original LTV ratio (in excess of 80%), an interest only feature, and/or a second lien position that may increase the Company's exposure to credit risk and/or result in a concentration of credit risk. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the current weighted average FICO score for the borrowers of these residential mortgage LHFI was 756 and 751, respectively.



(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
Interest only mortgages with MI or with combined original LTV ≤ 80%¹		$569		$845
Interest only mortgages with no MI and with combined original LTV > 80%¹	77		279
Total interest only mortgages ¹	646		1,124
Amortizing mortgages with combined original LTV > 80% and/or second liens ²	10,197		9,198
Total mortgages with potential concentration of credit risk		$10,843		$10,322

¹Comprised of first and/or second liens, primarily with an initial 10 year interest only period.

²Comprised of loans with no MI.

Premises and equipment at December 31 consisted of the following:



(Dollars in millions)	Useful Life (in years)	2017		2016
Land	Indefinite		$321		$320
Buildings and improvements	1 - 40	1,047		1,028
Leasehold improvements	1 - 30	691		645
Furniture and equipment	1 - 20	1,430		1,492
Construction in progress		488		357
Total premises and equipment		3,977		3,842
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		2,243		2,286
Premises and equipment, net			$1,734		$1,556

None of the Company's premises and equipment was subject to mortgage indebtedness (included in long-term debt) at December 31, 2017 and 2016. Capital leases included in net premises and equipment was immaterial at both December 31, 2017 and 2016. Aggregate rent expense (principally for offices), including any contingent rent expense and sublease income, totaled $201 million, $202 million, and $200 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense on premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 totaled $175 million, $179 million, and $175 million, respectively.

The Company previously completed sale-leaseback transactions consisting of branch properties and various individual office buildings. Upon completion of these transactions, the Company recognized a portion of the resulting

gains and deferred the remainder to be recognized ratably over the expected term of the lease, predominantly 10 years, as an offset to net occupancy expense. To the extent that terms on these leases are extended, the remaining deferred gain would be amortized over the new lease term. Amortization of deferred gains on sale-leaseback transactions was $17 million, $43 million, and $54 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the remaining deferred gain associated with sale-leaseback transactions was $49 million and $67 million, respectively.

The Company has various obligations under capital leases and noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. The leases predominantly expire over the next 21 years, with the longest lease term having an expiration date in 2081. Many of these leases include a renewal option and some provide for periodic adjustment of rentals based on changes in various economic indicators.

The following table presents future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases, net of sublease rentals, with initial terms in excess of one year at December 31, 2017.



(Dollars in millions)	Operating Leases
2018		$205
2019	199
2020	179
2021	167
2022	151
Thereafter	657
Total minimum lease payments		$1,558

As discussed in Note 20, "Business Segment Reporting," the Company realigned its business segment structure from three segments to two segments in the second quarter of 2017. As a result, the Company reassessed the composition of its goodwill reporting units and combined the Consumer Banking and Private Wealth Management reporting unit and Mortgage Banking reporting unit into a single Consumer goodwill reporting unit. The Mortgage Banking reporting unit did not have any associated goodwill prior to this change. The composition of the Wholesale Banking reporting unit was not impacted by the business segment structure realignment.

The Company conducts a goodwill impairment test at the reporting unit level at least annually, or more frequently as events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. See Note 1, "Significant Accounting Policies," for additional information regarding the Company's goodwill accounting policy.

The Company performed goodwill impairment analyses for its Wholesale and Consumer reporting units as of October 1, 2017, 2016, and 2015. Based on the results of the impairment analyses, the Company concluded that the fair values of the reporting units exceed their respective carrying values; therefore, there was no goodwill impairment. The Company monitored events and circumstances during the fourth quarter of 2017 and did not observe any factors that would more-likely-than-not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its respective carrying value.

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 are presented in the following table. There were no material changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company's estimated future amortization of intangible assets at December 31, 2017 is presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)
2018		$13
2019	10
2020	9
2021	8
2022	6
Thereafter	23
Total ¹		$69

¹ Does not include indefinite-lived intangible assets of $12 million.

Servicing Rights

The Company acquires servicing rights and retains servicing rights for certain of its sales or securitizations of residential mortgages and commercial loans. MSRs on residential mortgages and servicing rights on commercial mortgages are the only material servicing assets capitalized by the Company and are classified as Other intangible assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Income earned by the Company on its residential MSRs is derived primarily from contractually specified mortgage servicing fees and late fees, net of curtailment costs. Such income earned for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 totaled $403 million, $366 million, and $347 million, respectively. These amounts are reported in Mortgage servicing related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the total UPB of residential mortgage loans serviced was $165.5 billion and $160.2 billion, respectively. Included in these amounts at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $136.1 billion and $129.6 billion, respectively, of loans serviced for third parties. The Company purchased MSRs on residential loans with a UPB of $19.7 billion during the year ended December 31, 2016. No MSRs on residential loans were purchased during the year ended December 31, 2017. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company sold MSRs on residential loans, at a price approximating their fair value, with a UPB of $1.1 billion and $575 million, respectively.

The Company measures the fair value of its residential MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income using prepayment projections, spreads, and other assumptions. The Consumer Valuation Committee reviews and approves all significant assumption changes at least quarterly, evaluating these inputs compared to various market and empirical data sources. Changes to valuation model inputs are reflected in the periods' results. See Note 18, “Fair Value Election and Measurement,” for further information regarding the Company's residential MSR valuation methodology.

A summary of the key inputs used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s residential MSRs at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the sensitivity of the fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those inputs, are presented in the following table.



(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016
Fair value of residential MSRs		$1,710			$1,572
Prepayment rate assumption (annual)	13		%	9		%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$85			$50
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	160			97
Option adjusted spread (annual)	4		%	8		%
Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change		$47			$63
Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change	90			122
Weighted-average life (in years)	5.4			7.0
Weighted-average coupon	3.9		%	4.0		%

These residential MSR sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because (i) the relationship of the change in an assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear and (ii) changes in one assumption may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities. The sensitivities do not reflect the effect of hedging activity undertaken by the Company to offset changes in the fair value of MSRs. See Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further information regarding these hedging activities.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

In December 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the operating subsidiaries of Pillar, and as a result, the Company recognized a $62 million servicing asset.

Income earned by the Company on its commercial mortgage servicing rights is derived primarily from contractually specified servicing fees and other ancillary fees. Such income earned for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $22 million and is reported in Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Income earned on commercial mortgage servicing rights for the year ended December 31, 2016 was immaterial and there was no such income earned for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The Company also earns income from subservicing certain third party commercial mortgages for which the Company does not record servicing rights. Such income earned for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $14 million and is reported in Commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Income earned from such subservicing arrangements for the year ended December 31, 2016 was immaterial and there was no such income earned for the year ended December 31, 2015.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the total UPB of commercial mortgage loans serviced for third parties was $30.1 billion and $27.7 billion, respectively. Included in these amounts at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $5.8 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, of loans serviced for third parties for which the Company records servicing rights, and $24.3 billion and $22.9 billion, respectively, of loans subserviced for third parties for which the Company does not record servicing rights. No commercial mortgage servicing rights were purchased or sold

The Company has transferred loans and securities in sale or securitization transactions for which the Company retains certain beneficial interests, servicing rights, and/or recourse. These transfers of financial assets include certain residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, and commercial and corporate loans, as discussed in the following section, "Transfers of Financial Assets." Cash receipts on beneficial interests held related to these transfers were $11 million, $12 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The servicing fees related to these asset transfers (excluding servicing fees for residential and commercial mortgage loan transfers to GSEs, which are discussed in Note 9, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”) were immaterial for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

When a transfer or other transaction occurs with a VIE, the Company first determines whether it has a VI in the VIE. A VI is typically in the form of securities representing retained interests in transferred assets and, at times, servicing rights, and for commercial mortgage loans sold to Fannie Mae, the loss share guarantee. When determining whether to consolidate the VIE, the Company evaluates whether it is a primary beneficiary which has both (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE, and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

To determine whether a transfer should be accounted for as a sale or a secured borrowing, the Company evaluates whether: (i) the transferred assets are legally isolated, (ii) the transferee has the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control of the transferred assets. If all three conditions are met, then the transfer is accounted for as a sale.

Except as specifically noted herein, the Company is not required to provide additional financial support to any of the entities to which the Company has transferred financial assets, nor has the Company provided any support it was not otherwise obligated to provide. No events occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017 that changed the Company’s previous conclusions regarding whether it is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs described herein. Furthermore, no events occurred during the year ended December 31, 2017 that changed the Company’s sale conclusion with regards to previously

transferred residential mortgage loans, guaranteed student loans, or commercial and corporate loans.

Transfers of Financial Assets

The following discussion summarizes transfers of financial assets to entities for which the Company has retained some level of continuing involvement.

Consumer Loans

Residential Mortgage Loans

The Company typically transfers first lien residential mortgage loans in conjunction with Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac securitization transactions, whereby the loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, and servicing rights are retained.

The Company sold residential mortgage loans to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $213 million, $331 million, and $232 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Net gains/losses on the sale of residential mortgage LHFS are recorded at inception of the associated IRLCs and reflect the change in value of the loans resulting from changes in interest rates from the time the Company enters into the related IRLCs with borrowers until the loans are sold, but do not include the results of hedging activities initiated by the Company to mitigate this market risk. See Note 17, "Derivative Financial Instruments," for further discussion of the Company's hedging activities. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans. See Note 16, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding representations and warranties.

In a limited number of securitizations, the Company has received securities in addition to cash in exchange for the transferred loans, while also retaining servicing rights. The securities received are measured at fair value and classified as securities AFS. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of securities received totaled $22 million and $30 million, respectively.

The Company evaluates securitization entities in which it has a VI for potential consolidation under the VIE consolidation model. Notwithstanding the Company's role as servicer, the

Company typically does not have power over the securitization entities as a result of rights held by the master servicer. In certain transactions, the Company does have power as the servicer, but does not have an obligation to absorb losses, or the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. In all such cases, the Company does not consolidate the securitization entity. Total assets of the unconsolidated entities in which the Company has a VI were $147 million and $203 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these unconsolidated residential mortgage loan securitizations is comprised of the loss of value of any interests it retains, which was $22 million and $30 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and any repurchase obligations or other losses it incurs as a result of any guarantees related to these securitizations, which is discussed further in Note 16, “Guarantees.”

Guaranteed Student Loans

The Company has securitized government-guaranteed student loans through a transfer of loans to a securitization entity and retained the residual interest in the entity. The Company concluded that this entity should be consolidated because the Company has (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses, and the right to receive benefits, that could potentially be significant. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets reflected $192 million and $225 million of assets held by the securitization entity and $189 million and $222 million of debt issued by the entity, respectively, inclusive of related accrued interest.

To the extent that the securitization entity incurs losses on its assets, the securitization entity has recourse to the guarantor of the underlying loan, which is backed by the Department of

Education up to a maximum guarantee of 98%, or in the event of death, disability, or bankruptcy, 100%. When not fully guaranteed, losses reduce the amount of available cash payable to the Company as the owner of the residual interest. To the extent that losses result from a breach of servicing responsibilities, the Company, which functions as the master servicer, may be required to repurchase the defaulted loan(s) at par value. If the breach was caused by the subservicer, the Company would seek reimbursement from the subservicer up to the guaranteed amount. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to the securitization entity would arise from a breach of its servicing responsibilities. To date, loss claims filed with the guarantor that have been denied due to servicing errors have either been, or are in the process of, being cured, or reimbursement has been provided to the Company by the subservicer, or in limited cases, absorbed by the Company.

Commercial and Corporate Loans

In connection with the Pillar acquisition completed in December 2016, the Company acquired licenses and approvals to originate and sell certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, to originate FHA insured loans, and to issue and sell Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans. The Company transferred commercial loans to these Agencies and GSEs, which resulted in pre-tax net gains of $37 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. No associated gains or losses were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2016. The loans are exchanged for cash or securities that are readily redeemable for cash, with servicing rights retained. The Company has made certain representations and warranties with respect to the transfer of these loans and has entered into a loss share guarantee related to certain loans transferred to Fannie Mae. See Note 16, “Guarantees,” for additional information regarding the commercial mortgage loan loss share guarantee.

In addition to exposure to VIEs arising from transfers of financial assets, the Company also has involvement with VIEs from other business activities.

Total Return Swaps

The Company facilitates matched book TRS transactions on behalf of clients, whereby a VIE purchases reference assets identified by a client and the Company enters into a TRS with the VIE, with a mirror-image TRS facing the client. The TRS contract between the VIE and the Company hedges the Company's exposure to the TRS contract with its third party client. The Company provides senior financing to the VIE, in the form of demand notes to fund the purchase of the reference assets. The TRS contracts pass through interest and other cash flows on the reference assets to the third party clients, along with exposing those clients to decreases in value on the assets and providing them with the rights to appreciation on the assets. The terms of the TRS contracts require the third parties to post initial margin collateral, in addition to ongoing margin as the fair values of the underlying reference assets change.

The Company evaluated the related VIEs for consolidation, noting that the Company and its third party clients are VI holders. The Company evaluated the nature of all VIs and other interests and involvement with the VIEs, in addition to the purpose and design of the VIEs, relative to the risks they were designed to create. The VIEs were designed for the benefit of the third parties and would not exist if the Company did not enter into the TRS contracts on their behalf. The activities of the VIEs are restricted to buying and selling the reference assets and the risks/benefits of any such assets owned by the VIEs are passed to the third party clients via the TRS contracts. The Company determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the VIEs, as the design of its matched book TRS business results in the Company having no substantive power to direct the significant activities of the VIEs, and therefore, the VIEs are not consolidated.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding notional amounts of the Company's VIE-facing TRS contracts were $1.7 billion and $2.1 billion, and related senior financing outstanding to VIEs were $1.7 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively. These financings were measured at fair value and classified within Trading assets and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company entered into client-facing TRS contracts of the same outstanding notional amounts. The notional amounts of the TRS contracts with VIEs represent the Company’s maximum exposure to loss, although this exposure has been mitigated via the TRS contracts with third party clients. For additional information on the Company’s TRS contracts and its involvement with these VIEs, see Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

Community Development Investments

As part of its community reinvestment initiatives, the Company invests in multi-family affordable housing developments and other community development entities as a limited partner and/

or a debt provider. The Company receives tax credits for its limited partner investments. The Company has determined that the majority of the related partnerships are VIEs.

The Company has concluded that it is not the primary beneficiary of affordable housing partnerships when it invests as a limited partner and there is a third party general partner. The investments are accounted for in accordance with the accounting guidance for investments in affordable housing projects. The general partner, or an affiliate of the general partner, often provides guarantees to the limited partner, which protects the Company from construction and operating losses and tax credit allocation deficits. Assets of $2.3 billion and $1.7 billion in these and other community development partnerships were not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company's limited partner interests had carrying values of $1.1 billion and $780 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and are recorded in Other assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss for these investments totaled $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss would result from the loss of its limited partner investments, net of liabilities, along with $350 million and $306 million of loans, interest-rate swap fair value exposures, or letters of credit issued by the Company to the entities at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The remaining exposure to loss is primarily attributable to unfunded equity commitments that the Company is required to fund if certain conditions are met.

The Company also owns noncontrolling interests in funds whose purpose is to invest in community developments. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company's investment in these funds totaled $278 million and $200 million, respectively. The Company's maximum exposure to loss on its investment in these funds is comprised of its equity investments in the funds, loans issued, and any additional unfunded equity commitments, which totaled $643 million and $562 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company recognized $108 million, $92 million, and 68 million of tax credits for qualified affordable housing projects, and $109 million, $87 million, and $66 million of amortization on these qualified affordable housing projects, respectively. These tax credits and amortization, net of the related tax benefits, are recorded in the Provision for income taxes.

Certain of the Company's community development investments do not qualify as affordable housing projects for accounting purposes. The Company recognized tax credits for these investments of $90 million, $64 million, and $53 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, in the Provision for income taxes. Amortization recognized on these investments totaled $70 million, $46 million, and $35 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, recorded in Amortization in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.

December 31, 2017, the Company was in compliance with all covenants and provisions of long-term debt agreements.

As currently defined by federal bank regulators, long-term debt of $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion qualified as Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See Note 13, "Capital," for additional information regarding regulatory capital adequacy requirements for the Company and the Bank.

The Company does not consolidate certain wholly-owned trusts which were formed for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The proceeds from the trust preferred securities issuances were invested in junior subordinated debentures of the Parent Company. The obligations of these debentures constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Parent Company of the trust preferred securities.

Contractual Commitments

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into certain contractual commitments. These commitments include obligations to make future payments on the Company's borrowings, partnership investments, and lease arrangements, as well as commitments to lend to clients and to fund capital expenditures and service contracts.

The following table presents the Company's significant contractual commitments at December 31, 2017, except for long-term debt and short-term borrowings, operating leases, and pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Information on those obligations is included above, in Note 8, "Premises and Equipment," and in Note 15, "Employee Benefit Plans." Capital lease obligations were immaterial at December 31, 2017 and are not presented in the table.

During 2017, pursuant to the Federal Reserve's non-objection to the Company's capital plan in conjunction with the 2017 CCAR, the Company increased its quarterly common stock dividend from $0.26 to $0.40 per share beginning in the third quarter of 2017, maintained dividend payments on its preferred stock, and repurchased $660 million of its outstanding common stock at market value (approximately 11.1 million shares) under the 2017 capital plan. During the first half of 2017, the Company repurchased $480 million of its outstanding common stock, which completed its authorized repurchase of common equity under the 2016 CCAR capital plan, which effectively expired on June 30, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the Company had remaining capacity under its 2017 capital plan to repurchase an additional $660 million of its outstanding common stock through June 30, 2018.

During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company declared and paid common dividends of $634 million, or $1.32 per common share, $498 million, or $1.00 per common share, and $475 million, or $0.92 per common share, respectively. The Company also recognized dividends on perpetual preferred stock of $94 million, $66 million, and $64 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. During 2017, both the Series A and Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend was $4,056 per share, the Series E Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend was $5,875 per share, the Series F Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend was $5,625 per share, the Series G Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend

was $3,128 per share, and the Series H Perpetual Preferred Stock dividend was $669 per share.

The Company remains subject to certain restrictions on its ability to increase the dividend on common shares as a result of participating in the U.S. Treasury’s CPP. If the Company increases its dividend above $0.54 per share per quarter prior to the tenth anniversary of its participation in the CPP (in the fourth quarter of 2018), then the anti-dilution provision within the warrants issued in connection with the Company’s participation in the CPP will require the exercise price and number of shares to be issued upon exercise to be proportionately adjusted. The amount of such adjustment is determined by a formula and depends in part on the extent to which the Company raises its dividend. The formulas are contained in the warrant agreements which were filed as exhibits to Registration Statements on Form 8-A filed on September 23, 2011.

Substantially all of the Company’s retained earnings are undistributed earnings of the Bank, which are restricted by various regulations administered by federal and state bank regulatory authorities. At both December 31, 2017 and 2016, retained earnings of the Bank available for payment of cash dividends to the Parent Company under these regulations totaled approximately $2.5 billion. Additionally, the Federal Reserve requires the Company to maintain cash reserves. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, these reserve requirements totaled $1.2 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, and were fulfilled with a combination of cash on hand and deposits at the Federal Reserve.

Regulatory Capital

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets. The following table presents regulatory capital metrics for SunTrust and the Bank at December 31:



	2017				2016
(Dollars in millions)	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
SunTrust Banks, Inc.
CET1		$17,141	9.74	%		$16,953	9.59	%
Tier 1 capital	19,622		11.15		18,186		10.28
Total capital	23,028		13.09		21,685		12.26
Leverage			9.80				9.22
SunTrust Bank
CET1		$19,474	11.29	%		$18,535	10.71	%
Tier 1 capital	19,496		11.31		18,573		10.73
Total capital	22,132		12.83		21,276		12.29
Leverage			9.97				9.63

In 2013, the Federal Reserve published final rules in the Federal Register implementing Basel III. These rules, which became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, include the following minimum capital requirements: CET1 ratio of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%; Total capital ratio of 8%; Leverage ratio of 4%; and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%. The capital conservation buffer became applicable on January 1, 2016 and is being phased-in through December 31, 2018.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock at December 31 consisted of the following:



(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Series A (1,725 shares outstanding)		$172		$172		$172
Series B(1,025 shares outstanding)	103		103		103
Series E (4,500 shares outstanding)	450		450		450
Series F (5,000 shares outstanding)	500		500		500
Series G (7,500 shares outstanding)	750		—		—
Series H (5,000 shares outstanding)	500		—		—
Total preferred stock		$2,475		$1,225		$1,225

In September 2006, the Company authorized and issued depositary shares representing ownership interests in 5,000 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"). The Series A Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus 0.53%, or 4.00%. Dividends on the shares are noncumulative. Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have priority over the Company’s common stock with regard to the payment of dividends and, as such, the Company may not pay dividends on or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of its common stock unless dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared for that period and sufficient

funds have been set aside to make payment. During 2009, the Company repurchased 3,275 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock. In September 2011, the Series A Preferred Stock became redeemable at the Company’s option at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series A Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In October 2006, the Company authorized 5,010 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, and in December 2011, the Company issued 1,025 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series B Preferred Stock"). The Series B Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company. Dividends on the shares are noncumulative and, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly at a rate per annum equal to the greater of three-month LIBOR plus 0.645%, or 4.00%. Shares of the Series B Preferred Stock have priority over the Company's common stock with regard to the payment of dividends and, as such, the Company may not pay dividends on or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of its common stock unless dividends for the Series B Preferred Stock have been declared for that period and sufficient funds have been set aside to make payment. The Series B Preferred Stock was immediately redeemable upon issuance at the Company's option at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series B Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In December 2012, the Company authorized and issued depositary shares representing ownership interests in 5,000 shares and 4,500 shares, respectively, of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series E Preferred Stock"). The Series E Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company to redeem, repurchase, or retire the shares. Dividends on the shares are noncumulative and, if declared, will accrue and be payable quarterly at a rate per annum of 5.875%. Shares of the Series E Preferred Stock have priority over the Company's common stock with regard to the payment of dividends and rank equally with the Company's outstanding Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A and Series B and, as such, the Company may not pay dividends on or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of its common stock unless dividends for the Series E Preferred Stock have been declared for that period and sufficient funds have been set aside to make payment. The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the option of the Company, on any dividend payment date occurring on or after March 15, 2018 or at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital event, at a redemption price equal to $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without regard to any undeclared dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series E Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In November 2014, the Company authorized and issued depositary shares representing ownership interest in 5,000 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, with no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series F Preferred Stock"). The Series F Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other

obligation of the Company to redeem, repurchase, or retire the shares. Dividends for the shares are noncumulative and, if declared, will be payable semi-annually beginning on June 15, 2015 through December 15, 2019 at a rate per annum of 5.625%, and payable quarterly beginning on March 15, 2020 at a rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 3.86%. By its terms, the Company may redeem the Series F Preferred Stock on any dividend payment date occurring on or after December 15, 2019 or at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital event, at a redemption price of $100,000 per share plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series F Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In May 2017, the Company authorized and issued depositary shares representing ownership interest in 7,500 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G, with no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series G Preferred Stock"). The Series G Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company to redeem, repurchase, or retire the shares. Dividends for the shares are noncumulative and, if declared, will be payable semi-annually beginning on December 15, 2017 through June 15, 2022 at a rate per annum of 5.05%, and payable quarterly beginning on September 15, 2022 at a rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 3.102%. By its terms, the Company may redeem the Series G Preferred Stock on any dividend payment date occurring on or after June 15, 2022 or at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital event, at a redemption price of $100,000 per share plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series G Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In November 2017, the Company authorized and issued depositary shares representing ownership interest in 5,000 shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series H, with no par value and $100,000 liquidation preference per share (the "Series H Preferred Stock"). The Series H Preferred Stock has no stated maturity and will not be subject to any sinking fund or other obligation of the Company to redeem, repurchase, or retire the shares. Dividends for the shares are noncumulative and, if

declared, will be payable semi-annually beginning on June 15, 2018 through December 15, 2027 at a rate per annum of 5.125%, and payable quarterly beginning on March 15, 2028 at a rate per annum equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 2.786%. By its terms, the Company may redeem the Series H Preferred Stock on any dividend payment date occurring on or after December 15, 2027 or at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital event, at a redemption price of $100,000 per share plus any declared and unpaid dividends. Except in certain limited circumstances, the Series H Preferred Stock does not have any voting rights.

In 2008, the Company issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the CPP, 35,000 and 13,500 shares of Series C and D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, respectively, and Series A and B warrants to purchase a total of 17.9 million shares of the Company's common stock. The Series A warrants entitle the holder to purchase 6 million shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $33.70 per share, while the Series B warrants entitle the holder to purchase 11.9 million shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $44.15 per share.

In March 2011, the Company repurchased its Series C and D Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury, and in September 2011, the U.S. Treasury held a public auction to sell the Series A and B common stock purchase warrants. In conjunction with the U.S. Treasury's auction, the Company acquired 4 million of the common stock purchase warrants, Series A, for $11 million, which were then retired. In January and February of 2016, the Company acquired an additional 1.1 million of Series A common stock warrants and 5.4 million of Series B common stock warrants as part of its 2015 CCAR capital plan for a total of $24 million.

At December 31, 2017, 7.1 million warrants to purchase the Company's common stock remained outstanding and the Company had authority from its Board to repurchase all of these outstanding stock purchase warrants. The Series A and B warrants have expiration dates of December 2018 and November 2018, respectively.

The DTAs include state NOLs and other state carryforwards that will expire, if not utilized, in varying amounts from 2018 to 2037. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had a valuation allowance recorded against its state carryforwards and certain state DTAs of $143 million and $80 million, respectively. The increase in the valuation allowance was due primarily to an increase in the valuation allowance recorded for STM's state NOLs as well as the reduction in the federal benefit of the state valuation allowance due to the reduction in the federal income tax rate. A valuation allowance is not required for the federal and the remaining state DTAs because the Company believes it is more-likely-than-not that these assets will be realized.

The following table provides a rollforward of the Company's gross federal and state UTBs, excluding interest and penalties, during the years ended December 31:



(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016
Balance at January 1		$111			$100
Increases in UTBs related to prior years	22			18
Decreases in UTBs related to prior years	(5		)	(4		)
Increases in UTBs related to the current year	13			13
Decreases in UTBs related to settlements	—			(16		)
Balance at December 31		$141			$111

The amount of UTBs that would favorably affect the Company's effective tax rate, if recognized, was $112 million at December 31, 2017.

Interest and penalties related to UTBs are recorded in the Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company had a gross liability of $17 million and $8 million for interest and penalties related to its UTBs at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized a gross expense of $10 million and a gross benefit of less than $1 million, respectively, related to interest and penalties on the UTBs.

The Company files U.S. federal, state, and local income tax returns. The Company's federal income tax returns are no longer subject to examination by the IRS for taxable years prior to 2012. With limited exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination by state and local taxing authorities for taxable years prior to 2012. It is reasonably possible that the liability for UTBs could decrease by as much as $30 million during the next 12 months due to completion of tax authority examinations and the expiration of statutes of limitations. It is uncertain how much, if any, of this potential decrease will impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company sponsors various compensation and benefit programs to attract and retain talent. Aligned with a pay for performance culture, the Company's plans and programs include short-term incentives, AIP, and various LTI plans. All incentive awards are subject to clawback provisions. Compensation expense for AIP and LTI plans with cash payouts was $319 million, $291 million, and $245 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. Compensation expense for short-term incentive plans with cash payouts was $476 million, $469 million, and $448 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company provides stock-based awards through the 2009 Stock Plan and various other deferred compensation plans under which the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has the authority to grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, phantom stock units, and RSUs to key employees of the Company. Award vesting may be conditional based upon individual, business unit, Company, and/or performance relative to peer group metrics.

Effective January 1, 2014, following approval by the Compensation Committee of the Board, shareholders approved an amendment to the 2009 Stock Plan to remove the sub-limit on shares available for grant that may be issued as restricted stock or RSUs. Accordingly, all 17 million remaining authorized shares previously under the Stock Plan became available for

grant as stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, or RSUs. Prior to the amendment, only a portion of such shares were available to be granted as either restricted stock or RSUs. At December 31, 2017, approximately 16 million shares were available for grant. All stock option grants are exercisable for 10 years after the grant date.

Shares or units of restricted stock may be granted to employees and directors. Generally, grants to employees either cliff vest after three years or vest pro-rata annually over three years. Restricted stock and RSU grants may be subject to one or more criteria, including employment, performance, or other conditions as established by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant. Any shares of restricted stock that are forfeited will again become available for issuance under the Stock Plan. An employee or director has the right to vote the shares of restricted stock after grant until they are forfeited. Compensation cost for restricted stock and RSUs is generally equal to the fair market value of the shares on the grant date of the award and is amortized over the vesting period. Dividends are paid on awarded, unvested restricted stock. The Company accrues and reinvests dividends in equivalent shares of SunTrust common stock for unvested RSU awards, which are paid out when the underlying RSU award vests. RSU awards are generally classified as equity.

Consistent with the Company's 2014 decision to discontinue the issuance of stock options, no stock options were granted during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of 2017 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2017. Additional option and stock-based compensation information at December 31 is presented in the following table:



(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Intrinsic value of options exercised ¹		$28		$43		$15
Fair value of vested restricted shares ¹	—		41		35
Fair value of vested RSUs ¹	62		74		23

¹Measured as of the grant date.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was $75 million and $65 million, respectively, of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options, restricted stock, and RSUs. The unrecognized stock compensation expense for December 31, 2017 is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

Additionally, the Company allows for the granting of phantom stock units, whereby certain employees are granted the contractual right to receive an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the vesting date. These shares vest pro-rata annually over three years on the anniversary of the grant date and are subject to variable accounting. The employees are entitled to dividend-equivalent rights on the granted shares. The Company granted less than 1 million, 2 million, and 1 million phantom stock units during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The unrecognized compensation expense related to these phantom stock units as of December 31, 2017 was $56 million based on the Company's stock price as of that date.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized in Employee compensation in the Consolidated Statements of Income consisted of the following:



	Years Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015
RSUs		$83		$56		$46
Phantom stock units ¹	77		67		32
Restricted stock	—		2		16
Stock options	—		—		1
Total stock-based compensation expense		$160		$125		$95

Stock-based compensation tax benefit ²		$61		$48		$36

¹Phantom stock units are settled in cash. The Company paid $80 million, $28 million, and $16 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively, related to these share-based liabilities.

² Does not include excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized in the Provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Retirement Plans

Noncontributory Pension Plans

The Company maintains various frozen, funded, noncontributory qualified retirement plans ("Retirement Plans") covering employees meeting certain service requirements. The Retirement Plans provide benefits based on salary and years of service. The SunTrust Retirement Plan includes a cash balance formula where the PPAs continue to be credited with interest each year. The interest crediting rate applied to each PPA was 3.11% for 2017. The Company monitors the funded status of the Retirement Plans closely and, due to the current funded status, the Company did not make a contribution to them for the 2017 plan year.

The Company also maintains various frozen, unfunded, noncontributory nonqualified supplemental defined benefit pension plans that cover key executives of the Company (the "SERP", the "ERISA Excess Plan", and the "Restoration Plan"). These plans provide defined benefits based on years of service and salary.

Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits (“Other Postretirement Benefits”) to retired employees. At the option of the Company, retirees may continue certain health and life insurance benefits if they meet specific age and service requirements at the time of retirement. The health care plans are contributory with participant contributions adjusted annually, and the life insurance plans are noncontributory.

Certain retiree health benefits are funded in a Retiree Health Trust. Additionally, certain retiree life insurance benefits are funded in a VEBA. Effective April 1, 2014, the Company amended the plan, which now requires retirees age 65 and older to enroll in individual Medicare supplemental plans. In addition, the Company will fund a tax-advantaged HRA to assist some retirees with medical expenses.

Changes in Benefit Obligations and Plan Assets

The following table presents the change in benefit obligations, change in fair value of plan assets, funded status, accumulated benefit obligation, and the weighted average discount rate related to the Company's pension and other postretirement benefits plans for the years ended December 31:

In the second quarter of 2017, the Company amended its NCF Retirement Plan in accordance with its decision to terminate the pension plan effective as of July 31, 2017. The NCF pension plan termination is expected to be completed by the end of 2018 and the Company is in process of evaluating the impact of the termination and expected future settlement accounting on its Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

Amounts Recognized in AOCI

Components of the benefit obligations AOCI balance at December 31 were as follows:



	Pension Benefits				Other Postretirement Benefits
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2017			2016
Prior service credit		$—		$—		($58	)		($59	)
Net actuarial loss/(gain)	1,001		1,031		(22		)	(15		)
Total AOCI, pre-tax		$1,001		$1,031		($80	)		($74	)

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in AOCI during 2017 were as follows:



(Dollars in millions)	Pension Benefits			Other Postretirement Benefits
Current year prior service credit		$—			($5	)
Current year actuarial gain	(5		)	(7		)
Amortization of prior service credit	—			6
Amortization of actuarial loss	(25		)	—
Total recognized in AOCI, pre-tax		($30	)		($6	)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit and AOCI, pre-tax		($100	)		($7	)

For pension plans, the estimated actuarial loss that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit in 2018 is $23 million. For other postretirement benefit plans, the estimated prior service credit and actuarial gain to be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit in 2018 is $7 million. The amortization

for net gains and losses reflects a corridor based on 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of assets. The amount of net gains and losses that exceeds the corridor is amortized over a fixed period based on the average remaining lifetime.

Plan Assumptions

Each year, the SBFC, which includes several members of senior management, reviews and approves the assumptions used in the year-end measurement calculations for each plan. The discount rate for each plan, used to determine the present value of future benefit obligations, is determined by matching the expected cash flows of each plan to a yield curve based on long-term, high quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. A series of benefit payments projected to be paid by the plan is developed based on the most recent census data, plan provisions, and assumptions. The benefit payments at each future maturity date are discounted by the year-appropriate spot interest rates. The model then solves for the discount rate that produces the same present value of the projected benefit payments as generated by discounting each year’s payments by the spot interest rate.

The Company utilizes a full yield curve approach to estimate the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit expense for pension and other postretirement benefit plans by applying specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows.

Actuarial gains and losses are created when actual experience deviates from assumptions. The actuarial gains during 2017 and 2016 for the pension plans resulted primarily from asset experience, partially offset by losses due to the decrease in discount rates.

The SBFC establishes investment policies and strategies and formally monitors the performance of the investments throughout the year. The Company’s investment strategy with respect to pension assets is to invest the assets in accordance with ERISA and related fiduciary standards. The long-term primary investment objectives for the pension plans are to provide a

commensurate amount of long-term growth of principal and income in order to satisfy the pension plan obligations without undue exposure to risk in any single asset class or investment category. The objectives are accomplished through investments in equities, fixed income, and cash equivalents using a mix that is conducive to participation in a rising market while allowing for protection in a declining market. The portfolio is viewed as long-term in its entirety, avoiding decisions regarding short-term concerns and any single investment. Asset allocation, as a percent of the total market value of the total portfolio, is set with the target percentages and ranges presented in the investment policy statement. Rebalancing occurs on a periodic basis to maintain the target allocation, but normal market activity may result in deviations.

The basis for determining the overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets considers past experience, current market conditions, and expectations on future trends. A building

block approach is used that considers long-term inflation, real returns, equity risk premiums, target asset allocations, market corrections, and expenses. Capital market simulations, survey data, economic forecasts, and actuarial judgment are all used in this process. The expected long-term rate of return for pension obligations is 5.90% for 2018.

The investment strategy for the other postretirement benefit plans is maintained separately from the strategy for the pension plans. The Company’s investment strategy is to create a series of investment returns sufficient to provide a commensurate amount of long-term principal and income growth in order to satisfy the other postretirement benefit plan's obligations. Assets are diversified among equity funds and fixed income investments according to the mix approved by the SBFC. Due to other postretirement benefits having a shorter time horizon, a lower equity profile is appropriate. The expected long-term rate of return for other postretirement benefits is 3.10% for 2018.

The Company has undertaken certain guarantee obligations in the ordinary course of business. The issuance of a guarantee imposes an obligation for the Company to stand ready to perform and make future payments should certain triggering events occur. Payments may be in the form of cash, financial instruments, other assets, shares of stock, or through provision of the Company’s services. The following is a discussion of the guarantees that the Company has issued at December 31, 2017. The Company has also entered into certain contracts that are similar to guarantees, but that are accounted for as derivative instruments as discussed in Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

Letters of Credit

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company, generally to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as CP, bond financing, or similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients but may be reduced by selling participations to third parties. The Company issues letters of credit that are classified as financial standby, performance standby, or commercial letters of credit; however, commercial letters of credit are considered guarantees of funding and are not subject to the disclosure requirements of guarantee obligations.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the maximum potential exposure to loss related to the Company's issued letters of credit was $2.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. The Company’s outstanding letters of credit generally have a term of more than one year. Some standby letters of credit are designed to be drawn upon in the normal course of business and others are drawn upon only in circumstances of dispute or default in the underlying transaction to which the Company is not a party. In all cases, the Company is entitled to reimbursement from the client. If a letter of credit is drawn upon and reimbursement is not provided by the client, the Company may take possession of the collateral securing the letter of credit, where applicable.

The Company monitors its credit exposure under standby letters of credit in the same manner as it monitors other extensions of credit in accordance with its credit policies. Consistent with the methodologies used for all commercial borrowers, an internal assessment of the PD and loss severity in the event of default is performed. The management of credit risk for letters of credit leverages the risk rating process to focus greater visibility on higher risk and higher dollar letters of credit. The allowance associated with letters of credit is a component of the unfunded commitments reserve recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is included in the allowance for credit losses as disclosed in Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses.” Additionally, unearned fees relating to letters of credit are recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The net carrying amount of unearned fees was immaterial at both December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Loan Sales and Servicing

STM, a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, originates and purchases residential mortgage loans, a portion of which are sold to outside investors in the normal course of business through a combination of whole loan sales to GSEs, Ginnie Mae, and non-

agency investors. The Company also originates and sells certain commercial mortgage loans to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, originates FHA insured loans, and issues and sells Ginnie Mae commercial MBS secured by FHA insured loans.

When loans are sold, representations and warranties regarding certain attributes of the loans are made to third party purchasers. Subsequent to the sale, if a material underwriting deficiency or documentation defect is discovered, the Company may be obligated to repurchase the loan or to reimburse an investor for losses incurred (make whole requests), if such deficiency or defect cannot be cured by the Company within the specified period following discovery. These representations and warranties may extend through the life of the loan. In addition to representations and warranties related to loan sales, the Company makes representations and warranties that it will service the loans in accordance with investor servicing guidelines and standards, which may include (i) collection and remittance of principal and interest, (ii) administration of escrow for taxes and insurance, (iii) advancing principal, interest, taxes, insurance, and collection expenses on delinquent accounts, and (iv) loss mitigation strategies, including loan modifications and foreclosures.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s reserve for residential mortgage loan repurchases for the years ended December 31:



(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Balance, beginning of period		$40			$57			$85
Repurchase provision/(benefit)	—			(17		)	(12		)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries	(1		)	—			(16		)
Balance, end of period		$39			$40			$57

A significant degree of judgment is used to estimate the mortgage repurchase liability as the estimation process is inherently uncertain and subject to imprecision. The Company believes that its reserve appropriately estimates incurred losses based on its current analysis and assumptions. While the mortgage repurchase reserve includes the estimated cost of settling claims related to required repurchases, the Company's estimate of losses depends on its assumptions regarding GSE and other counterparty behavior, loan performance, home prices, and other factors. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the related repurchase provision/(benefit) is recognized in Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 19, "Contingencies," for additional information on current legal matters related to loan sales.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans at December 31:



(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016
Outstanding repurchased residential mortgage loans:
Performing LHFI		$203		$230
Nonperforming LHFI	16		12
Total carrying value of outstanding repurchased residential mortgages		$219		$242

Residential mortgage loans sold to Ginnie Mae are insured by the FHA or are guaranteed by the VA. As servicer, the Company may elect to repurchase delinquent loans in accordance with Ginnie Mae guidelines; however, the loans continue to be insured. The Company may also indemnify the FHA and VA for losses related to loans not originated in accordance with their guidelines.

Commercial Mortgage Loan Loss Share Guarantee

In connection with the December 2016 acquisition of Pillar, the Company assumed a loss share obligation associated with the terms of a master loss sharing agreement with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that were sold by Pillar to Fannie Mae under Fannie Mae’s delegated underwriting and servicing program. Upon the acquisition of Pillar, the Company entered into a lender contract amendment with Fannie Mae for multi-family commercial mortgage loans that Pillar sold to Fannie Mae prior to acquisition and that the Company sold to Fannie Mae subsequent to acquisition, whereby the Company bears a risk of loss of up to one-third of the incurred losses resulting from borrower defaults. The breach of any representation or warranty related to a loan sold to Fannie Mae could increase the Company's level of risk-sharing associated with the loan. The outstanding UPB of loans sold subject to the loss share guarantee was $3.4 billion and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The maximum potential exposure to loss was $962 million and $787 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Using probability of default and severity of loss estimates, the Company's loss share liability was $11 million and $6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and is recorded in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Visa

The Company executes credit and debit transactions through Visa and MasterCard. The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and MasterCard (the “Card Associations”), as well as several other banks, in one of several antitrust lawsuits challenging the practices of the Card Associations (the “Litigation”). The Company entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks in order to apportion financial responsibilities arising from any potential adverse judgment or negotiated settlements related to the Litigation. Additionally, in connection with Visa's restructuring in 2007, shares of Visa common stock were issued to its financial institution members and the Company received its proportionate number of shares of Visa Inc. common stock, which were subsequently converted to Class B shares of Visa Inc. upon completion of Visa’s IPO in 2008. A provision of the original Visa By-Laws, which was restated in Visa's certificate of incorporation, contains a general indemnification provision between a Visa member and Visa that explicitly provides that each member's indemnification obligation is limited to losses arising from its own conduct and the specifically defined Litigation. While the district court approved a class action settlement of the Litigation in 2012, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the district court's approval of the settlement on June 30, 2016. The U.S. Supreme Court denied plaintiffs' petition for certiorari on March 27, 2017, and the case returned to the district court for further action.

Agreements associated with Visa's IPO have provisions that Visa will fund a litigation escrow account, established for the purpose of funding judgments in, or settlements of, the Litigation. If the escrow account is insufficient to cover the Litigation losses, then Visa will issue additional Class A shares (“loss shares”). The proceeds from the sale of the loss shares would then be deposited in the escrow account. The issuance of the loss shares will cause a dilution of Visa's Class B shares as a result of an adjustment to lower the conversion factor of the Class B shares to Class A shares. Visa U.S.A.'s members are responsible for any portion of the settlement or loss on the Litigation after the escrow account is depleted and the value of the Class B shares is fully diluted.

In May 2009, the Company sold its 3.2 million Class B shares to the Visa Counterparty and entered into a derivative with the Visa Counterparty. Under the derivative, the Visa Counterparty is compensated by the Company for any decline in the conversion factor as a result of the outcome of the Litigation. Conversely, the Company is compensated by the Visa Counterparty for any increase in the conversion factor. The amount of payments made or received under the derivative is a function of the 3.2 million shares sold to the Visa Counterparty, the change in conversion rate, and Visa’s share price. The Visa Counterparty, as a result of its ownership of the Class B shares, is impacted by dilutive adjustments to the conversion factor of the Class B shares caused by the Litigation losses. Additionally, the Company will make periodic payments based on the notional of the derivative and a fixed rate until the date on which the Litigation is settled. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on unobservable inputs consisting of management's estimate of the probability of certain litigation scenarios and the timing of the resolution of the Litigation due in large part to the aforementioned decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The fair value of the derivative liability was $15 million at both December 31, 2017 and 2016. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company's expectations regarding the resolution of the Litigation. The ultimate impact to the Company could be significantly different based on the Litigation outcome.

Public Deposits

The Company holds public deposits from various states in which it does business. Individual state laws require banks to collateralize public deposits, typically as a percentage of their public deposit balance in excess of FDIC insurance and may also require a cross-guarantee among all banks holding public deposits of the individual state. The amount of collateral required varies by state and may also vary by bank within each state, depending on the individual state's risk assessment of each participating bank. Certain of the states in which the Company holds public deposits use a pooled collateral method, whereby in the event of default of a bank holding public deposits, the collateral of the defaulting bank is liquidated to the extent necessary to recover the loss of public deposits of the defaulting bank. To the extent the collateral is insufficient, the remaining public deposit balances of the defaulting bank are recovered through an assessment of the other banks holding public deposits in that state. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is dependent on a variety of factors, including the amount of public funds held by banks

in the states in which the Company also holds public deposits and the amount of collateral coverage associated with any defaulting bank. Individual states appear to be monitoring this risk and evaluating collateral requirements; therefore, the likelihood that the Company would have to perform under this guarantee is dependent on whether any banks holding public funds default as well as the adequacy of collateral coverage.

Other

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into indemnification agreements and provides standard representations and warranties in connection with numerous transactions. These transactions include those arising from securitization activities, underwriting agreements, merger and acquisition agreements, swap clearing agreements, loan sales, contractual commitments, payment processing, sponsorship agreements, and various other business transactions or arrangements. The extent of the Company's obligations under these indemnification agreements depends upon the occurrence

of future events; therefore, the Company's potential future liability under these arrangements is not determinable. STIS and STRH, broker-dealer affiliates of the Company, use a common third party clearing broker to clear and execute their customers' securities transactions and to hold customer accounts. Under their respective agreements, STIS and STRH agree to indemnify the clearing broker for losses that result from a customer's failure to fulfill its contractual obligations. As the clearing broker's rights to charge STIS and STRH have no maximum amount, the Company believes that the maximum potential obligation cannot be estimated. However, to mitigate exposure, the affiliate may seek recourse from the customer through cash or securities held in the defaulting customer's account. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, STIS and STRH experienced minimal net losses as a result of the indemnity. The clearing agreements expire in May 2020 for both STIS and STRH.

The Company enters into various derivative financial instruments, both in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions and as an end user as a risk management tool. The Company generally manages the risk associated with these derivatives within the established MRM and credit risk management frameworks. Derivatives may be used by the Company to hedge various economic or client-related exposures. In such instances, derivative positions are typically monitored using a VAR methodology, with exposures reviewed daily. Derivatives are also used as a risk management tool to hedge the Company’s balance sheet exposure to changes in identified cash flow and fair value risks, either economically or in accordance with hedge accounting provisions. The Company’s Corporate Treasury function is responsible for employing the various hedge strategies to manage these objectives. The Company enters into IRLCs on residential and commercial mortgage loans that are accounted for as freestanding derivatives. Additionally, certain contracts containing embedded derivatives are measured, in their entirety, at fair value. All derivatives, including both freestanding as well as any embedded derivatives that the Company bifurcates from the host contracts, are measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Trading assets and derivative instruments and Trading liabilities and derivative instruments. The associated gains and losses are either recognized in AOCI, net of tax, or within the Consolidated Statements of Income, depending upon the use and designation of the derivatives.

Credit and Market Risk Associated with Derivative Instruments

Derivatives expose the Company to risk that the counterparty to the derivative contract does not perform as expected. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk associated with derivatives by entering into transactions with counterparties with defined exposure limits based on their credit quality and in accordance with established policies and procedures. All counterparties are reviewed regularly as part of the Company’s credit risk management practices and appropriate action is taken to adjust the exposure limits to certain

counterparties as necessary. The Company’s derivative transactions are generally governed by ISDA agreements or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements. In certain cases and depending on the nature of the underlying derivative transactions, bilateral collateral agreements are also utilized. Furthermore, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to OTC derivative clearing requirements, which require certain derivatives to be cleared through central clearing houses, such as LCH and the CME. These clearing houses require the Company to post initial and variation margin to mitigate the risk of non-payment, the latter of which is received or paid daily based on the net asset or liability position of the contracts. Effective January 3, 2017, the CME amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral. As a result, in the first quarter of 2017, the Company began reducing the corresponding derivative asset and liability balances for CME-cleared OTC derivatives to reflect the settlement of those positions via the exchange of variation margin. Variation margin cash payments for LCH-cleared OTC derivatives continue to be subject to collateral accounting and characterized by the Company as collateral through December 31, 2017. However, effective January 16, 2018, LCH amended its rulebook to legally characterize variation margin cash payments for cleared OTC derivatives as settlement rather than as collateral, consistent with the CME's amended requirements. Accordingly, beginning in the first quarter of 2018, the Company will begin reducing the corresponding derivative asset and liability balances for LCH-cleared OTC derivatives to reflect the settlement of those positions via the exchange of variation margin.

When the Company has more than one outstanding derivative transaction with a single counterparty, and there exists a legal right of offset with that counterparty, the Company considers its exposure to the counterparty to be the net fair value of its derivative positions with that counterparty. If the net fair value is positive, then the corresponding asset value also reflects cash collateral held. At December 31, 2017, the economic

exposure of these net derivative asset positions was $541 million, reflecting $940 million of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral of $399 million that the Company held in relation to these positions. At December 31, 2016, the economic exposure of net derivative asset positions was $774 million, reflecting $1.1 billion of net derivative gains, adjusted for cash and other collateral held of $339 million.

Derivatives also expose the Company to market risk arising from the adverse effects that changes in market factors, such as interest rates, currency rates, equity prices, commodity prices, or implied volatility, may have on the value of a derivative. The Company manages this risk by establishing and monitoring limits on the types and degree of risk that may be undertaken. The Company measures its market risk exposure using a VAR methodology for derivatives designated as trading instruments. Other tools and risk measures are also used to actively manage risk associated with derivatives including scenario analysis and stress testing.

Derivative instruments are priced using observable market inputs at a mid-market valuation point and take into consideration appropriate valuation adjustments for collateral, market liquidity, and counterparty credit risk. For purposes of determining fair value adjustments to its OTC derivative positions, the Company takes into consideration the credit profile and likelihood of default by counterparties and itself, as well as its net exposure, which considers legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral along with remaining maturities. The expected loss of each counterparty is estimated using market-based views of counterparty default probabilities observed in the single-name CDS market, when available and of sufficient liquidity. When single-name CDS market data is not available or not of sufficient liquidity, the probability of default is estimated using a combination of the Company's internal risk rating system and sector/rating based CDS data.

For purposes of estimating the Company’s own credit risk on derivative liability positions, the DVA, the Company uses probabilities of default from observable, sector/rating based CDS data. The Company adjusted the net fair value of its derivative contracts for estimates of both counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk by approximately $5 million and $6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. For additional information on the Company's fair value measurements, see Note 18, "Fair Value Election and Measurement."

Currently, the majority of the Company’s derivatives contain contingencies that relate to the creditworthiness of the Bank. These contingencies, which are contained in industry standard master netting agreements, may be considered events of default. Should the Bank be in default under any of these provisions, the Bank’s counterparties would be permitted to close out transactions with the Bank on a net basis, at amounts that would approximate the fair values of the derivatives, resulting in a single sum due by one party to the other. The counterparties

would have the right to apply any collateral posted by the Bank against any net amount owed by the Bank. Additionally, certain of the Company’s derivative liability positions, totaling $1.1 billion in fair value at both December 31, 2017 and 2016, contain provisions conditioned on downgrades of the Bank’s credit rating. These provisions, if triggered, would either give rise to an ATE that permits the counterparties to close-out net and apply collateral or, where a CSA is present, require the Bank to post additional collateral.

At December 31, 2017, the Bank held senior long-term debt credit ratings of Baal/A-/A- from Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch, respectively. At December 31, 2017, ATEs have been triggered for less than $1 million in fair value liabilities. The maximum additional liability that could be triggered from ATEs was approximately $17 million at December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, $1.1 billion in fair value of derivative liabilities were subject to CSAs, against which the Bank has posted $1.0 billion in collateral, primarily in the form of cash. If requested by the counterparty pursuant to the terms of the CSA, the Bank would be required to post additional collateral of approximately $2 million against these contracts if the Bank were downgraded to Baa3/BBB. Further downgrades to Ba1/BBB- would require the Bank to post an additional $2 million of collateral. Any further downgrades below Ba1/BBB- do not contain predetermined collateral posting levels.

Notional and Fair Value of Derivative Positions

The following tables present the Company’s derivative positions at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The notional amounts in the tables are presented on a gross basis and have been classified within derivative assets or derivative liabilities based on the estimated fair value of the individual contract at December 31, 2017 and 2016. Gross positive and gross negative fair value amounts associated with respective notional amounts are presented without consideration of any netting agreements, including collateral arrangements. Net fair value derivative amounts are adjusted on an aggregate basis, where applicable, to take into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements, including any cash collateral received or paid, and are recognized in Trading assets and derivative instruments or Trading liabilities and derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. For contracts constituting a combination of options that contain a written option and a purchased option (such as a collar), the notional amount of each option is presented separately, with the purchased notional amount generally being presented as a derivative asset and the written notional amount being presented as a derivative liability. For other contracts that contain a combination of options, the fair value is generally presented as a single value with the purchased notional amount if the combined fair value is positive, and with the written notional amount if the combined fair value is negative.



	December 31, 2017
	Asset Derivatives					Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in millions)	Notional Amounts		Fair Value			Notional Amounts		Fair Value
Derivative instruments designated in cash flow hedging relationships ¹
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI		$5,850		$2			$8,350		$252

Derivative instruments designated in fair value hedging relationships ²
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt	1,250		1			4,670		58
Interest rate contracts hedging brokered CDs	30		—			30		—
Total	1,280		1			4,700		58

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments ³
Interest rate contracts hedging:
Residential MSRs ⁴	31,895		119			10,126		119
LHFS, IRLCs ⁵	4,550		9			3,040		6
LHFI	90		2			85		2
Trading activity ⁶	78,223		1,066			48,143		946
Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity	3,409		110			3,649		102
Credit contracts hedging:
LHFI	—		—			515		11
Trading activity ⁷	1,721		15			1,733		12
Equity contracts hedging trading activity ⁶	13,837		2,499			25,070		2,857
Other contracts:
IRLCs and other ⁸	1,671		18			346		16
Commodity derivatives	712		63			710		61
Total	136,108		3,901			93,417		4,132
Total derivative instruments		$143,238		$3,904			$106,467		$4,442

Total gross derivative instruments, before netting				$3,904					$4,442
Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements			(2,731		)			(2,731		)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid			(371		)			(1,303		)
Total derivative instruments, after netting				$802					$408



	December 31, 2016
	Asset Derivatives					Liability Derivatives
(Dollars in millions)	Notional Amounts		Fair Value			Notional Amounts		Fair Value
Derivative instruments designated in cash flow hedging relationships ¹
Interest rate contracts hedging floating rate LHFI		$6,400		$34			$11,050		$265

Derivative instruments designated in fair value hedging relationships ²
Interest rate contracts hedging fixed rate debt	600		2			4,510		81
Interest rate contracts hedging brokered CDs	60		—			30		—
Total	660		2			4,540		81

Derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments³
Interest rate contracts hedging:
Residential MSRs ⁴	12,165		413			18,774		335
LHFS, IRLCs ⁵	11,774		134			8,306		58
LHFI	100		2			36		1
Trading activity ⁶	70,599		1,536			67,477		1,401
Foreign exchange rate contracts hedging loans and trading activity	3,231		161			3,360		148
Credit contracts hedging:
LHFI	15		—			620		8
Trading activity ⁷	2,128		34			2,271		33
Equity contracts hedging trading activity ⁶	17,225		2,095			28,658		2,477
Other contracts:
IRLCs and other ⁸	2,412		28			668		22
Commodity derivatives	747		75			746		73
Total	120,396		4,478			130,916		4,556
Total derivative instruments		$127,456		$4,514			$146,506		$4,902

Total gross derivative instruments, before netting				$4,514					$4,902
Less: Legally enforceable master netting agreements			(3,239		)			(3,239		)
Less: Cash collateral received/paid			(291		)			(1,265		)
Total derivative instruments, after netting				$984					$398

The Company has various financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. The Company's securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements, are discussed in Note 3, "Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities." The Company enters into ISDA or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements with derivative counterparties. Under the terms of the master netting agreements, all transactions between the Company and the counterparty constitute a single business relationship such that in the event of default, the nondefaulting party is entitled to set off claims and apply property held by that party in respect of any transaction against obligations owed. Any payments, deliveries, or other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.

The following tables present total gross derivative instrument assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016, which are adjusted to reflect the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral received or paid when calculating the net amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Also included in the tables are financial instrument collateral related to legally enforceable master netting agreements that represents securities collateral received or pledged and customer cash collateral held at third party custodians. These amounts are not offset on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but are shown as a reduction to total derivative instrument assets and liabilities to derive net derivative assets and liabilities. These amounts are limited to the derivative asset/liability balance, and accordingly, do not include excess collateral received/pledged.



(Dollars in millions)	Gross Amount		Amount Offset		Net Amount Presented in Consolidated Balance Sheets			Held/Pledged Financial Instruments		Net Amount
December 31, 2017
Derivative instrument assets:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$3,491		$2,923		$568			$28		$540
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	18		—		18			—		18
Exchange traded derivatives	395		179		216			—		216
Total derivative instrument assets		$3,904		$3,102		$802	¹		$28		$774

Derivative instrument liabilities:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$4,128		$3,855		$273			$27		$246
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	130		—		130			—		130
Exchange traded derivatives	184		179		5			—		5
Total derivative instrument liabilities		$4,442		$4,034		$408	²		$27		$381

December 31, 2016
Derivative instrument assets:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$4,193		$3,384		$809			$48		$761
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	27		—		27			—		27
Exchange traded derivatives	294		146		148			—		148
Total derivative instrument assets		$4,514		$3,530		$984	¹		$48		$936

Derivative instrument liabilities:
Derivatives subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement		$4,649		$4,358		$291			$33		$258
Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangement or similar arrangement	105		—		105			—		105
Exchange traded derivatives	148		146		2			—		2
Total derivative instrument liabilities		$4,902		$4,504		$398	²		$33		$365

Credit Derivative Instruments

As part of the Company's trading businesses, the Company enters into contracts that are, in form or substance, written guarantees; specifically, CDS, risk participations, and TRS. The Company accounts for these contracts as derivatives, and accordingly, records these contracts at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Trading income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the gross notional amount of purchased CDS contracts designated as trading instruments was $5 million and $135 million, respectively. The fair value of purchased CDS was immaterial at December 31, 2017 and $3 million at December 31, 2016.

The Company has also entered into TRS contracts on loans. The Company’s TRS business consists of matched trades, such that when the Company pays depreciation on one TRS, it receives the same amount on the matched TRS. To mitigate its credit risk, the Company typically receives initial cash collateral from the counterparty upon entering into the TRS and is entitled to additional collateral if the fair value of the underlying reference assets deteriorates. There were $1.7 billion and $2.1 billion of outstanding TRS notional balances at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The fair values of these TRS assets and liabilities at December 31, 2017 were $15 million and $13 million, respectively, and related cash collateral held at December 31, 2017 was $368 million. The fair values of the TRS assets and liabilities at December 31, 2016 were $34 million and $31 million, respectively, and related cash collateral held at December 31, 2016 was $450 million. For additional information on the Company's TRS contracts, see Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," as well as Note 18, "Fair Value Election and Measurement."

The Company writes risk participations, which are credit derivatives, whereby the Company has guaranteed payment to a dealer counterparty in the event the counterparty experiences a loss on a derivative, such as an interest rate swap, due to a failure to pay by the counterparty’s customer (the “obligor”) on that derivative. The Company manages its payment risk on its risk participations by monitoring the creditworthiness of the obligors, which are all corporations or partnerships, through the normal credit review process that the Company would have performed had it entered into a derivative directly with the obligors. To date, no material losses have been incurred related to the Company’s written risk participations. At December 31, 2017, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to nine years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 5.5 years. At December 31, 2016, the remaining terms on these risk participations generally ranged from less than one year to thirty-one years, with a weighted average term on the maximum estimated exposure of 8.5 years. The Company’s maximum estimated exposure to written risk participations, as measured by projecting a maximum value of the guaranteed derivative instruments based on interest rate curve simulations and assuming 100% default by all obligors on the maximum values, was approximately $55 million and $95 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The fair values of the written risk participations were immaterial at both December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Cash Flow Hedging Instruments

The Company utilizes a comprehensive risk management strategy to monitor sensitivity of earnings to movements in interest rates. Specific types of funding and principal amounts hedged are determined based on prevailing market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. In conjunction with this strategy, the Company may employ various interest rate derivatives as risk management tools to hedge interest rate risk from recognized assets and liabilities or from forecasted transactions. The terms and notional amounts of derivatives are determined based on management’s assessment of future interest rates, as well as other factors.

Interest rate swaps have been designated as hedging the exposure to the benchmark interest rate risk associated with floating rate loans. At December 31, 2017, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to five years, with the weighted average being 3.6 years. At December 31, 2016, the maturities for hedges of floating rate loans ranged from less than one year to six years, with the weighted average being 4.1 years. These hedges have been highly effective in offsetting the designated risks, yielding an immaterial amount of ineffectiveness for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. At December 31, 2017, $21 million of deferred net pre-tax losses on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on floating rate loans recognized in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into net interest income during the next twelve months. The amount to be reclassified into income incorporates the impact from both active and terminated cash flow hedges, including the net interest income earned on the active hedges, assuming no changes in LIBOR. The Company may choose to terminate or de-designate a hedging relationship due to a change in the risk management objective for that specific hedge item, which may arise in conjunction with an overall balance sheet management strategy.

Fair Value Hedging Instruments

The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements as part of the Company’s risk management objectives for hedging its exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates. These hedging arrangements convert certain fixed rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates. Consistent with this objective, the Company reflects the accrued contractual interest on the hedged item and the related swaps as part of current period interest expense. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded in the Company’s assessment of hedge effectiveness related to the fair value hedges.

Economic Hedging Instruments and Trading Activities

In addition to designated hedge accounting relationships, the Company also enters into derivatives as an end user to economically hedge risks associated with certain non-derivative and derivative instruments, along with entering into derivatives in a trading capacity with its clients.

The primary risks that the Company economically hedges are interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, and credit risk. The Company mitigates these risks by entering into offsetting derivatives either on an individual basis or collectively on a macro basis.

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which are classified as level 1, 2, or 3 within the fair value hierarchy, as shown below, on the basis of whether the measurement employs observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions, taking into account information about market participant assumptions that is readily available.


•	Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets


•	Level 2: Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets


•	Level 3: Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company’s recurring fair value measurements are based on either a requirement to measure such assets and liabilities at fair value or on the Company’s election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis include trading securities, securities AFS, and derivative financial instruments. Assets and liabilities that the Company has elected to measure at fair value on a recurring basis include its residential MSRs, trading loans, and certain LHFS, LHFI, brokered time deposits, and fixed rate debt issuances.

The Company elects to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value to better align its financial performance with the economic value of actively traded or hedged assets or liabilities. The use of fair value also enables the Company to mitigate non-economic earnings volatility caused from financial assets and liabilities being measured using different bases of accounting, as well as to more accurately portray the active and dynamic management of the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions in estimating fair value. The assumptions used to estimate the value of an instrument have varying degrees of impact to the overall fair value of an asset or liability. This process involves gathering multiple sources of information, including broker quotes, values provided by pricing services, trading activity in other identical or similar securities, market indices, and pricing matrices. When observable market prices for the asset or liability are not available, the Company employs various

modeling techniques, such as discounted cash flow analyses, to estimate fair value. Models used to produce material financial reporting information are validated prior to use and following any material change in methodology. Their performance is monitored at least quarterly, and any material deterioration in model performance is escalated. This review is performed by different internal groups depending on the type of fair value asset or liability.

The Company has formal processes and controls in place to support the appropriateness of its fair value estimates. For fair values obtained from a third party, or those that include certain trader estimates of fair value, there is an independent price validation function that provides oversight for these estimates. For level 2 instruments and certain level 3 instruments, the validation generally involves evaluating pricing received from two or more third party pricing sources that are widely used by market participants. The Company evaluates this pricing information from both a qualitative and quantitative perspective and determines whether any pricing differences exceed acceptable thresholds. If thresholds are exceeded, the Company assesses differences in valuation approaches used, which may include contacting a pricing service to gain further insight into the valuation of a particular security or class of securities to resolve the pricing variance, which could include an adjustment to the price used for financial reporting purposes.

The Company classifies instruments within level 2 in the fair value hierarchy when it determines that external pricing sources estimated fair value using prices for similar instruments trading in active markets. A wide range of quoted values from pricing sources may imply a reduced level of market activity and indicate that significant adjustments to price indications have been made. In such cases, the Company evaluates whether the asset or liability should be classified as level 3.

Determining whether to classify an instrument as level 3 involves judgment and is based on a variety of subjective factors, including whether a market is inactive. A market is considered inactive if significant decreases in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have been observed. In making this determination the Company evaluates the number of recent transactions in either the primary or secondary market, whether or not price quotations are current, the nature of market participants, the variability of price quotations, the breadth of bid/ask spreads, declines in, or the absence of, new issuances, and the availability of public information. When a market is determined to be inactive, significant adjustments may be made to price indications when estimating fair value. In making these adjustments the Company seeks to employ assumptions a market participant would use to value the asset or liability, including consideration of illiquidity in the referenced market.



	December 31, 2017
	Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting Adjustments ¹			Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
Assets
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities		$157		$—		$—		$—			$157
Federal agency securities	—		395		—		—			395
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		61		—		—			61
MBS - agency	—		700		—		—			700
Corporate and other debt securities	—		655		—		—			655
CP	—		118		—		—			118
Equity securities	56		—		—		—			56
Derivative instruments	395		3,493		16		(3,102		)	802
Trading loans	—		2,149		—		—			2,149
Total trading assets and derivative instruments	608		7,571		16		(3,102		)	5,093

Securities AFS:
U.S. Treasury securities	4,331		—		—		—			4,331
Federal agency securities	—		259		—		—			259
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		617		—		—			617
MBS - agency residential	—		22,704		—		—			22,704
MBS - agency commercial	—		2,086		—		—			2,086
MBS - non-agency residential	—		—		59		—			59
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		866		—		—			866
ABS	—		—		8		—			8
Corporate and other debt securities	—		12		5		—			17
Other equity securities ²	51		—		418		—			469
Total securities AFS	4,382		26,544		490		—			31,416

LHFS	—		1,577		—		—			1,577
LHFI	—		—		196		—			196
Residential MSRs	—		—		1,710		—			1,710

Liabilities
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities	577		—		—		—			577
Corporate and other debt securities	—		289		—		—			289
Equity securities	9		—		—		—			9
Derivative instruments	183		4,243		16		(4,034		)	408
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments	769		4,532		16		(4,034		)	1,283

Brokered time deposits	—		236		—		—			236
Long-term debt	—		530		—		—			530



	December 31, 2016
	Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in millions)	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Netting Adjustments ¹			Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
Assets
Trading assets and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities		$539		$—		$—		$—			$539
Federal agency securities	—		480		—		—			480
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		134		—		—			134
MBS - agency	—		567		—		—			567
CLO securities	—		1		—		—			1
Corporate and other debt securities	—		656		—		—			656
CP	—		140		—		—			140
Equity securities	49		—		—		—			49
Derivative instruments	293		4,193		28		(3,530		)	984
Trading loans	—		2,517		—		—			2,517
Total trading assets and derivative instruments	881		8,688		28		(3,530		)	6,067

Securities AFS:
U.S. Treasury securities	5,405		—		—		—			5,405
Federal agency securities	—		313		—		—			313
U.S. states and political subdivisions	—		275		4		—			279
MBS - agency residential	—		22,436		—		—			22,436
MBS - agency commercial	—		1,226		—		—			1,226
MBS - non-agency residential	—		—		74		—			74
MBS - non-agency commercial	—		252		—		—			252
ABS	—		—		10		—			10
Corporate and other debt securities	—		30		5		—			35
Other equity securities ²	102		—		540		—			642
Total securities AFS	5,507		24,532		633		—			30,672

LHFS	—		3,528		12		—			3,540
LHFI	—		—		222		—			222
Residential MSRs	—		—		1,572		—			1,572

Liabilities
Trading liabilities and derivative instruments:
U.S. Treasury securities	697		—		—		—			697
MBS - agency	—		1		—		—			1
Corporate and other debt securities	—		255		—		—			255
Derivative instruments	149		4,731		22		(4,504		)	398
Total trading liabilities and derivative instruments	846		4,987		22		(4,504		)	1,351

Brokered time deposits	—		78		—		—			78
Long-term debt	—		963		—		—			963

Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale

Unless otherwise indicated, trading assets are priced by the trading desk and securities AFS are valued by an independent third party pricing service. The third party pricing service gathers relevant market data and observable inputs, such as new issue data, benchmark curves, reported trades, credit spreads, and dealer bids and offers, and integrates relevant credit information, perceived market movements, and sector news into its matrix pricing and other market-based modeling techniques.

U.S. Treasury Securities

The Company estimates the fair value of its U.S. Treasury securities based on quoted prices observed in active markets; as such, these investments are classified as level 1.

Federal Agency Securities

The Company includes in this classification securities issued by federal agencies and GSEs. Agency securities consist of debt obligations issued by HUD, FHLB, and other agencies or collateralized by loans that are guaranteed by the SBA and are, therefore, backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. For SBA instruments, the Company estimates fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities or from a third party pricing service. Accordingly, the Company classified these instruments as level 2.

U.S. States and Political Subdivisions

The Company’s investments in U.S. states and political subdivisions (collectively “municipals”) include obligations of county and municipal authorities and agency bonds, which are general obligations of the municipality or are supported by a specified revenue source. Holdings are geographically dispersed, with no significant concentrations in any one state or municipality. Additionally, all AFS municipal obligations classified as level 2 are highly rated or are otherwise

collateralized by securities backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had an immaterial amount of bonds classified as level 3 AFS municipal securities. These level 3 AFS municipal securities were redeemable with the issuer at par and could not be traded in the market. As such, no significant observable market data for these instruments was available; therefore, these securities were priced at par. At December 31, 2017, the Company had no level 3 AFS municipal securities as these instruments matured during the second quarter of 2017.

MBS – Agency

Agency MBS includes pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by GSEs and U.S. government agencies, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae. Each security contains a guarantee by the issuing GSE or agency. For agency MBS, the Company estimates fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities or from a third party pricing service; accordingly, the Company has classified these instruments as level 2.

MBS – Non-agency

Non-agency residential MBS includes purchased interests in third party securitizations, as well as retained interests in Company-sponsored securitizations of 2006 and 2007 vintage residential mortgages (including both prime jumbo fixed rate collateral and floating rate collateral). At the time of purchase or origination, these securities had high investment grade ratings; however, through the most recent financial crisis, they experienced deterioration in credit quality leading to downgrades to non-investment grade levels. The Company obtains pricing for these securities from an independent pricing service. The Company evaluates third party pricing to determine the reasonableness of the information relative to changes in market data, such as any recent trades, information received from market participants and analysts, and/or changes in the underlying

collateral performance. The Company continued to classify non-agency residential MBS as level 3, as the Company believes that available third party pricing relies on significant unobservable assumptions, as evidenced by a persistently wide bid-ask price range and variability in pricing from the pricing services, particularly for the vintage and exposures held by the Company.

Non-agency commercial MBS consists of purchased interests in third party securitizations. These interests have high investment grade ratings, and the Company obtains pricing for these securities from an independent pricing service. The Company has classified these non-agency commercial MBS as level 2, as the third party pricing service relies on observable data for similar securities in active markets.

CLO Securities

CLO preference share exposure was estimated at fair value based on pricing from observable trading activity for similar securities. Accordingly, the Company classified these instruments as level 2 at December 31, 2016.

Asset-Backed Securities

ABS classified as securities AFS includes purchased interests in third party securitizations collateralized by home equity loans and are valued based on third party pricing with significant unobservable assumptions; as such, they are classified as level 3.

Corporate and Other Debt Securities

Corporate debt securities are comprised predominantly of senior and subordinate debt obligations of domestic corporations and are classified as level 2. Other debt securities classified as AFS in level 3 at December 31, 2017 and 2016 include bonds that are redeemable with the issuer at par and cannot be traded in the market. As such, observable market data for these instruments is not available.

Commercial Paper

The Company acquires CP that is generally short-term in nature (maturity of less than 30 days) and highly rated. The Company estimates the fair value of this CP based on observable pricing from executed trades of similar instruments; as such, CP is classified as level 2.

Equity Securities

The Company estimates the fair value of its equity securities classified as trading assets based on quoted prices observed in active markets; accordingly, these investments are classified as level 1.

Other equity securities classified as securities AFS include primarily FHLB of Atlanta stock and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta stock, which are redeemable with the issuer at cost and cannot be traded in the market; as such, these instruments are classified as level 3. The Company accounts for the stock based on industry guidance that requires these investments be carried at cost and evaluated for impairment based on the ultimate recovery of cost. The Company estimates the fair value of its mutual fund investments and certain other equity securities classified as securities AFS based on quoted prices observed in active markets; therefore, these investments are classified as level 1.

Derivative Instruments

The Company holds derivative instruments for both trading and risk management purposes. Level 1 derivative instruments generally include exchange-traded futures or option contracts for which pricing is readily available. The Company’s level 2 instruments are predominantly OTC swaps, options, and forwards, measured using observable market assumptions for interest rates, foreign exchange, equity, and credit. Because fair values for OTC contracts are not readily available, the Company estimates fair values using internal, but standard, valuation models. The selection of valuation models is driven by the type of contract: for option-based products, the Company uses an appropriate option pricing model such as Black-Scholes. For forward-based products, the Company’s valuation methodology is generally a discounted cash flow approach.

The Company's derivative instruments classified as level 2 are primarily transacted in the institutional dealer market and priced with observable market assumptions at a mid-market valuation point, with appropriate valuation adjustments for liquidity and credit risk. See Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for additional information on the Company's derivative instruments.

The Company's derivative instruments classified as level 3 include IRLCs that satisfy the criteria to be treated as derivative financial instruments. The fair value of IRLCs on LHFS, while based on interest rates observable in the market, is highly dependent on the ultimate closing of the loans. These “pull-through” rates are based on the Company’s historical data and reflect the Company’s best estimate of the likelihood that a commitment will result in a closed loan. As pull-through rates increase, the fair value of IRLCs also increases. Servicing value is included in the fair value of IRLCs, and the fair value of servicing is determined by projecting cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate an expected fair value. The fair value of servicing is impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. Because these inputs are not transparent in market trades, IRLCs are considered to be level 3 assets. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company transferred $191 million and $211 million, respectively, of net IRLCs out of level 3 as the associated loans were closed.

Trading Loans

The Company engages in certain businesses whereby electing to measure loans at fair value for financial reporting aligns with the underlying business purpose. Specifically, loans included within this classification include trading loans that are (i) made or acquired in connection with the Company’s TRS business, (ii) part of the loan sales and trading business within the Company’s Wholesale segment, or (iii) backed by the SBA. See Note 10, "Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities," and Note 17, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” for further discussion of this business. All of these loans are classified as level 2 due to the nature of market data that the Company uses to estimate fair value.

The loans made in connection with the Company’s TRS business are short-term, senior demand loans supported by a pledge agreement granting first priority security interest to the

Bank in all the assets held by the borrower, a VIE with assets comprised primarily of corporate loans. While these TRS-related loans do not trade in the market, the Company believes that the par amount of the loans approximates fair value and no unobservable assumptions are used by the Company to value these loans. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $1.7 billion and $2.1 billion of these short-term loans outstanding, measured at fair value, respectively.

The loans from the Company’s sales and trading business are commercial and corporate leveraged loans that are either traded in the market or for which similar loans trade. The Company elected to measure these loans at fair value since they are actively traded. For each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. The Company is able to obtain fair value estimates for substantially all of these loans through a third party valuation service that is broadly used by market participants. While most of the loans are traded in the market, the Company does not believe that trading activity qualifies the loans as level 1 instruments, as the volume and level of trading activity is subject to variability and the loans are not exchange-traded. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $48 million and $46 million, respectively, of loans related to the Company’s trading business were held in inventory.

SBA loans are similar to SBA securities discussed herein under “Federal agency securities,” except for their legal form. In both cases, the Company trades instruments that are fully guaranteed by the U.S. government as to contractual principal and interest and there is sufficient observable trading activity upon which to base the estimate of fair value. As these SBA loans are fully guaranteed, the changes in fair value are attributable to factors other than instrument-specific credit risk. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company held $368 million and $310 million of SBA loans in inventory, respectively.

Loans Held for Sale and Loans Held for Investment

Residential Mortgage LHFS

The Company values certain newly-originated residential mortgage LHFS at fair value based upon defined product criteria. The Company chooses to fair value these residential mortgage LHFS to eliminate the complexities and inherent difficulties of achieving hedge accounting and to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans and related hedge instruments. Any origination fees are recognized within Mortgage production related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income when earned at the time of closing. The servicing value is included in the fair value of the loan and is initially recognized at the time the Company enters into IRLCs with borrowers. The Company employs derivative instruments to economically hedge changes in interest rates and the related impact on servicing value in the fair value of the loan. The mark-to-market adjustments related to LHFS and the associated economic hedges are captured in Mortgage production related income.

LHFS classified as level 2 are primarily agency loans which trade in active secondary markets and are priced using current market pricing for similar securities, adjusted for servicing, interest rate risk, and credit risk. Non-agency residential

mortgage LHFS are also included in level 2. The Company transferred certain residential mortgage LHFS into level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. These transfers were largely due to borrower defaults or the identification of other loan defects impacting the marketability of the loans. At December 31, 2017, the Company had no residential mortgage LHFS classified as level 3 AFS as these loans were sold or transferred out of level 3 during 2017.

For residential mortgages that the Company has elected to measure at fair value, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015. In addition to borrower-specific credit risk, there are other more significant variables that drive changes in the fair values of the loans, including interest rates and general market conditions.

Commercial Mortgage LHFS

The Company values certain commercial mortgage LHFS at fair value based upon observable current market prices for similar loans. These loans are generally transferred to agencies within 90 days of origination. The Company had commitments from agencies to purchase these loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016; therefore, they are classified as level 2. Origination fees are recognized within commercial real estate related income in the Consolidated Statements of Income when earned at the time of closing. To mitigate the effect of interest rate risk inherent in entering into IRLCs with borrowers, the Company enters into forward contracts with investors at the same time that it enters into IRLCs with borrowers. The mark-to-market adjustments related to commercial mortgage LHFS, IRLCs, and forward contracts are recognized in Commercial real estate related income. For commercial mortgages that the Company has elected to measure at fair value, the Company recognized no gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income due to changes in fair value attributable to borrower-specific credit risk for each the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.

LHFI

LHFI classified as level 3 includes predominantly mortgage loans that are not marketable, largely due to the identification of loan defects. The Company chooses to measure these mortgage LHFI at fair value to better align reported results with the underlying economic changes in value of the loans and any related hedging instruments. The Company values these loans using a discounted cash flow approach based on assumptions that are generally not observable in current markets, such as prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity rates, and discount rates. Level 3 LHFI also includes mortgage loans that are valued using collateral based pricing. Changes in the applicable housing price index since the time of the loan origination are considered and applied to the loan's collateral value. An additional discount representing the return that a buyer would require is also considered in the overall fair value.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

The Company records residential MSR assets at fair value using a discounted cash flow approach. The fair values of residential MSRs are impacted by a variety of factors, including prepayment

assumptions, discount rates, delinquency rates, contractually specified servicing fees, servicing costs, and underlying portfolio characteristics. The underlying assumptions and estimated values are corroborated by values received from independent third parties based on their review of the servicing portfolio, and comparisons to market transactions. Because these inputs are not transparent in market trades, residential MSRs are classified as level 3 assets. For additional information see Note 9, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

Liabilities

Trading Liabilities and Derivative Instruments

Trading liabilities are comprised primarily of derivative contracts, including IRLCs that satisfy the criteria to be treated as derivative financial instruments, as well as various contracts (primarily U.S. Treasury securities, corporate and other debt securities) that the Company uses in certain of its trading businesses. The Company's valuation methodologies for these derivative contracts and securities are consistent with those discussed within the corresponding sections herein under “Trading Assets and Derivative Instruments and Securities Available for Sale.”

During the second quarter of 2009, in connection with its sale of Visa Class B shares, the Company entered into a derivative contract whereby the ultimate cash payments received or paid, if any, under the contract are based on the ultimate resolution of the Litigation involving Visa. The fair value of the derivative is estimated based on the Company’s expectations regarding the ultimate resolution of that Litigation. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the derivative involve a high degree of judgment and subjectivity; accordingly, the derivative liability is classified as level 3. See Note 16, "Guarantees," for a discussion of the valuation assumptions.

Brokered Time Deposits

The Company has elected to measure certain CDs that contain embedded derivatives at fair value. This fair value election better aligns the economics of the CDs with the Company’s risk management strategies. The Company evaluated, on an instrument by instrument basis, whether a new issuance would be measured at fair value.

The Company has classified CDs measured at fair value as level 2 instruments due to the Company's ability to reasonably measure all significant inputs based on observable market variables. The Company employs a discounted cash flow approach based on observable market interest rates for the term of the CD and an estimate of the Bank's credit risk. For any embedded derivative features, the Company uses the same valuation methodologies as if the derivative were a standalone derivative, as discussed herein under "Derivative instruments."

Long-term Debt

The Company has elected to measure at fair value certain fixed rate issuances of public debt that are valued by obtaining price indications from a third party pricing service and utilizing broker quotes to corroborate the reasonableness of those marks. Additionally, information from market data of recent observable trades and indications from buy side investors, if available, are taken into consideration as additional support for the value. Due to the availability of this information, the Company determined that the appropriate classification for these debt issuances is level 2. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to convert interest rates on its fixed rate debt to floating rates. The Company elected to measure certain fixed rate debt issuances at fair value to align the accounting for the debt with the accounting for offsetting derivative positions, without having to apply complex hedge accounting.

Loans Held for Sale

At December 31, 2017, LHFS classified as level 2 consisted of commercial loans that were valued using market prices and measured at LOCOM. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company transferred $31 million of C&I NPLs to LHFS as the Company elected to actively market these loans for sale. As a result of transferring the C&I NPLs to LHFS, the Company recognized a $5 million charge-off to reflect the loans' estimated market value. These transferred C&I NPLs were sold during the fourth quarter of 2017 at a price approximating their carrying values. There were no gains/(losses) recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2017 as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL.

Loans Held for Investment

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, LHFI consisted primarily of consumer loans discharged in Chapter 7 bankruptcy that had not been reaffirmed by the borrower, as well as nonperforming CRE loans for which specific reserves had been recognized. Cash proceeds from the sale of the underlying collateral is the expected source of repayment for a majority of these loans. Accordingly, the fair value of these loans is derived from the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, incorporating market data if available. There were no gains/(losses) recognized during the year ended December 31, 2017 or during the year ended December 31, 2016, as the charge-offs related to these loans are a component of the ALLL. Due to the lack of market data for similar assets, all of these loans are classified as level 3.

OREO

OREO is measured at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell. Level 2 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which binding purchase agreements exist. Level 3 OREO consists primarily of residential homes, commercial properties, and vacant lots and land for which initial valuations are based on

property-specific appraisals, broker pricing opinions, or other limited, highly subjective market information. Updated value estimates are received regularly for level 3 OREO.

Other Assets

Other assets consists of cost and equity method investments, other repossessed assets, assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor, branch properties, land held for sale, and software.

Investments in cost and equity method investments are evaluated for potential impairment based on the expected remaining cash flows to be received from these assets discounted at a market rate that is commensurate with the expected risk, considering relevant Company-specific valuation multiples, where applicable. Based on the valuation methodology and associated unobservable inputs, these investments are classified as level 3. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on is equity investments. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized impairment charges of $8 million on its equity investments.

Other repossessed assets comprises repossessed personal property that is measured at fair value less cost to sell. These assets are classified as level 3 as their fair value is determined based on a variety of subjective, unobservable factors. There were no losses recognized in earnings by the Company on other repossessed assets during the year ended December 31, 2017 or during the year ended December 31, 2016, as the impairment charges on repossessed personal property were a component of the ALLL.

The Company monitors the fair value of assets under operating leases where the Company is the lessor and recognizes impairment on the leased asset to the extent the carrying value is not recoverable and is greater than its fair value. Fair value is determined using collateral specific pricing digests, external appraisals, broker opinions, recent sales data from industry

equipment dealers, and the discounted cash flows derived from the underlying lease agreement. As market data for similar assets and lease arrangements is available and used in the valuation, these assets are considered level 2. The Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges during the year ended December 31, 2017 attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized impairment charges of $12 million attributable to changes in the fair value of various personal property under operating leases.

Branch properties are classified as level 3, as their fair value is based on market comparables and broker opinions. During the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized impairment charges of $10 million and $12 million on branch properties, respectively.

Land held for sale is recorded at the lesser of carrying value or fair value less cost to sell, and is considered level 3 as its fair value is determined based on market comparables and broker opinions. The Company recognized an immaterial amount of impairment charges on land held for sale for each of the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Software consisted primarily of external software licenses and internally developed software classified as level 3, as their fair value is based on unobservable vendor pricing and capitalized software development costs. The Company recognized impairment charges of $28 million during the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized no impairment charges on software.

the market, instruments are valued based on the best available data to approximate fair value. This data may be internally developed and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require under then-current market conditions.

(d)

LHFI fair values are based on a hypothetical exit price, which does not represent the estimated intrinsic value of the loan if held for investment. The assumptions used are expected to approximate those that a market participant purchasing the loans would use to value the loans, including a market risk premium and liquidity discount. Estimating the fair value of the loan portfolio when loan sales and trading markets are illiquid or nonexistent requires significant judgment.

Generally, the Company measures fair value for LHFI based on estimated future discounted cash flows using current origination rates for loans with similar terms and credit quality, which derived an estimated value of 101% on the loan portfolio’s net carrying value at both December 31, 2017 and 2016. The value derived from origination rates likely does not represent an exit price; therefore, an incremental market risk and liquidity discount was applied when estimating the fair value of these loans. The discounted value is a function of a market participant’s required yield in the current environment and is not a reflection of the expected cumulative losses on the loans.

(e)

Deposit liabilities with no defined maturity such as DDAs, NOW/money market accounts, and savings accounts have a fair value equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow approach that applies current interest rates to a schedule of aggregated expected maturities. The assumptions used in the discounted

cash flow analysis are expected to approximate those that market participants would use in valuing deposits. The value of long-term relationships with depositors is not taken into account in estimating fair values. Refer to the respective valuation section within this footnote for valuation information related to brokered time deposits that the Company measures at fair value as well as those that are carried at amortized cost.

(f)

Fair values for short-term borrowings and certain long-term debt are based on quoted market prices for similar instruments or estimated discounted cash flows utilizing the Company’s current incremental borrowing rate for similar types of instruments. Refer to the respective valuation section within this footnote for valuation information related to long-term debt that the Company measures at fair value. For level 3 debt, the terms are unique in nature or there are no similar instruments that can be used to value the instrument without using significant unobservable assumptions.

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are not included in the table above. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $66.4 billion and $67.2 billion, respectively, of unfunded commercial loan commitments and letters of credit. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related unfunded commitments reserve, which was a combined $84 million and $71 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No active trading market exists for these instruments, and the estimated fair value does not include value associated with the borrower relationship. The Company does not estimate the fair values of consumer unfunded lending commitments which can generally be canceled by providing notice to the borrower.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are parties to numerous civil claims and lawsuits and subject to regulatory examinations, investigations, and requests for information. Some of these matters involve claims for substantial amounts. The Company’s experience has shown that the damages alleged by plaintiffs or claimants are often overstated, based on unsubstantiated legal theories, unsupported by facts, and/or bear no relation to the ultimate award that a court might grant. Additionally, the outcome of litigation and regulatory matters and the timing of ultimate resolution are inherently difficult to predict. These factors make it difficult for the Company to provide a meaningful estimate of the range of reasonably possible outcomes of claims in the aggregate or by individual claim. However, on a case-by-case basis, reserves are established for those legal claims in which it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company's financial statements at December 31, 2017 reflect the Company's current best estimate of probable losses associated with these matters, including costs to comply with various settlement agreements, where applicable. The actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved.

For a limited number of legal matters in which the Company is involved, the Company is able to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses in excess of related reserves, if any. Management currently estimates these losses to range from $0 to approximately $160 million. This estimated range of reasonably possible losses represents the estimated possible losses over the life of such legal matters, which may span a currently indeterminable number of years, and is based on information available at December 31, 2017. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time to time, and actual results may vary significantly from this estimate. Those matters for which an estimate is not possible are not included within this estimated range; therefore, this estimated range does not represent the Company’s maximum loss exposure. Based on current knowledge, it is the opinion of management that liabilities arising from legal claims in excess of the amounts currently reserved, if any, will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, in light of the significant uncertainties involved in these matters and the large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows for any given reporting period.

The following is a description of certain litigation and regulatory matters:

Card Association Antitrust Litigation

The Company is a defendant, along with Visa and MasterCard, as well as several other banks, in several antitrust lawsuits challenging their practices. For a discussion regarding the Company’s involvement in this litigation matter, see Note 16, “Guarantees.”

Bickerstaff v. SunTrust Bank

This case was filed in the Fulton County State Court on July 12, 2010, and an amended complaint was filed on August 9, 2010. Plaintiff asserts that all overdraft fees charged to his account which related to debit card and ATM transactions are actually interest charges and therefore subject to the usury laws of Georgia. Plaintiff has brought claims for violations of civil and criminal usury laws, conversion, and money had and received, and purports to bring the action on behalf of all Georgia citizens who incurred such overdraft fees within the four years before the complaint was filed where the overdraft fee resulted in an interest rate being charged in excess of the usury rate. On April 8, 2013, the plaintiff filed a motion for class certification and that motion was denied but the ruling was later reversed and remanded by the Georgia Supreme Court. On October 6, 2017, the trial court granted plaintiff's motion for class certification and the Bank filed an appeal of the decision on November 3, 2017.

ERISA Class Actions

Company Stock Class Action

Beginning in July 2008, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA by offering the Company's common stock as an investment option in the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”). The plaintiffs sought to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the Company stock in their Plan accounts from May 15, 2007 to March 30, 2011 and seek to recover alleged losses these participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in Company stock.

This case was originally filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida but was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”), in November 2008. Since the filing of the case, various amended pleadings, motions, and appeals were made by the parties that ultimately resulted in the District Court granting a motion for summary judgment for certain non-fiduciary defendants and granting certain of the plaintiffs' motion for class certification. The class is defined as "All persons, other than Defendants and members of their immediate families, who were participants in or beneficiaries of the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan (the "Plan") at any time between May 15, 2007 and March 30, 2011, inclusive (the "Class Period") and whose accounts included investments in SunTrust common stock ("SunTrust Stock") during that time period and who sustained a loss to their account as a result of the investment in SunTrust Stock." Discovery has closed in the matter. On February 22, 2018, the Company informed the District Court that it had reached an agreement in principle with class counsel to settle this class action, subject to court approval.

Mutual Funds Class Actions

On March 11, 2011, the Company and certain officers, directors, and employees of the Company were named in a putative class action alleging that they breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA by offering certain STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan. The plaintiffs purport to represent all current and former Plan participants who held the STI Classic Mutual Funds in their Plan accounts from April 2002 through

December 2010 and seek to recover alleged losses these Plan participants supposedly incurred as a result of their investment in the STI Classic Mutual Funds. This action is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (the “District Court”). Subsequently, plaintiffs' counsel initiated a substantially similar lawsuit against the Company naming two new plaintiffs. On June 27, 2014, Brown, et al. v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al., another putative class action alleging breach of fiduciary duties associated with the inclusion of STI Classic Mutual Funds as investment options in the Plan, was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia but then was transferred to the District Court.

After various appeals, the cases were remanded to the District Court. On March 25, 2016, a consolidated amended complaint was filed, consolidating all of these pending actions into one case. The Company filed an answer to the consolidated amended complaint on June 6, 2016. Subsequent to the closing of fact discovery, plaintiffs filed their second amended consolidated complaint on December 19, 2017 which among other things named five new defendants. On January 2, 2018, defendants filed their answer to the second amended consolidated complaint.

Intellectual Ventures II v. SunTrust Banks, Inc. and SunTrust Bank

This action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia on July 24, 2013. Plaintiff alleged that SunTrust violates five patents held by plaintiff in connection with SunTrust’s provision of online banking services and other systems and services. Plaintiff seeks damages for alleged patent infringement of an unspecified amount, as well as attorney’s fees and expenses. The matter was stayed on October 7, 2014 pending inter partes reviews of a number of the claims asserted against SunTrust. After completion of those reviews, plaintiff dismissed its claims regarding four of the five patents on August 1, 2017.

Consent Order with the Federal Reserve

On April 13, 2011, SunTrust, SunTrust Bank, and STM entered into a Consent Order with the FRB in which SunTrust, SunTrust Bank, and STM agreed to strengthen oversight of, and improve risk management, internal audit, and compliance programs concerning the residential mortgage loan servicing, loss mitigation, and foreclosure activities of STM. On January 12, 2018, the FRB terminated the Consent Order without penalty, finding that the Company has demonstrated sustained improvements in oversight and mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practice.

United States Mortgage Servicing Settlement

In the second quarter of 2014, STM and the U.S., through the DOJ, HUD, and Attorneys General for several states, reached a final settlement agreement related to the National Mortgage Servicing Settlement. The settlement agreement became effective on September 30, 2014 when the court entered the Consent Judgment. Pursuant to the settlements, STM made $50 million in cash payments, provided $500 million of consumer relief, and implemented certain mortgage servicing standards. In an August 10, 2017 report, the independent Office of Mortgage Settlement Oversight ("OMSO"), appointed to review and certify compliance with the provisions of the settlement,

confirmed that the Company fulfilled its consumer relief commitments of the settlement. STM's compliance with certain mortgage servicing standards continues to be monitored, tested, and reported quarterly by an internal review group and semi-annually by the OMSO. The Company does not expect costs associated with remaining servicing standard obligations to have a material impact on the Company's financial results.

United States Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York Foreclosure Expense Investigation

In April 2013, STM began cooperating with the United States Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New York (the "Southern District") in a broad-based industry investigation regarding claims for foreclosure-related expenses charged by law firms in connection with the foreclosure of loans guaranteed or insured by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or FHA. The investigation relates to a private litigant qui tam lawsuit filed under seal and remains in early stages. The Southern District has not yet advised STM how it will proceed in this matter. The Southern District and STM engaged in dialogue regarding potential resolution of this matter as part of the National Mortgage Servicing Settlement, but were unable to reach agreement.

LR Trust v. SunTrust Banks, Inc., et al.

In November 2016, the Company and certain officers and directors were named as defendants in a shareholder derivative action alleging that defendants failed to take action related to activities at issue in the National Mortgage Servicing, HAMP, and FHA Originations settlements, and certain other legal matters or to ensure that the alleged activities in each were remedied and otherwise appropriately addressed. Plaintiff sought an award in favor of the Company for the amount of damages sustained by the Company, disgorgement of alleged benefits obtained by defendants, and enhancements to corporate governance and internal controls. On September 18, 2017, the court dismissed this matter and on October 16, 2017, Plaintiff filed an appeal.

Millennium Lender Claim Trust v. STRH and SunTrust Bank, et al.

In August 2017, the Trustee of the Millennium Lender Claim Trust filed a suit in the New York State Court against STRH, SunTrust Bank, and other lenders of the $1.775 B Millennium Health LLC f/k/a Millennium Laboratories LLC (“Millennium”) syndicated loan. The Trustee alleges that the loan was actually a security and that defendants misrepresented or omitted to state material facts in the offering materials and communications provided concerning the legality of Millennium's sales, marketing, and billing practices and the known risks posed by a pending government investigation into the illegality of such practices. The Trustee brings claims for violation of the California Corporate Securities Law, the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Colorado Securities Act, and the Illinois Securities Law, as well as negligent misrepresentation and seeks rescission of sales of securities as well as unspecified rescissory damages, compensatory damages, punitive damages, interest, and attorneys' fees and costs. The defendants have removed the case to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York.

The Company operates and measures business activity across two segments: Consumer and Wholesale, with functional activities included in Corporate Other. In the second quarter of 2017, the Company realigned its business segment structure from three segments to two segments based on, among other things, the manner in which financial information is evaluated by management and in conjunction with Company-wide organizational changes that were announced during the first quarter of 2017. Specifically, the Company retained the previous composition of the Wholesale Banking segment and changed the basis of presentation of the Consumer Banking and Private Wealth Management segment and Mortgage Banking segment such that those segments were combined into a single Consumer segment.

The following is a description of the segments and their primary businesses at December 31, 2017.

The Consumer segment is made up of four primary businesses:

•

Consumer Banking provides services to individual consumers and branch-managed small business clients through an extensive network of traditional and in-store branches, ATMs, the internet (www.suntrust.com), mobile banking, and by telephone (1-800-SUNTRUST). Financial products and services offered to consumers and small business clients include deposits and payments, loans, and various fee-based services. Consumer Banking also serves as an entry point for clients and provides services for other businesses.

•

Consumer Lending offers an array of lending products to individual consumers and small business clients via the Company's Consumer Banking and PWM businesses, through the internet (www.suntrust.com and www.lightstream.com), as well as through various national offices and partnerships. Products offered include home equity lines, personal credit lines and loans, direct auto, indirect auto, student lending, credit cards, and other lending products.

•

PWM provides a full array of wealth management products and professional services to individual consumers and institutional clients, including loans, deposits, brokerage, professional investment advisory, and trust services to clients seeking active management of their financial resources. Institutional clients are served by the Institutional Investment Solutions business. Discount/online and full-service brokerage products are offered to individual clients through STIS. Investment advisory products and services are offered to clients by STAS, an SEC registered investment advisor. PWM also includes GFO, which provides family office solutions to ultra-high net worth individuals and their families. Utilizing teams of multi-disciplinary specialists with expertise in investments, tax, accounting, estate planning, and other wealth management disciplines, GFO helps clients manage and sustain wealth across multiple generations.


•	Mortgage Banking offers residential mortgage products nationally through its retail and correspondent channels, the internet (www.suntrust.com), and by telephone (1-800-

SUNTRUST). These products are either sold in the secondary market, primarily with servicing rights retained, or held in the Company’s loan portfolio. Mortgage Banking also services loans for other investors, in addition to loans held in the Company’s loan portfolio.

The Wholesale segment is made up of three primary businesses and the Treasury & Payment Solutions product group:

•

CIB delivers comprehensive capital markets solutions, including advisory, capital raising, and financial risk management, with the goal of serving the needs of both public and private companies in the Wholesale segment and PWM business. Investment Banking and Corporate Banking teams within CIB serve clients across the nation, offering a full suite of traditional banking and investment banking products and services to companies with annual revenues typically greater than $150 million. Investment Banking serves select industry segments including consumer and retail, energy, technology, financial services, healthcare, industrials, and media and communications. Corporate Banking serves clients across diversified industry sectors based on size, complexity, and frequency of capital markets issuance. Also managed within CIB is the Equipment Finance Group, which provides lease financing solutions (through SunTrust Equipment Finance & Leasing).


•	Commercial & Business Banking offers an array of traditional banking products, including lending, cash management and investment banking solutions via STRH to commercial clients (generally clients with revenues between $1 million and $250 million), not-for-profit organizations, and governmental entities, as well as auto dealer financing (floor plan inventory financing).


◦	On December 1, 2017, the Company completed the sale of PAC, its commercial lines insurance premium finance subsidiary. For all periods presented, the financial results of PAC, including the gain on the sale, are reflected in the Wholesale segment. See Note 2, "Acquisitions/Dispositions," for additional information related to the sale of PAC.

•

Commercial Real Estate provides a full range of financial solutions for commercial real estate developers, owners, and operators, including construction, mini-perm, and permanent real estate financing, as well as tailored financing and equity investment solutions via STRH. Commercial Real Estate also provides multi-family agency lending and servicing, as well as loan administration, advisory, and commercial mortgage brokerage services via Pillar. The Institutional Property Group business targets relationships with REITs, pension fund advisors, private funds, homebuilders, and insurance companies and the Regional business focuses on private real estate owners and developers through a regional delivery structure. Commercial Real Estate also offers tailored financing and equity investment solutions for community development and affordable housing projects through STCC, with

particular expertise in Low Income Housing Tax Credits and New Market Tax Credits.

•

Treasury & Payment Solutions provides Wholesale clients with services required to manage their payments and receipts, combined with the ability to manage and optimize their deposits across all aspects of their business. Treasury & Payment Solutions operates all electronic and paper payment types, including card, wire transfer, ACH, check, and cash. It also provides clients the means to manage their accounts electronically online, both domestically and internationally.

Corporate Other includes management of the Company’s investment securities portfolio, long-term debt, end user derivative instruments, short-term liquidity and funding activities, balance sheet risk management, and most real estate assets. Additionally, Corporate Other includes the Company's functional activities such as marketing, SunTrust online, human resources, finance, ER, legal and compliance, communications, procurement, enterprise information services, corporate real estate, and executive management.

Because business segment results are presented based on management accounting practices, the transition to the consolidated results prepared under U.S. GAAP creates certain differences, which are reflected in Reconciling Items. Business segment reporting conventions are described below:

•

Net interest income-FTE – is reconciled from Net interest income and is grossed-up on an FTE basis to make income from tax-exempt assets comparable to other taxable products. Segment results reflect matched maturity funds transfer pricing, which ascribes credits or charges based on the economic value or cost created by assets and liabilities of each segment. Differences between these credits and charges are captured as reconciling items. The change in this variance is generally attributable to corporate balance sheet management strategies.


•	Provision for credit losses – represents net charge-offs by segment combined with an allocation to the segments for the provision attributable to each segment's quarterly change in the ALLL and Unfunded commitments reserve balances.


•	Noninterest income – includes federal and state tax credits that are grossed-up on a pre-tax equivalent basis, related primarily to certain community development investments.


•	Provision for income taxes-FTE – is calculated using a blended income tax rate for each segment and includes reversals of the tax adjustments and credits described above. The difference between the calculated Provision for income taxes at the segment level and the consolidated Provision for income taxes is reported as reconciling items.

The segment’s financial performance is comprised of direct financial results and allocations for various corporate functions that provide management an enhanced view of the segment’s financial performance. Internal allocations include the following:


•	Operational costs – expenses are charged to segments based on a methodical activity-based costing process, which also allocates residual expenses to the segments. Generally, recoveries of these costs are reported in Corporate Other.


•	Support and overhead costs – expenses not directly attributable to a specific segment are allocated based on various drivers (number of equivalent employees, number of PCs/laptops, net revenue, etc.). Recoveries for these allocations are reported in Corporate Other.

The application and development of management reporting methodologies is an active process and undergoes periodic enhancements. The implementation of these enhancements to the internal management reporting methodology may materially affect the results disclosed for each segment, with no impact on consolidated results. If significant changes to management reporting methodologies take place, the impact of these changes is quantified and prior period information is revised, when practicable.

In the second quarter of 2017, in conjunction with the aforementioned business segment structure realignment, the Company made certain adjustments to its internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Prior period information was revised to conform to the new business segment structure and the updated internal funds transfer pricing methodology.



	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income		$2,273			$1,878			$1,933
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries	(1,024		)	(725		)	(916		)
Depreciation, amortization, and accretion	5			3			6
Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)	5			11			(4		)
Stock-based compensation	—			3			11
Net securities (gains)/losses	(1		)	—			—
Net increase in other assets	(15		)	(129		)	(72		)
Net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities	122			62			(28		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,365			1,103			930
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Proceeds from maturities, calls, and paydowns of securities available for sale	38			49			66
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	1			4			—
Purchases of securities available for sale	(17		)	(4		)	(15		)
Net decrease/(increase) in loans to subsidiaries	1,298			(889		)	1,042
Other, net	—			(3		)	(2		)
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities	1,320			(843		)	1,091
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net (decrease)/increase in short-term borrowings	(211		)	5			(763		)
Proceeds from long-term debt	9			2,005			—
Repayment of long-term debt	(482		)	(1,784		)	(29		)
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock	1,239			—			—
Repurchase of common stock	(1,314		)	(806		)	(679		)
Repurchase of common stock warrants	—			(24		)	—
Common and preferred dividends paid	(723		)	(564		)	(539		)
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards	(39		)	(48		)	(36		)
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options	21			25			17
Net cash used in financing activities	(1,500		)	(1,191		)	(2,029		)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,185			(931		)	(8		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	1,684			2,615			2,623
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period		$2,869			$1,684			$2,615

Supplemental Disclosures:
Income taxes paid to subsidiaries		($489	)		($886	)		($499	)
Income taxes received by Parent Company	414			812			481
Net income taxes paid by Parent Company		($75	)		($74	)		($18	)
Interest paid		$140			$135			$130

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company's management conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of its CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) at December 31, 2017. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon the evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at December 31, 2017.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in

Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) for the Company. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s CEO and CFO to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation, and assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2017. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management utilized the framework issued in 2013 by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, at December 31, 2017, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements at, and for, the year ended December 31, 2017, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2017. This audit report issued by Ernst & Young LLP is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



Item 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information at the captions “Nominees for Directorship,” “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Corporate Governance and Director Independence,” “Shareholder Recommendations and Nominations for Election to the Board,” and “Board Committees and Attendance” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2018 and to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 10.



Item 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information at the captions “Compensation Policies that Affect Risk Management,” “Executive Compensation” (“Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “2017 Summary Compensation Table,” “2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017,” “2017 Pension Benefits Table,” “2017 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table,” “2017 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” and “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2017”), “2017 Director Compensation,” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2018 and to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 11.



Item 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information at the captions “Equity Compensation Plans,” and “Stock Ownership of Directors, Management, and Principal Shareholders” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2018 and to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 12.



Item 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information at the captions “Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions,” “Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters, and Certain Control Persons,” and “Corporate Governance and Director Independence” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2018 and to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 13.



Item 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information at the captions “Audit Fees and Related Matters,” “Audit and Non-Audit Fees,” and “Audit Committee Policy for Pre-Approval of Independent Auditor Services” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2018 and to be filed with the SEC is incorporated by reference into this Item 14.



Exhibit Number	Description	Location
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, restated effective January 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 22, 2009, as further amended by (i) Articles of Amendment dated December 13, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2012, (ii) the Articles of Amendment dated November 6, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2014, (iii) the Articles of Amendment dated May 1, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 2, 2017, and (iv) the Articles of Amendment dated November 13, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2017.	*

3.2	Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and restated on August 11, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 13, 2015.	*

4.1	Indenture between registrant and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, dated May 1, 1993, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to Registration Statement No. 33-62162.	*

4.2	Indenture between registrant and PNC, N.A., as Trustee, dated May 1, 1993, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement No. 33-62162.	*

4.3	Indenture between National Commerce Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, dated as of March 27, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of National Commerce Bancorporation (File No. 333-29251).	*

4.4	Form of Indenture between registrant and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, to be used in connection with the issuance of Subordinated Debt Securities, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-25381 filed May 6, 1997.	*

4.5	First Supplemental Indenture between National Commerce Financial Corporation and the Bank of New York, as Trustee, dated as of March 27, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of National Commerce Bancorporation (File No. 333-29251).	*

4.6	Form of Indenture between registrant and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, to be used in connection with the issuance of Subordinated Debt Securities, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement No. 333-46123 filed February 11, 1998.	*

4.7	Indenture, dated as of October 25, 2006, between SunTrust Banks, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on December 5, 2006.	*

4.8	Form of First Supplemental Indenture (to Indenture dated as of October 25, 2006) between SunTrust Banks, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on October 24, 2006.	*



Exhibit Number	Description	Location
4.9	Form of Second Supplemental Indenture (to Indenture dated as of October 25, 2006) between SunTrust Banks, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on December 5, 2006.	*

4.10	Senior Indenture, dated as of September 10, 2007 by and between SunTrust Banks, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2007.	*

4.11	Form of Third Supplemental Indenture to the Junior Subordinated Notes Indenture between SunTrust Banks, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on March 3, 2008.	*

4.12	Warrant Agreement for 6,008,902 Warrants, dated September 22, 2011, among SunTrust Banks, Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Form 8-A for the Series A Warrants filed September 23, 2011.	*

4.13	Warrant Agreement for 11,891,280 Warrants, dated September 22, 2011, among SunTrust Banks, Inc., Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's Form 8-A for the Series B Warrants filed September 23, 2011.	*

4.14	Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 12, 2006.	*

4.15	Form of Stock Certificate Representing the 5.853% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Preferred Purchase Securities of SunTrust Preferred Capital I, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3.2 to registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 filed on October 18, 2006.	*

4.16	Form of Series E Preferred Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2012.	*

4.17	Form of Series F Preferred Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 7, 2014.	*

4.18	Form of Series G Preferred Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 2, 2017.	*

4.19	Form of Series H Preferred Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2017.	*

10.1	SunTrust Banks, Inc. Annual Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2014, incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the registrant’s Proxy Statement filed March 10, 2014.	*



Exhibit Number	Description	Location
10.2	SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as amended and restated as of August 11, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 13, 2015, together with (i) Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement; (ii) Form of Performance-Vested Stock Option Agreement; (iii) Form of Pro-Rata Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement; (iv) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (3-year cliff vesting); (v) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (3-year ratable vesting); (vi) Form of Performance Stock Agreement; (vii) Form of CCP Long Term Restricted Stock Award Agreement; (viii) Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement; (ix) Form of TSR Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement; (x) Form of Tier 1 Capital Performance-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement; (xi) Form of (2010) Salary Share Stock Unit Award Agreement; (xii) Form of (2011) SunTrust Banks, Inc. Salary Share Stock Unit Agreement; (xiii) Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement; (xiv) Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement; (xv) Form of Co-investment Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement with clawback under the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan; (xvi) Form of Performance Vested (ROA) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement with clawback under the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan; (xvii) Form of Performance Vested (TSR) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement with clawback under the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan; (xviii) Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement with clawback under the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan; (xix) Form of Time Vested Restricted Stock Award Agreement with clawback under the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan; (xx) Form of 2012 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (2-year cliff vested) under the SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan; (xxi) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2013 RORWA; (xxii) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2013 TSR; (xxiii) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2014 TSR/Return on Tangible Common Equity (corrected); (xxiv) Form of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2014 Type I; (xxv) Form of Time-Vested Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2014 Type II; (xxvi) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2014 Return on Tangible Common Equity (corrected); (xxvii) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2015 Return on Tangible Common Equity; (xxviii) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2015 Type I, three-year cliff; (xxix) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2016 Return on Tangible Common Equity; (xxx) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2016 Retention I; (xxxi) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, 2016 Retention II; (xxxii) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2016 ROTCE/TSR; and (xxxiii) Form of Performance Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2017, (ROTCE/TSR), Form of Time Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2017, Type I (VIR), and Form of Time Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2017, Type II, incorporated by reference to:	*
	(i) Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-158866 on Form S-8 filed April 28, 2009; (ii) Exhibit 10.1.2 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-158866 on Form S-8 filed April 28, 2009; (iii) Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 2011; (iv) Exhibit 10.1.4 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-158866 on Form S-8 filed April 28, 2009; (v) Exhibit 10.1.3 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-158866 on Form S-8 filed April 28, 2009; (vi) Exhibit 10.1.6 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-158866 on Form S-8 filed April 28, 2009; (vii) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 5, 2010; (viii) Exhibit 10.1.7 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-158866 on Form S-8 filed April 28, 2009; (ix) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed April 27, 2011; (x) Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 2011; (xi) Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed January 13, 2010; (xii) Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 6, 2011; (xiii) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 27, 2011; (xiv) Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 27, 2011; (xv) to (xix) Exhibits 10.26, Exhibits 10.27, Exhibits 10.28, Exhibits 10.29, and Exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2012; (xx) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 1, 2012; (xxi) Exhibit 10.23 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 27, 2013; (xxii) Exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 27, 2013; (xxiii) Exhibit 10.17 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2014; (xxiv) Exhibit 10.18 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2014; (xxv) Exhibit 10.19 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2014; (xxvi) Exhibit 10.17 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2015; (xxvii) Exhibit 10.18 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2015; (xxviii) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2015; (xxix) Exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 23, 2016; (xxx) Exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2016; (xxxi) Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2016; (xxxii) Exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 4, 2016; and (xxxiii) Exhibit 10.19, Exhibit 10.20, and Exhibit 10.21 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2017.

10.3	SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2004 Stock Plan, effective April 20, 2004, as amended and restated February 12, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 15, 2008, as further amended effective January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009, together with (i) Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, (ii) Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, (iii) Form of Director Restricted Stock Agreement, and (iv) Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, incorporated by reference to (i) Exhibit 10.70 of the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2006, (ii) Exhibit 10.71 of the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2006, (iii) Exhibit 10.72 of the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2006, and (iv) Exhibit 10.74 of the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 8, 2006.	*

10.4	SunTrust Banks, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, effective February 8, 2000, and amendments effective January 1, 2005, November 14, 2006, and January 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to registrant's 2000 Proxy Statement on Form 14A (File No. 001-08918), to Exhibits 10.1 and 10.2 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 16, 2007, and to Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009.	*



Exhibit Number	Description	Location
10.5	GB&T Bancshares, Inc. Stock Option Plan of 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the annual report on Form 10-K of GB&T Bancshares Inc. filed March 31, 2003 (File No. 005-82430).	*

10.6	GB&T Bancshares, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the definitive proxy statement of GB&T Bancshares Inc. filed April 18, 2007 (File No. 005-82430).	*

10.7	SunTrust Banks, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment Number One, effective as of January 1, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2012.	*

10.8	SunTrust Banks, Inc. ERISA Excess Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment Number One, effective as of January 1, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2012.	*

10.9	SunTrust Restoration Plan, amended and restated effective May 31, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment Number One, effective as of January 1, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2012.	*

10.10	Forms of Change in Control Agreements between registrant and (i) William H. Rogers, Jr., (ii) Aleem Gillani, (iii) Thomas E. Freeman, (iv) Mark A. Chancy, and (v) Anil Cheriyan, incorporated by reference to: (i) - (iii), Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 23, 2010; (iv), Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 23, 2010; and (v) Exhibit 10.16 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2012.	*

10.11	Executive Severance Plan, amended and restated July 24, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2014.	*

10.12	SunTrust Banks, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2015.	*

10.13	SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Plan, amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2016, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2017.	*

10.14	SunTrust Banks, Inc. 401(k) Plan Trust Agreement, amended and restated as of July 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed February 24, 2012.	*

10.15	Consent Judgment between SunTrust Mortgage, Inc. (“SunTrust Mortgage”) on the one hand and the United States Department of Justice, the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, certain other federal agencies, and the Attorneys General for forty-nine states and the District of Columbia dated as of June 17, 2014, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2014.	*

10.16	Restitution and Remediation Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2014 between SunTrust Mortgage, Inc. and the United States of America, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 3, 2014.	*

10.17	Master Agency Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2010 among SunTrust and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the registrant's Form 8-K filed on September 14, 2010), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Master Agency Agreement, dated October 3, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2012.	*

10.18	Form of Performance Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2018, Type I.	**

10.19	Form of Performance Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2018, Type II.	**

10.20	Form of Time Vested Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, 2018, Type I.	**



Georgia		58-1575035
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)



Large accelerated filer	þ	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨
		Emerging growth company	¨



	Cumulative Total Return for the Years Ended December 31
	2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		2017
SunTrust		$100.00		$131.08		$151.69		$158.43		$206.54		$248.19
S&P 500 Index	100.00		132.04		149.89		151.94		169.82		206.49
S&P 500 Banks Industry Index	100.00		135.28		155.99		157.27		194.35		237.57



	Common Stock ¹
	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share	Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs	Approximate Dollar Value of Equity that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs at Period End (in millions)
January 1 - 31	—	$—	—	$480
February 1 - 28	1,904,300	59.54	1,904,300	367
March 1 - 31 ²	5,108,154	58.85	2,110,532	240
Total during first quarter of 2017	7,012,454	59.04	4,014,832	240

April 1 - 30	2,281,000	57.17	2,281,000	110
May 1 - 31	1,898,455	57.73	1,898,455	—
June 1 - 30	—	—	—	—
Total during second quarter of 2017	4,179,455	57.42	4,179,455	—

July 1 - 31	1,721,800	57.14	1,721,800	1,222
August 1 - 31	4,045,893	57.25	4,045,893	990
September 1 - 30	—	—	—	990
Total during third quarter of 2017	5,767,693	57.22	5,767,693	990

October 1 - 31	—	—	—	990
November 1 - 30	2,309,008	59.14	2,309,008	853
December 1 - 31	3,004,832	64.37	3,004,832	660
Total during fourth quarter of 2017	5,313,840	62.10	5,313,840	660

Total year-to-date 2017	22,273,442	$58.99	19,275,820	$660



							Table 7
	At December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Total		Due in 1 Year or Less		Due After 1 Year through 5 Years		Due After 5 Years
Loan Maturity
C&I and CRE ¹		$67,155		$15,713		$42,182		$9,260
Commercial construction	3,804		155		3,169		480
Total		$70,959		$15,868		$45,351		$9,740

Interest Rate Sensitivity
Selected loans with:
Predetermined interest rates						$3,743		$3,443
Floating or adjustable interest rates					41,608		6,297
Total						$45,351		$9,740



Title of Each Class		Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock		New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/4000^thInterest in a Share of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A		New York Stock Exchange
5.853% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Normal Preferred Purchase Securities of SunTrust Preferred Capital I (representing interests in shares of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B)		New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, Each Representing 1/4000^thInterest in a Share of Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E		New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock at $44.15 per share, expiring November 14, 2018, Series B		New York Stock Exchange
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock at $33.70 per share, expiring December 31, 2018, Series A		New York Stock Exchange



		Page
GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS		i

PART I		1
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	8
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	20
Item 2.	Properties	20
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	20
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	20

PART II		21
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	21
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	23
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation	25
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	72
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	72
	Auditor's Reports	72
	Consolidated Statements of Income	74
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	75
	Consolidated Balance Sheets	76
	Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	77
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	78
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	79
	Note 1 - Significant Accounting Policies	79
	Note 2 - Acquisitions/Dispositions	90
	Note 3 - Federal Funds Sold and Securities Financing Activities	90
	Note 4 - Trading Assets and Liabilities and Derivative Instruments	92
	Note 5 - Securities Available for Sale	93
	Note 6 - Loans	97
	Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses	105
	Note 8 - Premises and Equipment	106
	Note 9 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets	107
	Note 10 - Certain Transfers of Financial Assets and Variable Interest Entities	110
	Note 11 - Borrowings and Contractual Commitments	113
	Note 12 - Net Income Per Common Share	115
	Note 13 - Capital	115
	Note 14 - Income Taxes	118
	Note 15 - Employee Benefit Plans	120
	Note 16 - Guarantees	126
	Note 17 - Derivative Financial Instruments	128
	Note 18 - Fair Value Election and Measurement	138
	Note 19 - Contingencies	153
	Note 20 - Business Segment Reporting	155
	Note 21 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss	159
	Note 22 - Parent Company Financial Information	160
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	163
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	163
Item 9B.	Other Information	163

PART III		164
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	164
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	164
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	164
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	164
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	164

PART IV		165
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	165

SIGNATURES		170



Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA (continued)
	Year Ended December 31
	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
Capital Ratios at period end ³:
CET1 (Basel III)	9.74	%	9.59	%	9.96	%	N/A		N/A
CET1 - fully phased-in (Basel III) ²	9.59		9.43		9.80		N/A		N/A
Tier 1 common equity (Basel I)	N/A		N/A		N/A		9.60	%	9.82	%
Tier 1 capital	11.15		10.28		10.80		10.80		10.81
Total capital	13.09		12.26		12.54		12.51		12.81
Leverage	9.80		9.22		9.69		9.64		9.58



Item 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION


•	EPS, efficiency, and capital returns for our shareholders improved for the sixth consecutive year


◦	Total revenue and net interest income both improved for the third consecutive year


◦	We generated record investment banking income for the 10th consecutive year—up 21% compared to 2016


◦	We achieved our 2017 tangible efficiency goal of between 61% and 62%, as reflected in our adjusted tangible efficiency ratio^* of 61.0% for 2017


◦	Our strong capital position enabled us to increase our capital returns (which includes dividends and repurchases of common stock)—up 47% compared to 2016; we repurchased more than $1.3 billion of our outstanding common stock, resulting in a 4% decline in common shares outstanding compared to the prior year, and we increased our quarterly common stock dividend by 54%


•	We maintained strong capital ratios that continue to be well above regulatory requirements, with our CET1 and estimated, fully phased-in CET1^* ratios at 9.74% and 9.59%, respectively, as of December 31, 2017


Item 1.	BUSINESS


Item 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS


Item 2.	PROPERTIES


Item 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


•	Book value per share was $47.94, and tangible book value per share^* was $34.82, both up 6% from the prior year


•	Average LHFI increased 2% and average consumer and commercial deposits increased 3%, compared to the prior year


•	Our asset quality remained very strong, evidenced by our 0.25% net charge-off ratio, 0.47% NPL ratio, and 1.21% ALLL to period-end LHFI ratio



NONINTEREST INCOME
						Table 4
	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016		2015
Service charges on deposit accounts		$603			$630		$622
Other charges and fees	385			380		377
Card fees	344			327		329
Investment banking income	599			494		461
Trading income	189			211		181
Trust and investment management income	309			304		334
Retail investment services	278			281		300
Mortgage production related income	231			366		270
Mortgage servicing related income	191			189		169
Gain on sale of subsidiary	107			—		—
Commercial real estate related income ¹	123			69		56
Net securities (losses)/gains	(108		)	4		21
Other noninterest income ¹	103			128		148
Total noninterest income		$3,354			$3,383		$3,268



NONINTEREST EXPENSE
					Table 5
	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015
Employee compensation		$2,854		$2,698		$2,576
Employee benefits	403		373		366
Total personnel expenses	3,257		3,071		2,942
Outside processing and software	826		834		815
Net occupancy expense	377		349		341
Marketing and customer development	232		172		151
Regulatory assessments	187		173		139
Equipment expense	164		170		164
Other staff expense	121		67		65
Amortization	75		49		40
Consulting and legal fees	71		93		73
Operating losses	40		108		56
Other noninterest expense	414		382		374
Total noninterest expense		$5,764		$5,468		$5,160



Loan Portfolio by Types of Loans									Table 6
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015		2014		2013
Commercial loans:
C&I ¹		$66,356		$69,213		$67,062		$65,440		$57,974
CRE	5,317		4,996		6,236		6,741		5,481
Commercial construction	3,804		4,015		1,954		1,211		855
Total commercial loans	75,477		78,224		75,252		73,392		64,310
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - guaranteed	560		537		629		632		3,416
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed ²	27,136		26,137		24,744		23,443		24,412
Residential home equity products	10,626		11,912		13,171		14,264		14,809
Residential construction	298		404		384		436		553
Guaranteed student	6,633		6,167		4,922		4,827		5,545
Other direct	8,729		7,771		6,127		4,573		2,829
Indirect	12,140		10,736		10,127		10,644		11,272
Credit cards	1,582		1,410		1,086		901		731
Total consumer loans	67,704		65,074		61,190		59,720		63,567
LHFI		$143,181		$143,298		$136,442		$133,112		$127,877
LHFS ³		$2,290		$4,169		$1,838		$3,232		$1,699



							Table 8
	December 31, 2017				December 31, 2016
(Dollars in millions)	Commercial LHFI		% of Total Commercial		Commercial LHFI		% of Total Commercial
Real estate		$12,905	17	%		$13,028	17	%
Consumer products and services	9,303		12		9,450		12
Health care & pharmaceuticals	8,058		11		7,437		10
Automotive	7,444		10		7,012		9
Diversified financials and insurance	7,227		10		8,627		11
Diversified commercial services and supplies	3,837		5		4,149		5
Government	3,438		5		3,775		5
Retail	3,383		4		3,588		5
Capital goods	3,075		4		3,226		4
Media & telecommunication services	2,979		4		2,593		3
Technology (hardware & software)	2,371		3		3,259		4
Energy	2,176		3		2,584		3
Materials	2,044		3		2,083		3
Utilities	2,030		3		2,119		3
Not-for-profits/religious organizations	1,914		3		1,768		2
Transportation	1,795		2		2,103		3
Other	1,498		2		1,423		2
Total commercial LHFI		$75,477	100	%		$78,224	100	%



											Table 9
	December 31, 2017
	Commercial LHFI				Consumer LHFI				Total LHFI
(Dollars in millions)	Balance		% of Total Commercial		Balance		% of Total Consumer		Balance		% of Total LHFI
South region:
Florida		$12,792	17	%		$13,474	20	%		$26,266	18	%
Georgia	10,250		14		8,462		12		18,712		13
Virginia	6,580		9		7,545		11		14,125		10
Maryland	4,104		5		6,095		9		10,199		7
North Carolina	4,482		6		5,354		8		9,836		7
Texas	3,954		5		4,122		6		8,076		6
Tennessee	4,101		5		2,985		4		7,086		5
South Carolina	1,155		2		2,385		4		3,540		2
District of Columbia	1,501		2		1,022		2		2,523		2
Other Southern states	2,791		4		2,452		4		5,243		4
Total South region	51,710		69		53,896		80		105,606		74
Northeast region:
New York	4,731		6		1,139		2		5,870		4
Pennsylvania	1,458		2		1,189		2		2,647		2
New Jersey	1,327		2		689		1		2,016		1
Other Northeastern states	2,387		3		895		1		3,282		2
Total Northeast region	9,903		13		3,912		6		13,815		10
West region:
California	4,893		6		3,246		5		8,139		6
Other Western states	2,172		3		2,235		3		4,407		3
Total West region	7,065		9		5,481		8		12,546		9
Midwest region:
Illinois	1,637		2		922		1		2,559		2
Ohio	718		1		688		1		1,406		1
Missouri	922		1		395		1		1,317		1
Other Midwestern states	2,211		3		2,336		3		4,547		3
Total Midwest region	5,488		7		4,341		6		9,829		7
Foreign loans	1,311		2		74		—		1,385		1
Total		$75,477	100	%		$67,704	100	%		$143,181	100	%



Summary of Credit Losses Experience													Table 10
	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Allowance for Credit Losses
Balance - beginning of period		$1,776			$1,815			$1,991			$2,094			$2,219
Provision for unfunded commitments	12			4			9			4			5
Provision for loan losses:
Commercial loans	108			329			133			111			197
Consumer loans	289			111			23			227			351
Total provision for loan losses	397			440			156			338			548
Charge-offs:
Commercial loans	(167		)	(287		)	(117		)	(128		)	(219		)
Consumer loans	(324		)	(304		)	(353		)	(479		)	(650		)
Total charge-offs	(491		)	(591		)	(470		)	(607		)	(869		)
Recoveries:
Commercial loans	40			35			45			57			66
Consumer loans	84			73			84			105			125
Total recoveries	124			108			129			162			191
Net charge-offs	(367		)	(483		)	(341		)	(445		)	(678		)
Other ¹	(4		)	—			—			—			—
Balance - end of period		$1,814			$1,776			$1,815			$1,991			$2,094
Components:
ALLL		$1,735			$1,709			$1,752			$1,937			$2,044
Unfunded commitments reserve ²	79			67			63			54			50
Allowance for credit losses		$1,814			$1,776			$1,815			$1,991			$2,094
Average LHFI		$144,216			$141,118			$133,558			$130,874			$122,657
Period-end LHFI outstanding	143,181			143,298			136,442			133,112			127,877
Ratios:
ALLL to period-end LHFI ³	1.21		%	1.19		%	1.29		%	1.46		%	1.60		%
ALLL to NPLs ⁴	2.59x			2.03x			2.62x			3.07x			2.12x
Net charge-offs to total average LHFI	0.25		%	0.34		%	0.26		%	0.34		%	0.55		%



ALLL by Loan Segment													Table 11
	At December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
ALLL:
Commercial loans		$1,101			$1,124			$1,047			$986			$946
Consumer loans	634			585			705			951			1,098
Total		$1,735			$1,709			$1,752			$1,937			$2,044
Segment ALLL as a % of total ALLL:
Commercial loans	63		%	66		%	60		%	51		%	46		%
Consumer loans	37			34			40			49			54
Total	100		%	100		%	100		%	100		%	100		%
Segment LHFI as a % of total LHFI:
Commercial loans	53		%	55		%	55		%	55		%	50		%
Consumer loans	47			45			45			45			50
Total	100		%	100		%	100		%	100		%	100		%



													Table 12
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015			2014			2013
Nonaccrual loans/NPLs:
Commercial loans:
C&I		$215			$390			$308			$151			$196
CRE	24			7			11			21			39
Commercial construction	1			17			—			1			12
Total commercial NPLs	240			414			319			173			247
Consumer loans:
Residential mortgages - nonguaranteed	206			177			183			254			441
Residential home equity products	203			235			145			174			210
Residential construction	11			12			16			27			61
Other direct	7			6			6			6			5
Indirect	7			1			3			—			7
Total consumer NPLs	434			431			353			461			724
Total nonaccrual loans/NPLs ¹		$674			$845			$672			$634			$971
OREO ²		$57			$60			$56			$99			$170
Other repossessed assets	10			14			7			9			7
Nonperforming LHFS	—			—			—			38			17
Total NPAs		$741			$919			$735			$780			$1,165
Accruing LHFI past due 90 days or more		$1,405			$1,288			$981			$1,057			$1,228
Accruing LHFS past due 90 days or more	2			1			—			1			—
TDRs:
Accruing restructured loans		$2,468			$2,535			$2,603			$2,592			$2,749
Nonaccruing restructured loans ¹	286			306			176			273			391
Ratios:
NPLs to period-end LHFI	0.47		%	0.59		%	0.49		%	0.48		%	0.76		%
NPAs to period-end LHFI, nonperforming LHFS, OREO, and other repossessed assets	0.52			0.64			0.54			0.59			0.91



Securities Available for Sale
							Table 13
	December 31, 2017
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities		$4,361		$2		$32		$4,331
Federal agency securities	257		3		1		259
U.S. states and political subdivisions	618		7		8		617
MBS - agency residential	22,616		222		134		22,704
MBS - agency commercial	2,121		3		38		2,086
MBS - non-agency residential	55		4		—		59
MBS - non-agency commercial	862		7		3		866
ABS	6		2		—		8
Corporate and other debt securities	17		—		—		17
Other equity securities ¹	472		—		3		469
Total securities AFS		$31,385		$250		$219		$31,416



	December 31, 2015
(Dollars in millions)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Gains		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value
U.S. Treasury securities		$3,460		$3		$14		$3,449
Federal agency securities	402		10		1		411
U.S. states and political subdivisions	156		8		—		164
MBS - agency residential	22,508		393		146		22,755
MBS - agency commercial	369		4		4		369
MBS - non-agency residential	92		2		—		94
ABS	11		2		1		12
Corporate and other debt securities	37		1		—		38
Other equity securities ¹	533		1		1		533
Total securities AFS		$27,568		$424		$167		$27,825



Composition of Average Deposits									Table 15
	Year Ended December 31						% of Total Deposits
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015		2017		2016		2015
Noninterest-bearing deposits		$43,655		$43,400		$42,102	27	%	28	%	29	%
Interest-bearing deposits:
NOW accounts	45,009		40,949		35,161		28		26		24
Money market accounts	53,592		53,795		50,518		33		35		35
Savings	6,519		6,285		6,165		4		4		4
Consumer time	5,626		5,852		6,443		4		4		4
Other time	5,148		3,908		3,813		3		2		3
Total consumer and commercial deposits	159,549		154,189		144,202		99		99		99
Brokered time deposits	941		926		888		1		1		1
Foreign deposits	421		123		218		—		—		—
Total deposits		$160,911		$155,238		$145,308	100	%	100	%	100	%



					Table 16
(Dollars in millions)	Consumer and Other Time		Brokered Time		Total
Remaining Contractual Maturity:
3 months or less		$609		$37		$646
Over 3 through 6 months	521		27		548
Over 6 through 12 months	1,103		41		1,144
Over 12 months	4,004		880		4,884
Total		$6,237		$985		$7,222



Regulatory Capital Metrics ¹							Table 19
(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2017			December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015
Regulatory capital:
CET1		$17,141			$16,953			$16,421
Tier 1 capital	19,622			18,186			17,804
Total capital	23,028			21,685			20,668
Assets:
RWA		$175,950			$176,825			$164,851
Average total assets for leverage ratio	200,141			197,272			183,763
Risk-based ratios:
CET1	9.74		%	9.59		%	9.96		%
CET1 - fully phased-in ²	9.59			9.43			9.80
Tier 1 capital	11.15			10.28			10.80
Total capital	13.09			12.26			12.54
Leverage	9.80			9.22			9.69
Total shareholders’ equity to assets	12.21			11.53			12.28



Contingency Liquidity Sources							Table 25

	As of				Average for the Year Ended ¹
(Dollars in billions)	December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016		December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
Excess reserves		$2.6		$2.5		$2.9		$2.9
Free and liquid investment portfolio securities	26.8		27.6		27.4		24.8
Unused FHLB borrowing capacity	23.8		21.8		22.2		22.1
Unused discount window borrowing capacity	18.2		17.0		17.6		17.2
Total		$71.4		$68.9		$70.1		$67.0



Unfunded Lending Commitments							Table 26
	As of				Average for the Three Months Ended
(Dollars in millions)	December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016		December 31, 2017		December 31, 2016
Unused lines of credit:
Commercial		$59,625		$59,803		$59,120		$58,865
Residential mortgage commitments ¹	3,036		4,240		3,556		5,864
Home equity lines	10,086		10,336		10,101		10,353
CRE ²	4,139		4,468		3,963		4,386
Credit card	10,533		9,798		10,488		9,726
Total unused lines of credit		$87,419		$88,645		$87,228		$89,194

Letters of credit:
Financial standby		$2,453		$2,777		$2,633		$2,716
Performance standby	125		130		121		131
Commercial	14		19		16		19
Total letters of credit		$2,592		$2,926		$2,770		$2,866



Net Income by Business Segment							Table 28

	Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in millions)	2017			2016			2015
Consumer		$871			$965			$1,081
Wholesale	1,373			979			1,053

Corporate Other	199			160			184
Reconciling Items ¹	(170		)	(226		)	(385		)
Total Corporate Other	29			(66		)	(201		)
Consolidated Net Income		$2,273			$1,878			$1,933



Average LHFI and Deposits by Business Segment											Table 29
	Average LHFI						Average Consumer and Commercial Deposits
(Dollars in millions)	2017		2016		2015		2017		2016		2015
Consumer		$72,622		$69,455		$65,637		$102,820		$99,424		$93,789
Wholesale	71,521		71,600		67,872		56,618		54,713		50,373
Corporate Other	73		63		49		111		52		41